1975067869

SD 71-700
INTERNATIONAL RENDEZVOUS AND DOCKING MISSION
December 1971
CCA
4162;
500-300
to Contract
NAS9-150
(NASA-CRI_17_0) AND DOCKING _ISSION Corp.) 3_ I p
I NTE_NATIONAL RENDEZVOUS (North American Rockwell
N75-7_117
00/98 Approved by
[Incl as 23996
Vice
President and Programs CSIv[ Programs
Manager
#Jll_
North Space Amerscan F_ockwell Division
Space
Division Rockwell
North American
.. 'i I
SD
71-700
_4_
Space American Rockwell Division North
ABSTRACT
This study to of NASA CSIV['s
report conducted Contract 115
presented in and and and response 9-150. ll5A Docking docking by of integration the airlock of is an for
the The a Mission with ll-day Continental
results to CCA study 14-clay a USSR Earth USA. and It meaningful which
of 4162;
a feasibility 500-300 usage
evaluates International includes Salyut-type Resources
Rendezvous rendezvous vehicle, Survey a docking bility. equipment that feasible. the The
followed Mission module payload proposed
It evaluates design earth feasiresources concluded and
concept a baseline is discussed.
was
mission
iii
SD 71-700
_i_
SpaceAmerican Rockwell North Division
CONTENTS
Section INTRODUCTION S UMMAR 1.0 MISSION I. I I. 2 I. 3 I. 4 I. 5 I. 6 I. 7 I. 8 1.9 i.i0 I. 11 2.0 CSM Y ANALYSIS Mission Mission Mission Mission Objectives Hardware Guidelines Summary Analysis and Timelines Budgets Power Profile Requirements and Dumping Analyses Analysis
Page
I-I I-I I-I 1-2 1-4 I-6 1-19 1 -23 I-38 I-45 l -48 1-48 2-I 2-I Installation 2-3 2-4 2 -20 2 -27 2 -30 2 -37 Modifications 2 -49 2-55 2-59 2-63 3-1 3-1 3-2 3 -20 3 -67
Trajectory Propellant Electrical Cryogenic CSM Weights Guidance
Venting
and Control
Simulations
MODIFICATIONS 2. I Baseline Configuration 2. 2 Baseline Scientific Equipment 2. 3 2. 4 2. 5 2 6 2. 7 CS_i Thermal Control System System Propulsion Systems Environmental Control Telecommunications Electrical Power
System System
2. 8 Stowage 2 .9 Command Module Structural 2. I0 SM Structural Modifications Z. II 3.0 DOCKING 3. I 3.2 3.3 3.4 SEA Modifications
MODULE Docking Module Requirements Docking Module Structural Design Environmental Control and Life Support Electrical Power System
System
SD
71-700
,i_b
Section 5 Telecommunications DM DM Thermal Stowage Aids Truss and SLA and Load Limits Equipment . DOCKING SYSTEM Separation in DM . Control System System . .
Page 3-75 3-85
3 6 3 7 3 8 3 3 3 3 4.0
3-95
3-97 3-101 3-105 3-105 3-110 4-I 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-2 4-2
Docking
9 DM Support 10 DM Stress 11 12 Scientific Pr oducibility
Installation
INTERNATIONAL 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5
Compatibility IRDM Mis sion Design System System Interfaces Concept EQUIPMENT
Requirements Requirements
Requirements and Operation PAYLOAD , Complement Complements HARDWARE UTILIZATION . Module Module Module OPERATIONS Requirements Flows EQUIPMENT Handling ..... and . . . . . .
5.0
SCIENTIFIC INTEGRATION 5.1 5.2 APOLLO TEST 7.1 7.Z 7.3
5-1 5-I 5-I 6- 1 7-1 7-1 7-1 7-2 8-1 8-1 8-1 9-1 9-1 9-4 9-4 and 9-5 9-6 9-8 9-I0 9-11 9-12
Baseline Alternate PROGRAM PLAN Command Service Docking TEST Checkout Checkout SUPPORT Mechanical
8.0
GROUND 8.1 8.2
9.0
GROUND 9.1
Transportation
Equipment
9.2 Installation Equipment 9.3 Special Tools and Protective Devices 9.4 Packaging and Shipping Procedures Devices . . 9.5 9.6 9.7 9.8 9.9 Electrical Electronic Checkout Checkout Equipment Equipment . . .
Fluid/Pneumatic Equipment GSE Test Procedures Documentation .
- vi SD 71-700
Space Division North American Rockwell
Section I0.0 MOCKUPS I0.1 I0.2 II.0 IZ.O IRDM AND TRAINING . . Requirements . .
Page 10-1 10-1 I0-2 11 -I 12-I 12-I 12-I 12-1 12-2 12-3 12-3 13-1
Definition Specific Mockup
PROGRAM
SCHEDULES REQUIREMENTS
USA/USSR 12. 1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6
INTERFACE
CSM/DM to Salyut Physical Requirements CSM/DM to Salyut Electrical Requirements Instrumentation and Communications . to Salyut Requirements Interface Requirements . . Documentation Functional . and . CSM/DM GSE
Requirements Procedural Support
13.0
CONC
LUSIONS
APPENDIXES A. GUIDELINES B. PRELIMINARY C. D.
AND CONSTRAINTS STOWAGE LISTS AND
A-1 B-1 C-1 D-1
ABBREVIATIONS SUMMARY OF PRODUCTION CHECKOUT EQUIPMENT
- vii
SD 71-700
4_%
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure 1 1-1 I-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8 1-9 1-10 1-11 1-1Z i -13 1-14 1-15 1-16 1-17 1-18 1-19 1-20 I-Zl 1-22 2-i Z-Z 2-3 Z-4 Z-5 Z-6 Z-7 2-8 Z-9 Z-10 2-II 2-1Z Z-13 2-14 IRDM IRDM IRDM Study Schedule . Compatibility ERS Lighting on Launch Launch . . Requirements Window Opportunity . Time Deorbit . .
Page 2 I-3 1-5 I-7 1-8 I-I0 i-II 1-11 1-13 1-15 1-17 1-22 1-24 1-27 1 -34 1-36 1240 1 -41 1 -43 1 -47 1-55 1-57 I -58 2-2 2-5 2-5 Z-If 2-12 . . . 2-19 2-22 Z -23 2-25 2-26 2.-28 2-31 Interfaces 2-32 2-34
Major Hardware Sequence Launch Versus Track
CSM/Soyuz Liftoff Time ERS Ground Effect
of M Number
Effect of M Number on M = 16 Launch Window
Docked Operations Timeline Altitude as a Function of Repeat SM RCS Propellant Usage Propellant Requirements for RCS Baseline IRDM Power Profile CSM ERS IRDM IRDM Power Generation System Pass Power Profile Hydrogen Oxygen Usage Usage Profile Profile
Capability
Cryogenic Oxygen Tank Performance CSM Water Profile ERS Local-Vertical Attitude Hold CSM Pitch and Yaw Axes Inertia CSM IRDM Roll Axis CSM Inertia Configuration Baseline
SIM Arrangement for Baseline Payload CM Installation of Baseline Payload SM RCS Quad Heat Flux SM Aft Bulkhead Incident Heat Flux Quad A Primary Transition PSQ Schematic Fuel Tank Skin Temperature . . in CM
..... . in Bay 3 . RCS Quads
Location of PSQ in Bay Z Alternate Location of PSQ IRDM Modifications to SM
Location of ERS Equipment Coldplates IRDM Corn.munication Links GDIN JRDM Coverage for IRDM Telecornnuunication ERS Electrical
- ix
SD 71-700
{_
Figure 2-15 2-16 2-17 2-18 Controls for ERS Scientific Supplemental Supplemental Supplemental CM/DM DM Communications Data Interface Battery Battery Battery Installation Circuitry Controls Minimum Rework . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 2-35 2-36 2-39 2-39 2-40 2-40 2-41 2.-41 . 2 . 2-43 2 -43 2-44 2-44 2-45 2-52 2-53 2-54
, .
2-19
2-20 2-21 2 -22 2 -23 2 -24 2 -25 2-26 2-27 2 -28 2 -29 2-30 2-31 2-32 2 -33 2-34 2-35 2-36 2-37 3-I 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-10 3-II 3-12 3-13 3-14 3-15 3-16 3-17
Umbilical,
Configuration
CM/DM Umbilical, Baseline Configuration Docking Systems Controls, Panel 2 PSQ Controls, Panel 2 . PSQ Added Propellant SM RCS Isolation Heater Controls, Panel Controls, Panel 278
S-191 Viewfinder/Tracking System Scientific Equipment Control Panel CM CM CM CM CM Launch Docked Launch Docked Stowage Stowage Stowage Plan, Plan, Baseline Operations Stowage
Controls
Plan,
Baseline
Alternate
Operations Stowage Plan, Alternate Locker A-9, Baseline Launch Utilization Utilization
2-56
2-57 2-57 2-58 2-58 2-60
CM Stowage Locker A-9, Alternate Launch CM/DM Umbilical Structural Modification
Stowage Lockers and Scientific Equipment in CM SM Structural Modifications for PSQ in Bay 2 SPS Propellant Line Modification Docking Module External View . End DM Inboard Profile From International Docking International Docking Module Inboard Profile Docking Module Single -Skin Shell Assembly Attachment DM Longeron and Radial Frame Installation of DM Insulation
2-62
3-3 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-8 3-9 3-10
Docking Module Honeycomb Shell Assembly DM Honeycomb Shell Cross Sections DM Micrometeoroid Considerations . Hatch CM at CSM End Hatch of DM Refurbishment for DM Forward
. Use
3-11 3-13 3-13 3-14 3-14 3-16 3-16 . 3-17 3-17
Addition of Delta-P Gauge to DM/CM Hatch . International DM Hatch, Salyut Side International DM Hatch, DM Side International DM Hatch Dimensions and Penetrations Cross Section of International DM Hatch TV Camera in DM Hatch Window . .
SD
71-700
_J_
Figure 3-18 3-19 3-20 3-21 3-22 3-23 3 -24 3-25 International DM Equipment DM DM DM Docking Rack System Structure Attachment to DM . .
Page 3-18 3-18 Airlock Detail . Installation . System Storage System Control . Pressurization and Thermal Circuit CM/DM Timeline System Control Interface . Quantity System . (Alternate) System . . (Baseline) . 3-19 3-21 3-21 3-28 3-30 3-32 3-34 3-36 3-37 3-38 3-40 3-44 3-45 3-48 3-48 3-49 3-49 Control 3-50 3-50 3-51 Coolant Heat Heat at 240 Pounds 3-53 Be'tween IMU and Suit Exchanger Exchanger . . for Heat LM 204 3-57 in CM With Suit Exchange r 3-59 3-69 Lights Panel Panel 1 2 Schematic 3-69 3-70 3-71 3 -72 3-74 3-75 3-77 3-79 3-81 . 3-55
Equipment Rack Side Window/Scientific Side Window Installation Storage System Pressurization and and
Atmospheric DM Atmospheric ECLSS
Pressurization
3-26
3-Z7 3-28 3-29 3-30 3-31 3-32 3-33 3-34 3-35 3-36 3-37 3-38 3-39 3-40 3-41
DM Environmental Baseline Schematic DM Atmospheric DM Environmental (Alternate) Alternate Cooling DM Pressurization
Thermal
Oxygen Tank Pressure Versus Oxygen/Nitrogen Tank Pressure DM Pressurization Rate Versus DM DM DM DM DM Water Atmosphere CO z Buildup CO Z Buildup Water Pressure Flow Pressure at at 657 5.7 and mmHg mrnHg
Quantity Versus Time Composition (12.7 psia) (10 psia)
Vapor Buildup Without Humidity Buildup Without Venting Rate Heat Versus Rejection mmHg (H20
Sublimator Per Hour) Flow Split
Paths (Before for DM Coolant 3-42 3 -43 3-44 3 -45 3 -46 3 -47 3 -48 3 -49 3-50 3-51 3-52 3-53
and After Loop) and
Adding Temperatures
Schematic Location Heat Exchange r Humidity Bypassed DM Power DM C&W Location DM DM Displays Displays Buildup
Distribution System of DM and and Interior Controls, Controls,
International DM Electrical IRDM-USSR IRDM Tracking CSM/DM/Salyut
Docking System Electrical Interface Locations FM Transceiver Interface Transponder TV Interfaces Interface
-xiSD 71-700
:_
Figure 3-54 3-55 3-56 3 -57 3-58 3-59 3-60 3-61 3-6Z 3-63 3 -64 3-65 3-66 3-67 3-68 3-69 3-70 3-71 3-72 3-73 4-1 8-1 8-Z 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 II-I ll-g IRDM-CSM/DM/Salyut Insulation Heat Loss DM DM DM DM DM DM DM DM CM Passive Intercom Interface Versus Thermal Conductance Control Heat Analysis Loss
Page 3-8Z 3-89 3-91 3-92 3-96 3-96 Stowage Rack Stowage J-Mission New Aids Aids . Type . Lockers 3-98 3-98 3-99 3-99 3-100 3-100 3-102 3-103 3-104 System Adapter in DM Installation Concept Flow 3-106 3-107 3-107 3-111 3-111 4-3 8-6 8-7 8-8 8-9 8-10 8-11 11-2 11-3
Environmental
Tank Support Maximum Launch Stowage Inflight Transferrable Equipment Crew Crew to DM Equipment, Equipment, Docking Stowage
CM/DM to Salyut Docking DM Installed in SLA SLA DM Clearance Support Truss and Access Assembly
DM Tiedown Truss/SLA
and Separation Tiedowns
Guillotine Mounted to SLA S-190 Multispectral Camera S- 193 Radiometer/Scatterometer International DM Assembly DM Checkout CSM Checkout DM Checkout CSM Checko'ut DM Checkout IRDM Schedule IRDM Schedule Docking and System Checkout
Flow at Downey Flow at Downey Flow at KSC Flow at KSC Flow for for in the USSR Mid-1975 Launch Mid-1974 Launch
- xii SD 71-700
_b
TABLES
Table I-I i-2 I-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 I-7 1-8 1-9 i-I0 I-II 1-12 1-13 1-14 1-15 1-16 1-17 1-18 1-19 2-1 2-2 Z-3 2-4 2-5 Z-6 M = 16 Timeline Timeline From From Undocking Liftoff ..... . . Cycle ERS . . Hydrogen Oxygen Tank Tradeoff Tank Tradeoff . . Passes . Through Docking
Page 1-14 1-18 1-21 1-25 l-Z8
to Landing
SPS Propellant Budget SM RCS Propellant Budget CSM/DM Baseline
Operational Modes Mission Power Requirements Duty Between .
l-Z9
1-30 1-33 1-37 1-39 1-39 1-44 1-44 1-49 1-49
Baseline Mission Equipment Peak Power Requirements DM IRDM IRDM Two Two Electrical Hydrogen Oxygen Versus Versus Three Three Power Budget Budget
Requirements
Command Service SLA IRDM IRDM Thermal Thermal Optical Docking
Modules Weights Module Weights . Weights Weights Translation System System for SM Summary Performance Major Heater RCS Requirements Size Quad Doors Beta Angle, Solar Inertial Versus Beta Angle, . . Negative Versus Beta . Angle, . . Module Spacecraft SM RCS Control Control Properties
Weights
1-49 1-5O 1-50 i -54 2-7 2-I0 2-I0 Z-IZ 2-13 Z-14 .Z-15 Local Range, Vertical .Z-17 .2-18 . .Z-19 Z-Z9 Z-47
Duty Cycle (Percent) Power Requirements Solar Inertial Duty Cycle (Percent) Local Vertical Power Angle, Requirements Local
Versus (Watts) Versus (Watts)
Z-7
_qegative Beta
Vertical for Full Beta Range, (Watts) for Full Beta . . Requirements
Duty Cycle (Percent) Power Requirements Local Vertical Z-10 Z-II 2-12 Heater Average Power Postflight Evaluation Scientific Equipment
(Watts)
of CO 2 Absorber Elements Umbilical Requirements
- xHi
SD 71-700
#4_
Table Z-13 2-14 2-15 3-I 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-13 3-14 3-15 3-16 3-17 3-18 5-1 5-2 5-3 6-1 6-2 8-1 8-2 8-3 CSM Umbilical, Baseline Volume, . IRDM Configuration Versus Skylab and
Page 2-47 2-51 2-51 3-i0 3-24 3-25 3-42 3-46 Performance System System, System, Ventilation System System, Matrix Requirements, Requirements, Baseline ....... Docking Payload Payload Payload Loads for Performance Requirements Options for the DM Requirements Checkout Requirements DM . . Tradeoff Baseline Baseline Hardware Alternate 3-54 3-60 3-61 3-62 3-63 3-64 3-65 3-73 Baseline Potential Additions 3-73 3-73 3-95 3-I08 3-109 5-2 5-3 5-4 6-2 6-3 8-2 8-3 8-4
CM Stowage J-Missions
Stowage Volumes Summary Single-Skin Versus Honeycomb Crew ECLSS Normal ECLSS Metabolic Design Transfer Component Supply Stowage Requirements Requirements Timeline
Consumable LCG Coolant Atmosphere DM
s Matrix
Pressurization and
Coolant
DM Pressurization Hardware Reuse ECLSS CM/DM CM/DM DM IRDM Instrumentation Umbilical Umbilical List, Design
Stowage
Criteria
Preliminary Baseline Baseline
Limit Scientific Scientific
Scientific Equipment CSM Hardware Assets Apollo IRDM DM Hardware CSM Delta Checkout
Utilization Checkout System
Requirements Docking
International
xiv
SD
71-700
,_
INTRODUCTION
statement
of work
for the International
Rendezvous
and Docking
Mission Study (IRDM) cover letter BT2-298. (NR) to evaluate
was issued by INASA-MSC This statement directed of CSM's IIi,
on Z9 July 1971, under North American Rockwell 115, and II5A for IRDM.
the potential use
It was later agreed to exclude consideration and concentrate CSM 115 and II5A.
the H-mission vehicle, CSM 111, from further on modification of the J-mission vehicles,
MSC
The first of the scheduled on 24 August 1971. NASA-MSC informally
study
status briefings
was
presented
at
submitted
six alternative 1971. presented MSC on
ERS
scientific pay-
load complements The 1971. The This specific second final
for study on 20 September study briefing status was briefing presented the results statement study was at
at
MSC
2'9 September 1971. fulfills that
16 November study and
report requirement
presents of the the
of the detailed of work.
Figure
1 presents
schedule.
-1
SD ? i- 700
_t_
v') ILl
1 0
0r4
-ZSD
___:
71-700
_-__._ _ .... :. -_
i_
SUMMARY
The in the mission a modified that United the
study (IRDM) CSM
conducted that
by
authorization international Salyut-type module resources
of CCA
4162;
500-300 and
resulted docking
conclusion
a successful
rendezvous
with a USSR and a docking ll-day earth be
vehicle could be accomplished with (DM) airlock, It was also concluded survey (ERS) following of the Continental from separation
a meaningful States could Salyut. The CSlvi after and
successfully
accomplished
the
DM
would linkup
be
launched
on
a Saturn
IB with
at
a suitable
interval
a successful
of a Soyuz
spacecraft
a Salyut-type
space workshop. The DM would be launched into an 150 by 185 km (81 by 100 n mi) orbit, S-IVB and dock with the DM. The CSM/DM rendezvous The astronauts maneuver and to meet the Salyut at cosmonauts will exchange
in the SLA. Following insertion the CSMwill separate from the will then conduct a 24-hour an altitude visits of 300 over km (162 n mi). to an a period of two
days and the CSM/DM will then separate altitude of 285 km (154 n mi) to conduct The DM will be jettisoned shortly
from the an ll-day before
Salyut and descend ERS mission. on the fourteenth
deorbit
day. The
The target landing area duration of the mission A baseline S-192 multispectral be suitably modified a closed-circuit system, which Six ity other is payload
will be situated is approximately of a pan camera,
in the West Atlantic Ocean. 14 days and 2 hours. S-191 infrared spectrometer,
scanner, microwave and installed in the TV system attached to permit to the S-191 equipment
radiometer, CSM. It will
and tape recorder will be necessary to provide
use of the S-191 viewfinder/tracking in the SLM beyond crew access. were studied for gross feasibil-
scientific
payloads
of installation. The are The modifications described DM will and required in Section design e-skin diameter for 2.0. and shell of systems with 1.422 at one end. are described (56 length in.). in Section of 2. 794 A lunar 3.0. meters moduledocking satisfactory accomplishment of the
IRDM
conceptual have a singl an internal
The (110
DM in.)
an overall meters end and
type docking system will
system will be installed
be installed at the other
an
international
-3SD 71-700
.W_
Apollo possible described
hardware
from
previous
flight
vehicles
will test and
be
reused
wherever is are dis-
for the DM in Section
and the CSM 7.0. Ground 8.0 and 9.0.
modifications. The support operations Mockup and training
philosophy equipment are
cussed in Sections in Section 10.0. The and report
proposals
described
also stowage
includes lists.
suggested
USA/USSR
interface
requirements
preliminary
A chart depicting assembly, and checkout
the proposed is supplied
flow of the DM in a separate
through
fabrication, to the report.
addendum
-4SD 71-700
I. 0
MISSION
ANALYSIS
1. 1
MISSION Primary
l .
OBJECTIVES Objectives the capability vehicle equipped to rendezvous and dock with an docking
1. 1.1
To demonstrate orbiting system. space
with an international
To demonstrate capability for crewmen in shirt sleeves to perform intravehicular transfer between space vehicles with different atmospheric pressures. Objective an earth resources survey phase of the continental United States
I. 1.2
Secondary To conduct
following 1.2
completion
of the docked
of the mission.
MISSION
HARDWARE are required for successful
The following items of major hardware accomplishment of the baseline mission:

,
A Salyut-type space station provided and stabilized in a suitable orbit. A Soyuz-type docked with spacecraft the Salyut-type provided space
and launched
by the USSR
and launched station.
by
the
USSR
and
A suitably modified Apollo-type the United States on a Saturn ful Soyuz/Salyut docking and A docking and Apollo and between atmosphere atmosphere. the Saturn the module CSM to serve vehicles. as CSM Salyut the with
CSM provided IB launch vehicle crew transfer. between module N/cm
and launched by following success-
as an airlock The docking its 3.45 its
the willbe
Salyut-type pressurized of crewmen pure 65/35 SLA 02 N2/O on 2
depressurized, Apollo and
required, with
to facilitate 11 N/cm
transfer 2 (5 psia) 2 (16 psia)
The docking module will be launched IB which is used to launch the CSM.
in the
1-1 SD 71-700
SpaceAmencan Rockwell North Division
5.
An international vehicle and the gross vehicle GUIDE
docking docking configuration
system module. and
installed
on
both
the
Salyut-type
The 1.3
linkage
are
depicted
in
Figure
1-1.
MISSION The 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
LINES guidelines for - 51.6 - 300 altitude - 14 km the study were:
mission Orbit Salyut Earth Mission Docked Rendezvous Launch a. b. c.
inclination altitude survey duration operations
degrees (162 nm) - 226 to 300 km (122 to 162 rim)
range days
- 2 days - 5 to 21 by and recovery (7.5 to 31.5 hours)
M numbers time constrained launch
Daylight Rendezvous Earth Atlantic SPS IB
opportunities requirements recovery for both (secondary SPS and RCS objective) deorbits
surveylighting Ocean deorbit launch
8. 9. 10. 11.
West
Two-burn Saturn Saturn 185-kin Saturn reserve) Earth G&_q
north-east
IB payload - 17,236 kg (81by 100-nm) orbit IB yaw steering capability
(38,000
lb)
above
IU into
150-
by
12.
- 7.5
minutes
(318-kg
(700-1b)
13. 14.
survey hybrid
target deorbit
- continental backup
USA
1-2 SD 71 - 700
Space Division North Amencan Rockwell
I-3 SD 71-700
_i_b
The mission
,
for
following study:
ground
rules
were
established
to define
a baseline
M = 16 rendezvous day Earth Launch survey datealtitude June
(Z4 hours)
with
launch
opportunity
every
third
Z. 3.
,
- Z85 14
km
(154
nm)
Liftoff time 11:12 a.m., EST, 2:30 p.m. USSR local time SUMMARY sequence IB from ascend (162 rim). launch (81the S-IVB, is vehicle by depicted will 100-nm) dock with with the be in
three
days
after Soyuz
launch
at
1.4
MISSION The
mission
Figure
1-2. the csM insertion, the vehicle to maneuver DM at sequence an and DM the from CSM the altitude will be
A Saturn into will SLA, of 300 a 150and km by separate
used orbit. the Russian
to insert Following DM, extract Salyut
185-kin
to rendezvous A Skylab-type, The or
six-impulse
coelliptic required
used for the CSM
rendezvous. launch window
Salyut will not be to assist rendezvous.
to improve
visits occupy
Following docking, the American and Russian and may conduct joint scientific experiments. the second and third days of the mission. will be separated into a 285-km from (154-nm) the
crews will exchange Docked operations
will
day
The CSM/DM and will descend
Salyut at the end of the third orbit for an earth resources The the ERS film will occupy 10 days. cassette from the
survey (ERS) The fourteenth pan camera Following be conducted sequence Atlantic in
of the continental day will include the scientific the SPS.
United States. EVA to recover instrument module be jettisoned, Apollo
(SIM). and service a two-burn module deorbit jettison and in the will
EVA, with will Ocean the
DM
will
A nominal
entry west
be used to guide the command module to a landing approximately 14 days and 2 hours after liftoff.
1-4 SD 71-700
" &,lJ
I-5
SD
71-700
_i_
I. 5 1.5.1
TRAJECTORY Liftoff Time Mission time.

,
ANALYSIS
AND
TIMELINES
Considerations impose requirements adequate __he major are: constraints on CSM
launch
lighting requirements The main lighting launch zones
Daylight recovery Transposition
to provide
lighting in the abort
2.
,
and daylight zone
docking period
in for
daylight recovery in the end-of-mission
Adequate recovery Sun
elevation
angles during
which the ERS
provide phase
adequate
lighting for
photography
Soyuz liftoff time and the number of days between Soyuz and CSM launches have a strong effect on CSMlaunch time. Figure I-3 illustrates the range of compatibility between Soyuz and CSM times which liftoff times. meet The crosshatched area shows the range lighting requirements. Figure during
l
of launch
the mission
1-4 illustrates phase. of year. The
the effect of launch parameters determines used
time
on Survey
lighting
the ERS
,
in developing
the figure are: of the sun.
Time
This
the elevation
angle
Lighting for photography of the northern hemisphere is best in June, when the sun is at its highest declination (23.5 degrees).
,
Orbital
altitude and inclination.
This
establishes
the ground-
track pattern and the inertial orbit regression. This regression, when combined with the one-degree-per-day rotation of the sun about the earth, results in an effective orbital rotation relative to the sun line of 6.28
,
degrees between
per day. launch and ERS initiation (three per day sun-line
Both days) width
the elapsed
time
and the duration of the window
of the ERS
(ten days)
affect the start and
by virtue of the 6.Z8-degree
rotation with respect to the orbit plane. the three days before ERS is considered as during the ERS phase.
Orbital regression during to be at the same rate
I-6 SD 71-700
- SpaceAmerican Rockwell North Division
0 Z "r
0
N
>. >
,,,
::) n,,, U
-_
>O =5 U
"'
"'0
g g
-r
o
m
0 0
Z
(IS:I)3WII
-I.-I01:II'I WSD
1-7
SD 71-700
)
,PI
o"
b_
bb
U3
c_ C,.l
;>
E_
0
,-1
,r-I
o_'1
--< Z
1-8 SD 71700
C,_h
the When
The ten-day launch
CSM passes ERS phase occurs
over and during
some forms
part of the United States a net-like ground-track the subsolar and passes. the lighting
69 times during pattern (Figure is the nearest the best When lighting launch (south exist
1-5}.
mid-morning,
point
descending conditions occurs to north} during
(north to south) for photography in mid-afternoon, portions ascending of the passes.
portions of the trajectory, exist during descending the subsolar and point the is best
nearest
ascending conditions
trajectory,
For launches the majority of both States. For example, the 15 subvehicle ascending of the sun percent sun and elevation of all allowable 1.5.2
during late morning, acceptable the ascending and descending Figure 1-4 shows that, for elevation descending and angle is angle is passes descending mandated greater over as than the 30 coverage
lighting is available for passes over the United launch at 11:12 a.m. EST, 11 degrees for if the all portions States. is lost Approximately minimum
United degrees.
ascending
Rendezvous The CSM
Phase into a 150- by maneuvers, 185-kin (81- by with 100-nm) orbit
will be launched of phasing
and,
after a series
will rendezvous
the Salyut at
an altitude of 300 km (162 nm). The phasing necessary to effect rendezvous is accomplished by varying the altitude and number of revolutions between insertion and docking. to as the M The number An of revolutions ascent from liftoff to rendezvous five revolutions 16 revolutions is is is referred called an M called an M number. that requires that requires
= 5 rendezvous, = 16 rendezvous.
and an ascent
at
CSM
For a given liftoff that
M, the target is determined
vehicle by the
must altitude
be
within range
a range of lead angles of the phasing orbit.
This range of lead angles windows through the orbit phase pane durations for considers increasing a range the M n,_mber,
can be correlated mean motion. both an individual The the total but
to possible liftoff times or launch Figure 1-6 shows the maximum M and for a launch window that phase time pane required can be increased from ascent by is also 2 minutes time from to rendezvous
of M numbers. the phase for M = 16,
increased. For example, for M = 5 to 17 minutes 8 hours to 24 hours. The opportunities ing capability. launch will site
pane can be increased but this increases the
will
be
in the
desired
plane vehicle phasing
each is will
day, in the occur
but
launch range of phasis increased
occur only The probability is increased of clays with 1-7.
when the target that proper because phasing launch opportunity
as the M number The percentage M number in
capability is plotted
is thereby enhanced. as a function of
Figure
1-9
SD 71-700
_i_
I-I0 SD 7 I- 700
,_._(/ff_,_< Space Division NorthAmerican Rockwell
MAXIMUM
PHASE PANE /
(MINUTES)
10
0 0
,,,l,,I,t11,J. 5
I0
lll,,I,,,ll,j,,I 15 20 M NUMBER
25
30
Figure
1-6.
Effect Launch
of M Window
Number
on
%40"-OFDAYSLAuNCHEsWITH INPLAN
_O_
20
10
I i
, I I I i* 5
i i , ,i I,* , J f , i, 10 15 20 M NUMBER
, I, 25
_,J 30
Figure
1-7. Launch
Effect
of M Number
on
Opportunity
1-I1 SD 71-700
_i_
the but
The launch results
phase from is
angle at launch may be changed the in-plane point. This provides of payload determined the from by the 15-minute out-of-plane maximum launch
by
advancing or a finite launch payload a 318-kg an M = 16 opportunity
delaying window duration penalty. (700-1b) rendezvous approxi-
in loss 1-8 illustrates
corrections. permissible window for
The
of the Figure payload profile. mately
window
loss and its effect on launch opportunities for It may be seen that M = 16 provides a launch every The third day. (24-hour a rest wake M crew ascent) period cycle. for liftoff through is before the preferred docking and
M = 16 crew with
profile results
because in CSM
it proarrival
vides during
the
a Russian
sented 1.5,3
A preliminary in Table 1-1. Docked
= 16 timeline
rendezvous
is
pre-
Operations timeline 1-9. for each This
Timeline for timeline in the transfer for DM and the two other was transfer 25 days crew's of docked for three spacecraft. to take and scheduled longer than a operations round-trip is pre-
A preliminary seated and in Figure equal The subsequent tion. nominal Each time first
provides
transfers
crew
CSM-to-Salyut to provide period
scheduled checkout was minutes.
transfers subsequent guideline
systems
familiarizato occupy
CSM-to-Salyut of 2 hours
The
short periodscheduled
for the initial Salyut-to-CSM
transfer
assumed that the Russian crewman had prebreathed return transfers were scheduled with the assumption accomplished 1.5.4 Earth The in the DM. Resources secondary Survey objective will day of conducting a survey
in the Salyut. Subsequent that prebreathing was
of the be
earth from the conducted
resources Salyut at from
of the United States the end of the third a 285-km (154-nm)
be accomplished of the mission. orbit. orbits At the will whose
after separation The survey will
synchronous orbits are trace T equal
Synchronous repeats synchronous area to be itself every orbit surveyed
earth divided
trace of its each
pattern repeat latitude cycle coverage
exactly cycle, circle a in the the So If
T days. earth into
completion have
longitudinal
intervals. a repeat efficient
In general,
selection of an orbit the mission duration the into repeat time the smallest
altitude which provides will provide the most mission increments
nearly equal pattern. divided
equals the possible
time, the without
survey area will be repeating any track,
I-IZ SD 71-700
Space Division North.American Rockwell
(/3 L/3
O
,...I
\
318KG O
< O
...I
><
o..
DAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 -20 -16
M=
16 OPENING M= 6
16 CLOSING
I
16
16
' -12 TIME -8 FROM -4 0 4
16_ 8 12 (MIN) 16 20
INPLANE
LAUNCH
Figure
1-8,
M = 16 Launch
Window
1-13 SD 71-700
_4_
I.iJ I.a.J
m
ev,
La.J
(3.
t_
or-I
<_
0
u 0
t/3
L_I
ty
0
E_
0
G3
o_*-I
L_J G3 F_
_0
t=l
NN
0 r_ F-
NNN
II
Z A m 0
E_
1-14 SD 71-700
SpaceAmerican Rockwell Noah Division
I._
-TFLU
_3
<Z zO O_
,_e,-
_w
LU nr
a
..)u
I _
LL/ n-
CD
03 O.
_-"
X uJ
e=w
E 1 LI3 i
_- :i
vl
>_J -4
r.t
11
LU
UJ
(3. X LM hZ O k03
/
0
w X
UJ
.J N
r_
IO
0
u3 J
5
k-_3 rr
LL ILl
UJ :D O0
I
N
03
I
I
--L
j :_L) (3. X LU FZ O .)
_3 N LU O_
r,O--
rr
LU
n-
v L) 0 r"t Z
I
v cO O O
I N '3 __ m It)--
I
(.,) 0 _eeO -OZ
pLU L3
1-15 SD 71 - 700
_ SpaceAmencan Rockwell North Division
altitudes discrete number different is
Synchronous for circular altitudes of days. for each when
orbits with various repeat orbits with a constant which For altitude, provide a given and :hronous _he as synchronous repeat orbit time, a result, with of
times occur inclination. orbits the some a repeat that choice time the type pattern mission than once ground-track
at discrete There are repeat pattern of coverage equal to
several same is pattern pattern capaof gaps survey
in the
possible
a syn
mission
duration is has several across bility several the days.
selected. advantages. survey This cover by area the
capability For example times general increase some
selecting a coverage the more probability dispersion
of coverage which cycles provides at intervals coverage between the
several same allowing
within area the cloud
of observing
would
of filling time
due to cloud opportunities. Figure a function number cycles
1-10
shows
the
discrete
altitudes 3-cycle number coverage nm) 3-cycle, because
for
synchronous coverage of times pattern with coverage no plane an
orbits
as The trace
of repeat of coverage across the be
time for 1-, cycles refers survey that a area
2-, and to the the (154 repeat, selected
patterns. the earth is
before
completed. of The from the
It may 51.6 degrees inclination Salyut orbit There 10-day repeat total mission divides results the in
seen
a 285-km 10-day was
orbit
inclination pattern. change
provides
of 51.6 degrees is required. are several
advantages
to the
selected
coverage
pattern. baseline for to ERS duration segments pattern and
The
cycle for duration. area to be
ERS is compatible A repeat cycle covered in the pass into adjacent is lost the in coverage.
with the 14-day nearly equivalent smallest The possible three-cycle
maximum
efficiency
has
the advantage intervals. likelihood passes selected
of filling If a coverage the
areas in the pattern due to cloud cover, from 1-5 adjacent shows
at 3- or 4-day there is more
of filling occur several orbit. The preliminary
gap days
with apart.
overlap Figure
passes if the adjacent the ground track for the
mission
timeline
from
undocking will be
through required
landing to transfer
is
presented from the The
in Table 1-2. Two SPS maneuvers Salyut orbit to the ERS orbit. CSM will make 69 daylight passes
over
the pass
United is 4.64
States minutes.
during The
the survey phase. The total coverage opportunity ERS cassette by operations EVA.
average duration is 5.34 hours. conclude scheduled with for
of each
will EVA is
recovery 13 days,
of the
pan
camera
film
18 hours.
1-16 SD 71-700
_,
F"
_
"i
-=
I.
_I
_
I
_I
g-
=,
__
"=__
zo-_
__
/
_, _ /
/
/
!
/
I
/ o
I
I
I
I
t-I
o___
_<_;u_u
<I_
"
o o
.r-I 4_ (..I
L
)
< c;
I
_,-I
b/)
_l
C)
l
.0 _
'
l
co
l
,_"
1 '7
ST"J
71
-7(_(_
_i_
zz
II II II W_WWW II II II il II _WWWW II II __ _
_
_0 _ _ _
OOOOOOOOOO
wwwwwwww_w
_
_
_
0
____
ggo
J 0
oo
5
o_1
o _ _ _ _ ___oo0 0 _ _ 0___0
_ o o _
_ _ _
0
I
o
,> z __ _ >_&>>>>>>>> .___ ,-, 0z
r_
ZZZZZZZZZZ
1,-18 SD 71-700
The docking module will be jettisoned comp]etiorl of restowing for entry. 1.5.5 Deorbit The EVA, with Entry SPS and and Entry deorbit maneuver
at 13 days
and 22 hours,
following
first SPS
is scheduled maneuver
to occur
five hours hours
after later.
the second interface
and final SPS
scheduled 20 minutes
three
(El) will be encountered 18 minutes
after the second 14 days
burn. Landing will occur 2 hours after liftoff. The backup mode
after El, approximately
for deorbit A hybrid
in the event
of SPS
failure is a G&N by burning the the maneuver
hybrid
RGS
deorbit.
deorbit
is accomplished
remaining SM RCS with the CM RCS. i. 6 PROPELLANT
propellant
to depletion
and then completing
BUDGETS
For assumed:
propellant
budget
calculations,
the following
vehicle
weights
were
Kilograms CSM DM SLA Totals 13,741 I, 588 I, 905 i7,234
Pounds 30,300 3,500 4,200 38, 000
These totals correspond with the baseline Saturn IB payload 17, 237 kg (38, 000 Ib) into a 150- by 185-kin (81- by 100-nm) 1.6. 1 SPS Propellant Budget
capability orbit.
of
The SPS is scheduled rendezvous of the CSM/DM
to perform five of the six major burns to achieve with the Salyut in a 300-kin (162-nm) orbit. The
propellant necessary for ascent will be essentially the same for any in-plane rendezvous with an M number between 5 and 21. After the CSM/DM undocks from the Salyut, a two-burn SPS maneuver delivers the vehicle to circular orbit at 285 km At and burn the the SPS (154 nm) for ERS. ERS phase, the CSM separates from the CSM with a two-step maneuver. (90 nm). A 10-percent reserve the DM, The first was added
end of the lO-day is used to deorbit a perigee
produces
of 49 km
1-19 SD 71-700
to nominal
propellant
requirements,
resulting
in a usable
propellant
require-
ment of 883 kg (1949 Ib), as shown in Table values are considered, the required loading The the ullage allocated allowances. 1.6.2 SM SM delta-V performed for each values by SPS listed the burn in Table before 6.53 1-3
I-3. When unusable propellant becomes 1009 kg (2228 ib). include the velocity gained from
SM RCS includes
each SPS burn. kg (14.4 lb) for
The propellant start and stop loss
RCS RCS
Propellant propellant based 691.7
Budget usage calculations, mission including quad depicted events. the by the solid usable made (70 lb) line in
Figure 1-11, are is assumed to be by addition of the is included SLA. An sharp consumed and TPF. 21 seconds, added CSM is drop
on nominal kg (1525 lb), storage
Initial supplement A 31.8-kg
propellant available allowance
propellant
(PSQ).
for transposition M = 16 rendezvous in the for curve from control, attitude
and docking and sequence follows TPI through 4-jet, All No TPF midcourse
extraction transposition represents
of the
DM from the with the DM. The propellant control, and one while 2-jet, second the
the for times
corrections, 16-seconds, ullage burn propellant is
line-of-sight TPI, have
Ullages are computed as for all other SPS burns. RCS/SPS with the burn overlap. Salyut. for orbit. 9.07
for SM docked
expended
the orient
Propellant Salyut orbit the CSM are for per
is budgeted to the ERS and to budgeted rate at
support In the attitude kg (20 lb)
of the two-impulse ERS mode, the during per the day. is 10-day an
transfer SM RCS is survey. usage alternate achievable
from used to These rate is To
maintain
maneuvers assumed (13 lb)
A uniform
simplicity: day usage
Also shown representing
in the figure a theoretically
5.9 kg value.
avoid SM RCS plume impingement per-axis attitude hold is planned included The SPS deorbit, stability. Predicted is currently towards mission additional flexibility. Propellant for SM contingencies RCS is used and
on SIM-installed during ERS. No dispersions. the the CSM SM, and and
equipment, single-jetSM RCS allotments are
to separate the CM from
DM to
before up
the the
two-burn SM for entry
to separate
spin
total considered
usage
is
410.9 49.5 kg
kg
(906
lb). lb).
The This
margin margin of ERS
for could orbit,
the be
SM
RCS
to be docking
(109
applied
maneuvers,
adjustments
and/or
requirements
for SM
RCS
deorbit
during
each
mission
phase are also shown for burns with the G&N and SCS guidance systems and for nominal and hybrid deorbit burns. A hybrid deorbit assumes that the burn is completed by the CM RCS, which 1-20 SD 71-7O0 has a potential of 24.4 naps (80 fps).
_b
A v ILl a-
O_
_v t_ u-)
0 cO 00 0
u Z
o
4-= t_0 "O
,,., ,.-,
p-4 O O
u Z < 0
i./-) _00
O9 U3
I ) ,-'4
u_ >--V3 a_0_ _ _
,,_1
0
I-"
Z
i11
5
_ w
>
uJ
>__
ZZZ Z
zT_
_ 0
_,,
_
..I
u Z
L) Z -)(. -I(-
1 -21 SD 71-700
SpaceArnencan Rockwell North Division
t,
>. <
u
O3
<
_1
('d h r" O9 ('N
r-
>< E3
-lffl
n-
O
u.
g_
EL
r('q
I I i t L.,L., I I
I I L.= I
r" N
L-L,
_:_ >-
*p,I
L_
e-
10 O
n-< =-:E
(/)LU Onn"
I
_1
I
O
(/3
1-2Z SD 71-700
O
During worst are be the case first day, condition). to occur to ensure deorbit After burns are considered from the to occur the undocking since the Salyut, descent can considered controlled at apogee, that an orbit be emergency return
Space
Division Rockwell
North American
at perigee deorbit
(for burns can
orientations
initiated
at apogee.
Predicted all SM as RCS
usage
during
the
ERS
phase deorbit
precludes has has
the
possibility been
of an
backup An
deorbit. 18-kg
Hybrid
accordingly been added
selected RGS
the baseline. values
(40 ib) allowance for post-deorbit
to all SM
deorbit
to provide
maneuver
requirements.
Figure from are circular shown by for
1-12 earth a
shows orbits
the SM in the
RCS range
propellant of ERS
requirements altitude
for
deorbit Data
possibilities. are shifted
13, 608-kg
(30, 000
Ib), CSM
and
the
curves
upwards
18 kg
(40 ib} to accommodate
required
post-deorbit
maneuvers.
Data systems.
are
presented
for
control
by
either
the SCS
or
the G&N
control
A Table sixth I. 7
detailed Data (TPF)
SM are
RCS based
propellant on by
usage
prediction ascent
is presented sequence, with
in the
i-4. burn
a six-impulse the SM RGS.
performed POWER
ELECTRICAL
PROFILE
An establish cryogenic of
electrical a baseline
power CSM
requirements power and
analysis
was
conducted for power
(l) to system,
requirements analysis, the mission docking
profile
consumables, power
thermal with
(2) to verify requirements, module (DM)
compatibility and (3) to
the baseline
system
establish power 1.7. 1
a preliminary
definition
of the
electrical
requirements. Guidelines
I.
Power a.
generation Three fuel cells
and
distribution
system
b.
Three
40
AH
entry
batteries
c.
Two
0. 75 AH
pyro
batteries
d.
One
415
AH
supplemental
battery
1-23 SD 71-700
_
0
z
O GO
Z U O
O ,o 0
D D
I-w 0
t,..l
<
r/l
2
m
<
O
08
D U U
ID
._"1
O 0 U
m
_J
!
O O
l:m
8
Z <
,.J LI.I
_o
I
_1
I
,--
O O
O
a. i-i
I t
Ill
I I_LI!
II
1-24 SD 71- 700
_4_k_
t-
ua_
No
O. I
G:ILO
0'3
03
_--
03 v-_1"
t_ 03 lip
LIJ 4-1
,5
_
Oo.
=5
-J < .j uJ
d
z
bJ0 _O
0 F_
d 0) O uJ-l0
_E
0_-
on<
ua ua ca
0 re _D_
_t}
_" r_
LO cO
_ t
tn
r_
oa
p..,
o 84
Cq ,.-
II
II
II
8_
0 ,-
I.IJ .J
U
I-Z in<i:
tv--J
_j
U3
#
! Ill _J
_JS_
O o: Q. v
c_ c_ o z 2 z < 0
.J
F_
< t-Z
uJ
>
LU
nO u_
t-% ,,i (o <

rm
0 z
1-25 SD 71-700
0_
2.
Cryogenic
storage
system
a. b.
Three Three
cryo cryo
0 2 tanks H2 tanks
3.
Docked
operations
a.
GN&C
powered
down
b.
Water
boiler
inhibited
while
docked
4.
Earth
resources
survey
a.
Simultaneous
operation
of scientific
equipment
b,
Fuel cell/supplemental passes
battery
load
sharing
during
ERS
c.
Power
management
to minimize
supplementary
battery
usage
d. 1.7.2
Water
boiler
inhibited
during
survey
passes
Electrical
Power
Profile
Figure for the major
1-13
presents
a simplified modes
profile
of CSM mission,
power i.e., The
requirements rendezvous, includes and
operational drifting
of the baseline ERS, of the and and
docked the the
operations, power I-5
flight,
pre-entry. ERS
profile
estimated DM. I-6
rec_uirements shows the CSM
baseline DM power duty
scientific operational and
payload modes. Table
Tables presents
systems
Table presents make G&N not
the baseline mission
mission equipment
requirements, cycles. of the It was power
I-7 to
the baseline
necessary (e.g., but
certain powered implied
assumptions down that the for
in the docked
development
profile
operation, could not be
average flown
beta
angle,
etc.),
it is The
mission
under
other
conditions. significant
baseline variations
power from
generation system the requirements
has the capability to satisfy shown in the tables.
Table survey
I-8
shows While
CSM the
peak addition
power
requirements
exclusive control heaters Apollo have during
of ERS has sig-
passes.
of the thermal over
nificantly
increased Figure
power 1-14
requirements shows
the basic fuels
earth-orbital capa-
requirements, bility to meet acquisition
that the
three
adequate ERS data
predicted
demands
at all times
except
passes.
1-26 SD 71-700
ii
i ii i
t
I
1
I
03 rr-
o 0
I ,t
t
i
"
:z:
I--Z
O
03 03
i
ol-I
,,-.4
'-
(.'3
!
hi3
o
N
I _-,
(S.L.LVNg I:lMd DAV 1-27 SD 71700
_i_
Table
1-5.
CSM/DM
Operational
Mission Docked
Modes
Phase
System CSM Cryogenic HE O2 Displays gas storage
Rendezvous
To
SalFut
ERS
Free
Drift
Pre-
Entry
Auto Auto s and controls Powered up
Auto Auto_ Partial Powered down
Auto Auto$_', _',:,,_ Auto'* Partial Powered up Powered down Powered up Auto'*
SM
RCS Engine Rod package heaters monitor systems control (5) heaters (4) Auto Auto On On Powered up Auto Auto Off On Powered Boiler inhibited On- line up Powered down up Auto Auto _** Off On Powered Boiler inhibited On-line Powered up up Auto Auto Off On Powered up Auto Auto On On Powered up
Entry Crew
Environmental
Fuel Guidance CSM
cells
(3) and navigation
On- line Powered
On-
line up
On-line Powered up
Powered
Stabilization Power CSM Dis
and
control
Powered
up
Powered
down
Powered
up
Powered
down
Powered
up
tribution to DM battery
On On
power
Supplemental
On "*$# On - ERS Pass up Powered up
On
On
Telecommunications SPS Tcs SIM Experiments _Module ECLSS heaters
Powered
up
Powered
Powered
up
Powered
up
Off
Auto
Auto'S'*
Auto
Auto
Off
Off
On
Warmup
Off
Off
On
Suit hose phere manned
used
for atmoswhen
Off
exchange
COMM
Transponder/TV Mode On Off
Voice/TV Mode On On
Off
Off
Off
Lighting Instrumentation STwo v:_One $$*Candiates tanks tank for power management
On, Off
when
manned Off
Off Off
during
ERS.
1-28 SD 71-700
_tsi_.%_:_
_ _<.-
:_
i ._,
._
_-_-._,,,z'al'_,;r,_L'c_r_-,,._u,_r_
, .......
......
t,n
o t_
,i-4
o" _D t,, (U O
O
o,..4 rn
_D
.r-I
tn
r_
'
!
t--
,,O
Cr_ o
r'-
_3
_>_
U_
1 -Z9
SD 71-700
#_
_0 u
O
oF-I
[o
, t,.,,I
rC
!
1 -30 SD 71-700
#i_
{,.)
u h.,
rO
or.,_
o,,-_
0 rn
O3
)
o_-_
r. _ o
(d
oo
! =,--,I
(d
E-,
; 3 =
, ol ==._ =
-=. E_
m_
e_
booou,',<
_','_>
>u
1 -31 SD 71-700
#_
L)
L)
4_
C_
_1
u} d
rc
I =,-,I
[_
I -32 SD 71-700
l_4_b SpaceAmencan Rockwell North Division
O0
,-_ U3 O0 ['.-
u% t%] ,,.ID
e4
I'-- _ O',
,-_ [--u'3
0"
e,1
L_
O00"tk.] ,,0
,-_ O0 c._ ,--_
,-_ tth O00
",._D ["-
0 0 eq
_=
_=
<
_'_.i _.
u% p.t'q
! 0", U% O0 00'3 0 ,.O c,", ,--_ u'3
P_ O A
,--,
Uh
e,]
0",
fq O0 t'q 0
_00__
0",
u'%
__0
,Z rc ,.:
_ _
,,4
0 e,] ,,,1 u.-_ i . p._ 0
uhO
c'%
,,0
o'h
O0 0".
oO
D"0
0 '-_
o
O_ _ 0_ _ _ _ON N 0
L)
M
t_
o I
0 O" ee3 O" C_" m ,-_
O
o1.-4 u% oO 00 0 ",O ._ ,.-_ uh oo
o_
L) <
_ O oT-4 _ 00_ _ _ _ 0_
L_
_J O
I __0 ___
uhO 0c,1 0
_0
I_
_J
OO O c_
_= <
_ ,,_
t_
rc_
.qD O ",1
c_
0,_
u
! p..._ u3
1_;.41
O_ _ _ 00_ _ _ _ _0 0
I
0"_ U3 O0 0 c_ 0 _ o'h ,..._ Lt3
_:
O U3 _-_
_= <
_ [_r_ (%]
<
._
4
0,1
m
!
>,
i -33
SD
71-700
o o ,r-t ,_.=1
,.o
L)
0
rr '"
,-
<
2 4
I
(S3EI_]dl/_VI OVO'I >lV3d
1-34 SD 71 - 700
._./_%
Space Amencan Rockwell Division North
1.7.3
Supplemental
Battery
Load
Sharing
During
ERS
Passes
Figure survey 135 cells able pass.
1-15 Short
depicts
baseline loads
electrical are not
loads
during The
a typical peak load
5-minute of fuel
duration the
included.
amperes
exceeds
approximately will be
120-ampere required. module above The will
capability 415 AH
of the
andbattery supplemental required
augmentation battery
nonrechargethe additional level during
in the
service bus
provide minimum
capability
to maintain
voltages
the
ERS passes. diodes in the the the battery battery
Load-sharing supplemental These percent.
analysis has shown the need for voltage dropping battery circuits to achieve efficient utilization of diodes will increase they but the load-sharing decrease the lifetime peak-load (approxirequiretotal power as as late posof
energy. by by 30
Conversely, 12 percent,
will
capability mately ments. load, and 165
approximately will exist
adequate payload
capability configuration share
amp)
for the battery
baseline will
The
supplemental it is not be ERS
accept
a large
of the
because should in the
rechargeable, Load sequence survey
judicious sharing and pass.
load
sharing be
and
management ms possible
observed. power-up of each Power
should terminated
initiated as early
sible 1.7.4
following Docking
completion Module
Requirements
Preliminary duty cycles were
estimates made
of the
DM
equipment on
power the CSM
requirements power system I-9 shows
and and the
to assess power-transfer
the impact
the CM/DM estimated
umbilical power
requirements. duty cycles total of the power
Table DM
requirements mission.
and
equipment
for the are
major phases of the tabulated below.
Estimated
requirements
Power Mission Phase
(watts) Peak
Average 142
Rendezvous Docked Earth Inflight operations resources checkout survey during rendezvous
249 147 64 307
ii0 22
1.7.5
CM/DM
Umbilical
Power
Transfer
Capability
Peak systems through of the adequate the peak two two
loading checkout circuit for the and the 7.5-ampere
on during
the
DM the circuit
bus
is breakers watts watts,
expected phase. in
to
occur The
during DM The the bus
inflight will derated This short' the be
DM powered capacity
rendezvous
parallel.
breakers peak load conservative
is 315 of 307 rating
(11.25 amperes). but because of of the circuit
is marginally duration existing
of
breakers,
1-35 SD 71-700
"I0o
>O Z la.I !-<=:

Q;
(.t3 G3
=_:_
I
L._
0 __1 -,_J 0
Z
m
Lq
! i,.-4
0
!
,r-I
1
G3 .jt_
0
!
I
o o
I
o
lllll .......
_ o 0 o 0
t_
!
(O
1-36 SD 71- 700
_b
Uu_
u
r0
_
0
u
.._
o
"0
._ '_
1,)
4.1
o_
XX X, X_XX_
.r-(
o"
r.t)
00
00
000000
0000
000
'_
O_ O_
O0 0
000000 000000
oo_o
_h
U
0 O0 O0 000000 N _-0000 0D 00 0000
0000 000
0000
0 A
m
I
C) <
___N_ e_
, _
_L 0
$=_ _ _
_ _
.o.! _ _
_ _
=_o
_ _ _ _u_
_0
_,_ _'o_
_=_,.o
_._o
1-37 SD 71-700
provision employed requirements breaker
is considered to reduce would
acceptable. load
Sequential level. Any
systems increase of an
checkout above the
could
be
the peak
estimated
necessitate
consideration
increase
in circuit
capacity.
The command transfer 1. 8
international module umbilical buses
docking through
system separate
will
be
powered breakers.
directly No
from power-
the
circuit
problem REQUIREMENTS
is anticipated. ANALYSES
CRYOGENIC
1.8.
Purpose
The to verify mission
purpose the requirements.
of the cryogenic of the
requirements baseline
analyses with
for the
IRDM
was
compatibility
configuration
the baseline
I. 8.2
Summary
of Significant
Items
The
following
significant
items
have
been
identified:
Cryogenic genic oxygen requirements.
tankage: tanks
three are
cryogenic
hydrogen the
and
three
cryo-
required
to meet
baseline
mission
The
oxygen
tank
No.
3 isolation will not be
capability deleted with from an
is unnecessary. CSM I15/I15A.) on
(The
isolation
,
capability densities day.
Oxygen
are
compatible
EVA
scheduled
the
thirteenth
I. 8.3
CSM
Cryogenic
Budgets
and
Profiles
Table ures mission. to be limited All transfers to 1-16 not implied phases. crew assumed was ures is budgeted and 1-16 and
1-10 1-17 to
and
1-11 present
present the makeup and
the predicted
hydrogen quantity on the the CSM
and
oxygen profiles
budgets. for supply the
Figbaseline assumed with were 2 (5 psia)) but mission best deplereduce it Fig-
DM
requirements leakage pressurization and pre-breathing by the kg/hr reflect other DM
imposed during metabolic
oxygen and
were mission
rendezvous requirements while leakage The quantity management could shown reasonably were not
ERS
associated docked (at 3.45 profiles satisfy designed equal satisfy designed to to Salyut N/cm of schedule the to quantity EVA help
operations ECLSS. (0. the 1 lb/hr). indicated DM
be at
met 0.045 1-17 that The
heater schemes
management
requirements. utilize tion peak from electrical requirements. the heater each
management logic, in the heater to
schedules maintain of schedule
control tank, The loads. and, selected
case
oxygen, was
to
density
1-38 SD 71-700
_B_il_w_; ,:_.:o
: _'_'_ ,_ -."_ _,_ ,,_r_
#_
Space Division NorthAmerican Rockwell
Table
I- 10.
IRDM
Hydrogen
Budget
Kg LOADED (3 TANKS) LESS UNUSABLES TRAPPED INSTRUMENT ERRORS PREDICTION DISPERSION PRELAUNCH REQUIREMENT
Kg 39. 87
LB (87.9)
I. 59 1.04 I. 41 2. 26 (13.) 9
AVAILABLE FOR PLANNING IRDM REQUIREMENTS (14 DAYS) EPS F/C PURGE
(74.) O
30. 80 O.14 30. 94 (68.2) (5.8)
RESERVES
Table 1-11. IRDM Oxygen Budget
2.63
Kg LOADED (3 TANKS) LESS UNUSABLES TRAPPED INSTRUMENT ERRORS PREDICTION DISPERSION PRELAUNCH REQUIREMENT AVAILABLE FOR PLANNING I RDM REQMTS(14 DAYS) EPS F/C PURGE ECS DM RESERVES 244. 63 0.31 54. 75 12. 52 8.98 II. 66 24. 22 25. 63
Kg 449. 20
LB (990.3)
70. 49 378.71
(155.) 4 (834.) 9
312. 21 66. 50
(688.3) (146.6)
1-39 SD 7 1 -700
p-4 ,pi 0
b,
_
0
g
m
Ill
_
_
t7
.d z
<
I-" !
0 0 z 0
,,..I
rl
Z
11
<
o.9.
Z
< <
iii iil I,--
v<
-1v
I--
!
v
I'--
I
0
v,._
I--"
0 O_
0 _0
(1N3Da]d) ONINI_A/::I_I A111VI70
1-40 SD ? 1- 700
.-_i_,
I SpaceArnencan Rockwell North Division
uJ
E3
o :E
._1
o
I--
o
U
I--
-!'-'q o3 _vvo I.- i_ i-. C3 ,-O O O O
I
0
1 I
0 0
!
0
(IN]:)_i]d) ONINIVW3tl AIIIYNb
1-41 SD 71-700
Space
Division Rockwell
North American
I. 8.4
EVA
Capability
Analysis flowrate
of oxygen
tank
performance that EVA This
under capability conclusion
low-density may be
and
highat as low
conditions
indicates
retained on
as 16 percent conditions:
remaining
quantity.
is based
several
Total (4.5
flow lb/hr)
rate per
of tank
6. 075
kg/hr
(13.5
lb/hr)
or
2. 025
kg/hr
2. 3.
Heater Heater
power: temperature
80
watts no
per greater
tank
(2 than
elements) 450 K (350 F)
4. 5.
Pressure Equivalent
decay g:
(2 7.2
hours) x 10 -8
no
greater
than
68.94
N/cm
2 (100
psia)
Figure and low-g
1-18
illustrates and shows
oxygen
tank
performance mission density
under
high-demand oxygen at the
conditions
that the minimum
baseline EVA
cryogenic requirements
depletion schedule satisfies time scheduled for EVA.
the
1.8.5
Oxygen
Tank
No.
3 Isolation
Capability
Isolation isolation bility or
capability
is not
required
for
oxygen
tank
No.
3.
The
tank
capability
included the Bafy
on lunar 1 tank was from
mission failure
vehicles of the Bay
provides 4 tanks,
the capaplumbing,
of isolating
fuel cell
manifold. return the 3.0
This from kg
necessary
to meet For
the ECS low
requirements orbit mission
for long-duration such surge mately usage as IRDM,
lunar
distances. supply
earth command
(6.7
Ib) oxygen provides cabin
in the
module for approxi-
and
repressurization of metabolic quantity
tanks and
a sufficient
supply
20 hours rates.
leakage for
requirements from earth
at nominal orbit.
This
is sufficient
abort
I. 8. 6
Cryogenic-Tankage/Mission-Duration Tables 1-12 and 1-13 show for only only 10. oxygen seventh with EVA the mission 1 days the mission
Tradeoff tradeoffs and oxygen is involved, compared can three-tank thirteenth mode support for a two-tank versus
a In
three-tank the case tanks. with of
configuration hydrogen, providing The EVA two-tank on the
hydrogen duration
systems, with to an 15.
respectively. the 11. two-tank for 1-day can

i
configuration three mission support extension management)
capability
1 days
configuration day. on The the
configuration day. The
a 17-day options
mission include
mission
a powered-down hydrogen, a late
of operation (24 hours
(power/thermal before launch),
to conserve
servicing
1-42 SD 71-700
_ib
ur)
Z O
i11
z
..I U.I
I.N
! m
u'} N
c_
z
w
N o.
N) 0
o. q
N)
Ln
I
(J
I
_
'
I
8
"T
I
_
"_
I
8
"7.
I
p.
! I
8
e_ i
--
8
'
"T
_I
I
Lt_ ,
SEIQOH
I
8 -;
_ NI 3)NVH_)
I
";
I
8 _,
!
O
3EICISS:::IU,::I WR_IXVW
1-43 SD 71 - 700
Space
Division
North American Rockwell
Table
1- 12.
Two
Versus
Three
Hydrogen
Tank
Tradeof
3 TANKS BASELINE IRDM MISSION CAPABILITY EXTENDEDMISSION DURATION TRADEOFFS(DELTAS) POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENT LATE SERVICING 102% FILL (SUB-COOLING REQD) MAXIMUM MISSION DURATION 2. 9 DAYS 0. 7 DAYS* 0. 4 DAYS* 19.1 DAYS 15.1 DAYS
2 TANKS 10:1 DAYS
I. DAYS 6 0.4 DAYS* O. DAYS* 3 12. DAYS 4
*BASED ON POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENTOPERATIONS
Table
1-13.
Two
Versus
Three
Oxygen
Tard<
Tradeo[f
'
3 TANKS BASELINE IRDM MISSION EVA WINDOW EXTENDED MISSION POWER/THERMAL CAPABILITY 17.0 DAYS 13.9 D TRADEOFFS (DELTAS) 2.5 D 1.9D 0.8 D* 0.5 D e (EVA WINDOW) 1.0 D e 0.3 De 20.8 DAYS 18.4 DAYS
2 TANKS 1I. 1 DAYS 7.8D
CLOSES (EVA WINDOV) MGMT-
MISSION DURATION EVA W INDOW & EVA WINDOW)
1.4D 0.7D 0.6 D* 0.3 D" 1.4 D e 0.3 De 13.4 DAY.S 11.1 DAYS
LATE SERVICING
(DURATION
102/o FILL (DURATION RELAXED OPERATIONAL IVA SYSTEM
& EVA WINDOW) CONSTRAINTS
(EVA WINDOW) MISSION DURATION
MAXIMUM
LATEST TIME FOR EVA
BASED ON
POWER/THERMAL
MANAGEMENT
OPERATIONS
1-44 SD 71-700
,_,_,b
and a GSE sub-cooling modification to allow higher-density servicing. The power/thermal management mode would involve penalties to the thermal control system design and RCS higher would tanks budgets. rates meet Nos. three-tank per EVA 1 and tank, the minimum 2, configuration. pressure It was two-tank oxygen requirements of compared The EVA decay constraints concluded that configura-
system to
Because of the configuration and 32 for all
demand need to for for tank the
18 percent 16 percent window and/or
percent
respectively,
could possibly by utilization in mission terms
be extended of the lower requirements of mission AND
by relaxing the flow IVA system.
the baseline tion either 1.9 1.9.1 CSM
cannot be met with a two-tank duration or EVA schedule. ANALYSIS
VENTING
DUMPING
Purpose The purpose with the dumps of the analysis was minimum modification to docked minimize to the Items were identified: can ERS storing be inhibited during to define a baseline criteria, which propulsive Salyut and and during ERS CSM configuration, satisfied the baseCSM operations.
consistent line vents 1.9.2 mission and
requirement while
contaminating
Summary The
l m
of Significant
following The docked Provision ECS
significant items water-glycol
evaporator and during for
operations mdst be
passes. excess fuel-cell-generated containing transfer hose will be required. dumping) are
made
water while five one-gallon is

.
docked. A return (3. 785-liter) Additional GFE
enhancement system bags and a valve and filter certification
proposed.
Provision must be made while docked and during (3. 785-liter) proposed. urine storage
for storing urine ERS operations. bags and a high
(for subsequent Three one-gallon capacity filter
4. 1.9.3 ECS The orbital electronic
One
fuel
cell
0 2 purge
can
be
anticipated
while
docked.
Water-Glycol water-glycol supplements metabolic
Evaporator evaporator, the heat ECS loads normally radiator when the operative system radiators by during CSM earth
flight, and
rejecting excess alone cannot reject
1-45 SD 71-700
_.3
sufficient a port are
heat.
Evaporative module,
cooling,
which
propulsively initiated below the
vents when 283
steam the
from
in the
command
is automatically temperature inlet.
radiators F) at the to avoid
unable
to maintain module
water-glycol system
I< (50
command
coldplate
Inhibiting
evaporator
propulsive or contaminating outside the normal control this when Similar allow control range or has been
effects can range of 278 waived during venting
result in coldplate temperatures I< to 283 I< (40 to 50 F). However, critical was phases of lunar missions
propulsive waivers inhibition analysis (with I< (70
contaminating water-glycol evaporator
particularly (coldplate) and ERS under peak
undesirable. limits would PreERS
of the of the
temperature during docked
operations. docked and
liminary conditions up to 294
of the water-glycol the evaporator angles
temperature indicate 60
inhibited) less than
inlet temperatures and 297 K (75 F) at 283 K
F) at beta Minimum F).
degrees
higher to 286
angles.
temperatures
are
expected
to range
from
IC (50 to 55
While missions during
the K
peak (85
temperatures F)), the orbital
are
within
the and
waiver minimum and
limits
for
lunar
(303 earth
variations
temperatures will require further and the
orbital
flight are
considerably
different
analysis, particularly with regard to the scientific data tape recorder the TV monitor that have been added to the coldplate loop. However, preliminary is an analysis mode indicates for docked that inhibiting and ERS the water-glycol
evaporator
acceptable
operations.
1.9.4
Water
Storage
and
Dumping
Approximately the fuel cells during
8.5
gallons
(32. 17 liters) must be
of excess stored
water aboard
generated the CSM for
by
docked
operations
subsequent five
dumping.
Utilization bags
of a return and
enhancement hose
system to supplement dump
containing the necesremain-
one-gallon module prior
(3.785-1iter) tankage to the
a transfer A
command sary just
is proposed.
waste-water
will be some
final rendezvous
maneuvers When the for
to provide
ing storage fresh water ment bags
capacity after docking. can be transferred from to provide space must pickup. after CSM storage be The space
the waste tank approaches full, potable water tank to the enhancethe incoming fuel cell water. cyclic would be dumped
Sufficient accumulator overboard
left in the waste excess water from
tank stored
to accommodate in the bags
separation
the
Salyut.
During sufficient These passes. the
ERS
operations, capacity, be 1-19 scheduled presents
the command assuming after the daily
module dumps
tankage
provides tank.
storage can
of the waste-water of the water daily
dumps
the completion CSM
set of ERS profile for
Figure
predicted
quantity
baseline
mission.
1-46 SD 71-700
13
u_ C) O
>u.I > ar u'} f,;) ar uJ 0
o e,)
8
o
,i-I
e,,l
4-I
o o w n(_ 3:
,-
0D L)
ILl 0
o:
I
0
,r_
I
I
w
0 CO
I
('lOV_g = %00[) %-A.LO _J. BJ.SVt,A (3 EITg[ = %00[) %-kiO Mi BqSViOd
I I I II
S9V8
J
9V8
!
BOVHOIS
3-AID
1-47 SD 71700
_%
1.9.5
Urine Urine
Storage storage
and for
Dumping subsequent dumping bags, should urine The is required during docked
operations density However,
and ERS. The storage filter used on J-missions the GFE filter certification 72-hour dumps.
transfer system suffice for this must be extended
(UTS), and highrequirement. to cover dumping and dumps
after the approximately the I1 subsequent daily after 1.9. 6 24 hours Fuel Cell of storage. Purging
storage current
period before undocking certification is for five
Periodic
fuel cell purges
are required
to remove
contaminants
(inert
gasses) from the electrodes and to maintain cell efficiency. The purge frequency, which is a function of cryogenic purity and fuel cell load (gas consumption loaded been 48 hours rate), can be firmly however, for hydrogen and established 12 to 24 hours only after sampling for Apollo for oxygen. missions of the have probably a twoThe Ib) and the cryogenics; nominal intervals
A hydrogen
purge which ejects gas and steam while docked to the Salyut could be avoided by conducting a purge just prior to docking. However, minute oxygen purge of each of the three an oxygen approximate total impulse 1.10 WEIGHTS The with that therefore are grouped basic of CSM derived as J-series configuration 15) actual and the weights of CSM's weights tables 115 and ll5A is thrust level during is approximately purge is 0.45 N (0.01 purge.
fuel cells can be anticipated. per
5.4 N sec (I. 2 Ib/sec)
identical were weights
112 (Apollo from the follows: Table Table Table Table Table
tables in this for CSM 112.
section The
1 -14 1 -15 1 - 16 1-17 1 - 18
Command Service SLA Docking Weights SIMULATIONS runs were
Module Module Module Summary
I. ii
GUIDANCE A series
AND
CONTROL simulation
of CSM/DM
conducted
on the
NR
mission Sum-
evaluator maries
to evaluate of the results
rendezvous of these
capability simulations
and RCS control authority. are presented below.
1-48 SD 71-700
Table
1-14. Item
Command
Module
Weights Kilograms Pounds 1Z, 835 10 33 100 137 132 15 50 13, 182
Basic
E-series
command
module control system + + + + + IB of modified IRDM CM
Modify passive thermal Add OPS for EVA Add Add Add tape recorder magnetic tapes TV monitor (II)
5, 821 5 15 45 6Z 60 7 23 5,978
+ + + + + -
Modify Reduce
EDS for Saturn ballast Launch
weight
Table Item Basic J-series Remove HGA Remove Remove Remove RRT SPS one service
1-15.
Service
Module
Weights Kilograms 6, 108 50 7 161 159 409 2Z9 68 170 45 136 310 6, 280 Pounds 13, 467 II0 15 356 350 901 504 150 375 i00 30O 684 13, 848
module + + + and scanner EPS provisions + + +
+ + + + + +
storage tanks SPS helium tank sion payload spectrometer radiometer supports
Remove J-mis Add S-191 1R Add microwave Add Add Add Add pan camera miscellaneous
S-192 multispectral SM RCS PSQ Launch weight
of modified
IRDM
SM
Table Item
, |,
1-I6.
SLA
Weights Kilograms
....
Pounds 4, 163 150 4, 313
Basic Add
SLA module cruciform Launch weight structure of IRDM SLA
docking
I, 888 68 1,956
1-49 SD 71-700
_%
Table
1-17.
Docking
Module
Weights
Item
,,1
Kilograms and insulation) 413 199 95 20 45 tanks) 97 71 36 976 548
Pounds 91o 439 210 43 lO0 321 156 80 2,152 I, 208 3, 360
Structure Docking Hatches
(includes mechanisms
secondary
C orru_unications EC LSS
equipment
Atmospheric gas storage (2 external Oxygen purge systems (4) Electrical Docking Margin Docking module predicted weight wiring and estimated equipment weight
module
1,524
Table
1-18.
IRDM
Spacecraft
Weights
Summary
Item Modified Modified J-series (includes SPS tanked Docking Docking E- series J-series SLA with docking propellants module module predicted stowage weight and provisions into orbit by 120-nm orbit command service docking module module module module cruciform support structure)
Kilograms 5,978 6, 28O 1,956 1,011 1,524 94 16, 843 17,234 16, 843 391
Pounds 13, 182
13, 848 4, 313 2,228 3, 36O 2O8 37, 139 38,000 37, 139 861
Total Weight Saturn IB capability CSM/DM/SLA Payload/weight
injected into 81-
growth
margin
1 -50 SD 71-700
_%
I. II. 1
Rendezvous
Simulations
I. ii. I. 1
Objectives
The
major
objective
of the
simulations
were:
i.
To
determine computer
a suitable (CMC)
CSM/DM digital
weight autopilot
load (DAP).
for
the
command
module
2.
To evaluate combinations
the
capability
of various
navigation
sensor
1.11.
1.2
Summary
of Conclusions
I.
The
actual
CSM/DM
weight
should
be
loaded
in the CMC
DAP.
2.
The
SCS
should docking.
be
used
for
attitude
control
at stationkeeping
and
through
3.
Best
post-NC2 and VHF
results
were
obtained
with
a combination
of
sextant
ranging.
4.
Post-NC2 ranging delta V's
use gave were
of the adequate
sextant results
in combination but the TPI,
with MCC-I,
post-TPl and
VHF MCC-2
non-nominal.
5.
The
manual
control post-NC2
tasks use
during
the terminal only gave
phase
being results.
difficult,
of the
sextant
marginal
6.
Post-NC2 50 nm gave
use
of VHF
ranging
in combination
with
the COAS
at
satisfactory
results.
7,
Use
of the
COAS
at 50
nm
in combination
with
post-TPl
gave
satisfactory
results.
8. 9.
Post-NC2 The CE4C
use
of VHF
ranging
only
gave
satisfactory errors and
results. further effects
initial conditions runs errors. should be
contained accomplished
zero
simulation to MSFN
to evaluate
the
1-51 SD 71-700
i. II.2
SM
RCS
Control
Authority
Simulations
i. Ii.2.
Objectives Determine Apollo the forces, logic and moments, the Skylab and accelerations logic for the (docked DAP).
control
control
Determine docking. Determine RCS (ERS)
the
translational
performance
during
CSM
and
CSM/DM
the local
vertical
attitude during
hold
and
automaneuver resources
SM survey
propellant phase
requirements mission.
the earth
of the
I.II.2.2
Summary Forces, vehicles coupled
of Conclusions moments, indicate jet SM and accelerations for CSM/DM control attitude for hold. and CSM jet and
that there RCS
is sufficient and
single
automaneuvers
As the
the Y
GSM/DM and Z
center translations from
of gravity produce those the
is forward disturbing
of the torques
SM
RGS
quads, a
that have These (LOS)
reversed reversed during
polarity polarities docking
of the Apollo relative
spacecraft.
affect
line-of-sight could
motion
such
that an
astronaut
overcontrol
the
spacecraft. Local vertical attitude hold pointing RCS may be performed during over the with ERS +5.0 a 2.0-degree with no appre-
deadband ciable
to increase increase in SM
accuracy
propellant
degree
deadband.
During and
automaneuvers, additional of the
the SM
RCS
jet firing will as occur
times due
are
reduced under-
subsequent
jet pulsing inertias
to DAP of CSM/DM
estimation weight. SM RCS
spacecraft
a function
control
authority
with and
the
docked hold
DAP
is sufficient combined
to CSM,
perform DM,
atuomaneuvers and Salyut
attitude
for the
Soyuz,
vehicle
configuration.
i. ii. 2.3
Translational
Performance
During phases of the
the
transposition X, Y,
and and
docking Z axes
and
rendezvous are
and
docking For
mission,
translations
performed.
1-52 SD 71-700
Apollo spacecraft, the locations of Xcg is aft of the SM RCS quads +yaw and -pitch disturbances to occur with +Y and +Z translations tiveiy. causes tively. For -yaw These IRDM and spacecraft, the +pitch disturbances have sensed are by Xcg is forward with +Y and of the SM RCS +Z translations, from those
and cause respecquads and respecof Apollo
disturbances and will be
a reversed the
polarity
translations and in flight.
astronauts in Table
during 1-19.
ground
simulation
These
data
presented
With translations this increase
Apollo
spacecraft, or
the
(T) pitch the an
rotations LOS would
resulting docking tend
from
() Z With the () Y
complement in relative The same
increase
relative
motion.
motion, is true
astronaut () yaw
to undercontrol from
spacecraft. translations.
for the
rotations
resulting
With translations this decrease
IRDM
spacecraft, or
the
() pitch the an
rotations LOS would SM The RCS same
resulting docking tend
from
() Z With the
degrade
decrease motion, increase
relative astronaut in both
motion.
in relative resulting it takes
to overcontrol consumption for the
spacecraft, and the time
in an
propellant is true
to complete from a () Y
docking. translation.
() yaw
rotations
resulting
For Y and X Z
both
IRDM
and and the
Apollo the
spacecraft, pitch, and is also and
the yaw
roll axis axes
disturbance
for for magnitude.
translations have
roll,
disturbances the in the same table
translations comparison, dynamics
same
polarity CSM
approximately presented
For
the
Skylab-2
and
has
similar
to that of the IRDM.
I. Ii. 2.4
Earth
Resources
Survey
Local-Vertical
Attitude
Hold
During be with bands. the than maintained and
the
ERS
phase
of the
mission, similar RCS
local-vertical to that propellant for various than For axes of the
attitude Apollo
hold
will
in a SIM-down Figure 1-20 gravity seen
attitude presents SM
J-series rates dead1.0degree, greater exhibit
spacecraft.
consumption attitude-hold approximately all deadbands phase-planes
without It can be
gradient
torquing
that
for deadbands torquing the or to hang
greater is evident. and yaw At one
effect
of gravity-gradient 0.5 degree,
approximately
pitch
a one-sided deadband, plane. This deadbands preferable propellant
limit-cycle the roll-axis
operating begins
hangup. up on
approximately side of the
a 3. 5-degree deadband phase-
indicates of for 1.0 SIM and
that 7.0 pointing
although degrees, accuracy
no
appreciable and long-term
difference choice of attitude 2.0
exists degrees hold
between appears SM RCS
a deadhand
consumption.
1-53 SD 71-700
iI
!
" m, _ __
['_
_o O
orq
oq
1'_
N',O _ ,'-_ ,.o o5 ,-_ ',.1 o
,.-_
ox
eq
"-ION ,-4 N
r,.1 col ,--_ "_
,,O L_ O" N
P'-O e1 O
c; c; c;
! I I 1 I !
N U
O r_ O
',,1 o", 0o L_ O Lt_
,.D 1_b'O
e_ eeh on O
o0 O'x ,..O t_l
DO O
O_ OX OxOx O ,-._
"<MOO" 00 ,-_ O ,_ O t'_l
eq NON
00
_1
b J0
! I
c; c;
I ! I ! I I I 1
CI
O'-"
.rl
0_ O
,.o
eq e1 ,_o D,-._ o L._
,--_ 1"- ,O ,--_ c_ o _-I ,-4 e,,1
,-.40 uh o _'-_ _'-._
la_ 00 1"- O O1_ O ,--_
U% 00 Ox O
O
I I I ! I
p-I
o 0 0
_)
Ox _r_ o0 t._ ox
u n
I--I v
,.d
o_ o', o',
o8
ox ox ox
n
I
,el
n
,r-_ ,--4
u
O ._
_o
eq
,,8 o _o',
p... ,,.ID O
,.Q
d
L_
O',
oft
L3 k)
U_
o.
II eq
,--4
.O 4.a 6,
All
0
rt
O
,,-4 I--t
Ixl o
<
N
m
_d_
1-54 SD 7 I- 700
_i_
o
IZ 0 I"u,I I,w -I Z T I'-"
i Il
QO 13
LU D
E
Z 0
I< 0
''
]
' / --
<= ._
Ixl .J
Io
I
/
// / /
/
_
r-I
I
d
(I::IH/B7} 31V1:1 O NOIldlAIiqSNO3 1NV77=ldOEId SOEI-_S
1
o SIXV-:::I3EIH1
1-55 SD 71 - 700
C_I_%
1. ti.2.5
Earth
Resources
Survey
Automaneuvers by the G&C SM RCS DAP utilizing
Automaneuvers single-jet control
will be performed during SIM operation.
During automaneuvers, the DAP derives the SM RCS jet firing times as a function of computed inertia, which is based on the weight of SPS propellant remaining in the CSM. A comparison of the actual and DAPcomputed values of spacecraft inertia are presented in Figures 1-21 and 1-22 for various CSM spacecraft configurations. For a given an additional 3360-pound DM increases the inertia much more equivalent 3360 pounds of SPS which the DAP assumes. This CSM weight, than the results in the
computation of a firing time less than adequate to maneuver the spacecraft at the desired rate. This causes additional pulsing of the SM RCS jets in order to obtain the desired maneuver rate. and three-axis by summing the rate, a
The automatic propellant
SM RCS propellant attitude maneuvers consumption
requirements for single-axis were analytically determined for (t) maneuvering
required
to the desired
and (2) damping the vehicle rates. The following 20-percent addition to account for control system performance, and variations in mass properties.
propellant data include tolerances, SM RCS
Maneuver Maneuvering Axe s Rate (deg/sec) 0.20 Pitch & Yaw. 0.50 0.20 Roll 0.50
SM
RC S
Propellant
Oh)
0.384 1.055 O. O82 0. 192
Further analyses utilizing digital simulation should be performed determine the effects on the firing times of the RCS jets of (1) gravity gradient torques during the long coasting periods attitude maneuvers and low maneuver rates, and actual vehicle mass properties and those computed
to
encountered with large (2) variations between the by the DAP.
1-56 SD 71-700
i_
C_
o0 N
(i;1=1-_t37g t;0L) OAVI
1-57
SD
71- 700
_4_
.) t) w I
> ,n 0
0 U
o,<
\
,w,,_
A m -I 0
3: t9 t',l I,< re U ,< o. ,F,t 0,1 !
\\
oo
,X
(_:ld'gN'l$ cOL) Xl
1-58
SD 71-700
_b
2. 0
CSM
MODIFICATIONS
2. 1
BASELINE
CONFIGURATION IRDM CSM is depicted by modifying the basic of three in FigJ-series
The ure 2-I. design oxygen Z. 1.1
gross configuration of the baseline This configuration will be obtained (The J-series complement tanks and three hydrogen
as follows. tanks,
fuel cells, three
will be retained.)
Deletions I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. High-gain Rendezvous antenna radar (HGA) system (RRT) master Bay 6 module center tunnel 3 system and slave unit only
transponder (SDS),
Scientific data system SImS oxidizer storage
tank from Bay
SImS fuel storage One SImS helium
tank from tank from
the service
2. 1.2
Additions I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. SImS propellant Propellant Rod heaters utilization gauging quad (PSQ) system 2 RCS quads (PUGS) simulator
storage
in Bay
and insulation SImS heaters
to all SM
Skylab-type Skylab Oxygen
speaker purge
box in command system iOPS)
module stored in command tape recorder module
for EVA,
Coldplates Docking
for TV
monitor
and S-191/S-192
module
support
structure
2-I SD 71-700
r'4
_.-4 r-4
c_
_
1'..-.4
:::1
._-_
2-Z SD 71-700
'_
2. ].3
Modifications 1. Modify usage 2. Modify enhancement with fuel ceils Modify Modify Modify Modify Modify CaW stowage scientific command passive Equipment J-series S-191 S-192 Z4-inch microwave GN 2 system SCIENTIFIC in the illustrates in the the SIM the SIM. existing proposed To perform mapping installation of the this installation, camera shelf and sufficient S-191 be room would baseline itwould to move scientific be the lower system lockers equipment module thermal Payload experiment infrared multispectral pan camera radiometer in SIM EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION provisions in SIM in SIM CaD control battery circuitry to provide parallel operation CM/LM umbilical system to increase capability for DM
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Z, 1.4
to include and
DM
parameters
arrangements module system system coatings and insulation (SIM) structure for new payload
Scientific 1. Z. 3. 4. 5. 6. Delete Install Install Install Install Install
spectrometer scanner in SIM on
service
module
aft
bulkhead
2. Z 2.2.
BASELINE 1 Installation
Figure 2-2 equipment payload necessary shelf up of S-191 the The and lower from and
to remove
XsZ36. 5 to Xs257.0 to provide S-19Z in the lower compartment. bulkhead would necessary be and S-19Z would mounted between to strengthen the
for installation be mounted on from the shelf. shelf the and the increasing
closeout
suspended
pan camera it would be
the upper bulkhead SIM structure by
Z-3 SD 71-700
_i_
thickness SIM The
of the
upper
closeout
bulkhead
from
one
inch would
to two remain
inches.
The
bay door attachment access doors would
and jettison be relocated
mechanisms as required.
unchanged.
The the 2.2.2 service
microwave module as
radiometer indicated
would in Figure Module
be
mounted 2-2.
below
the aft bulkhead
of
Installation
in Command
The tape recorder, controls and displays and module recorder, The tape installed from as illustrated TV monitor, recorder and with loops
the S-191 auxiliary 2-3.
TV monitor, electronics Coldplates
and the scientific are installed in the will be required
equipment command tape
in Figure
for the
and the two C&D units in the lower equipment bay. TV monitor electrical connection harnesses will be the two pieces any of equipment electrical to be removed This method
to enable without
their
coldplates
breaking to provide
connection.
of installation module 2.3 2.3. CSM I entry
is necessary batteries
access prior
for installation
of the
command
immediately CONTROL
to launch.
THERMAL
SYSTEM
Introduction
CSM means. Temperature cabin the CM
temperature cabin
control
is maintained control
by
both
active actively to the
and by
passive the ECS.
temperature
is maintained external and
control by
of components passive these means
mounted
pressurized However, heat transfer
is maintained
(coatings (with that
insulation). large
method
of installing
components
relatively no
couplings component
to the pressurized thermal control
cabin) is such is encountered.
difficulty
in maintaining
Thermal because of the
control relatively
of
SM low
components thermal
is considerably masses and the
more
difficult heat transfer
significant
couplings to SM external environmental conditions system. directed Most toward
surfaces. and create expended control.
These surfaces respond rapidly to space a mission-sensitive thermal control on the CSM portion of the study was
of the effort SM thermal
2.3.2
Mission/Configuration
Impact
The design becomes relatively control in
14-day two a short
mission
duration areas: due duration due to to (1)
requirement The thermal transient the exposure.
impacts mass possible of
thermal SM
control components and ot (2) the thermal
significant mission degradation
consideration
potential reduces UV
capabilities, impact
coating
2-4 SD 71-700
_Wb
CRYOGENIC
HYDROGEN
TAN
="
'_dl , _
/_
\ _
I
SM - SIM INTERFACE CABLING
MODIFIED SIM STRUCTURE
H OAFOOT"'S'R
(_''_-! "_... '_ ' I __PANORAMIC '' CAMERA MULTI SPECTRAL SCANNER (Slg2)
ELECTRON CS I
ZR_ INFRARED SPECTROMETER ($101)
D """_ MI CROWAVE RADIOMETER +Y
Figure
2-2.
SIM
Arrangement
for
Baseline
Payload
/ /
S101 1S102 C&D, AND AUXI Li ARY ELECTRONICS 1V MONITOR
TAPE RECC
Figure
2-3.
CM
Installation
of Baseline
Payload
2-5 SD 71-700
The mission, impacts sun side occasioned prevent the
solar coupled
inertial with the
attitude wide control
requirement beta-angle (TCS)
of the range design. (+75
docked degrees) CSM
phase components must shadowed
of the significantly on the to conditions be made side. the
thermal
system
of the vehicle by continuous under-temperature
must be protected exposure to the conditions from
from over-temperature sun and provisions existing required of incident on for the
The thermal
local control
vertical by virtue
Bay 1 down attitude of the large range
ERS impacts environmental
extremes. avoid these attitude, would but
This is extremes this
caused by the by imposing require a propellant of the dissipation severe terminated was to modify
wide beta-angle range. It is possible to a fishtail maneuver constraint on vehicle expenditure budget fuel cells is of RCS propellant which, in turn, problem. important in that no large design. if
would impose operation heat a more was
potentially Continuous
changes in internal It is possible that fuel cell The This results operation SPS
are imposed on SM thermal control worst-case cold condition would exist during modified the are the by mission. removal pressurization conditions on the of the two feed storage system
configuration in the need
tanks.
helium Ambient required
downstream attitude hold oxidizer tank. to the
of the heat exchangers. are such that heaters between present the lack
during solar inertial helium pressurization oxidizer analysis sump refers
feed line Due to the Skylab An SM helium RCS
aft bulkhead penetration of design details, the line installed heater in Bay to maintain system
and the presented
pressurization PSQwill be
performance. SM. Additional control of insuthis
2 of the temperature
lation added 2.3.3
and heaters propellant Thermal The system
will' be module. Control major
required
System
Major
Requirements are listed dominate in Table TCS 2-1. The SM RCS This
requirements temperature relatively Multiple narrow limits
and
the
SPS
component
limits
requirements. the
is due primarily to the with these components. components. such that Considerable tain component analytical effort associated recommended 235 degrees with the SM SPS effort clocking oxidizer had
band of temperature are identified for
limits associated SPS oxidizer
during the components been expended within future clocking +Z) be
Skylab solar-inertlal are on the shadowed to design specified testing feasibility attitude adopted a system limits. requirements)
mission phases is side of the vehicle. which would main-
temperatures (and possibly an investigation the +Y, Skylab toward
Because of the excessive which would be it was to X-axis,
of the
of reclocking, (sun vector normal for this mission.
that from
Z-6 SD 71-700
C_b
_00_ V O
g i
".0 _
0oo
o0_." ",0 I'_ 0"_ ('_0
0 "_-
,0 O0
#3_
oO oO ",0 .-- ',0 og 0"_ fO eO 0"; '0
........
,d_
.-; _.v_
<
o3
4_
p-
LL O
ooo_
000_0_
O0
O0
,..J u=l
2
ILl 3O
or"_.
fN _'),0_030 V O P.. f_ _ f_4 f_4f_4 -0 04 _,_ ,0 ',0 '_1N,4C_1O,I
,0o -0,0 _'_
_('_ ",O'43 ",1(',4
LU I--
4_
5
14O 0000 000000 O0 O0
rJ3 O
.}
_J
r-
<a. F_
oo
! I--
a. z Z
cd
IJJ
._I
F_
O O
U
O0
IJI_
,, o
I,I_ o
2-? SD 71 -700
,_
The (255.3K (274.9K power
minimum temperature (0 F)) is not the same (35 F)). The heater may the panel be
as heater
limit for the limit performance Iris for this
the helium pressurization defined for Skylab vehicles discussed possibIe panel by effort that either was is based a reduced revising expended
panel on the to a
Skylab-configured requirement
installation. obtained
average
heater configuration or investigate this approach 2.3.4 Thermal The changes possible. 2.3.5 Thermal The The have Kapton exposed the tape) The silicate mary SM Coatings Control
switch set point. No due to time constraints. Configuration
System
Summary insulation, and was utilized, heaters. wherever System
TCS consists were minimized
of thermal coatings, and existing hardware
recommended part bonded EPS is Finch coating oxide The and of the to and with coated Schjeldahl
CM aft the ECS zinc with Company's
coating heatshield GT1015
is
the and
current the conic
Block portion monoxide
II configuration. of the coated, CM will aluminized
(silicone
heatshield. radiators oxide. either are The Finch coated remainder paint or with Z-93, of the radiator-type a potassium exposed SM pricoatings paint. rubber The base
pigmented structure
(a s/e <1.0). radiator-type with oxide RCS titanium pigment). quad doors
paint is an aluminum-filled, may be either DC 92-007 pigment) or radiator-type the fuel cell S-13G
polyester-based (methyl silicone
(methyl silicone coating application of Bay 4.
rubber base with zinc is limited to the SM
portion
2. 3.6
Insulation Insulation blankets are installed internal to the SM outboard surfaces These Kapton for structure
and consist of multi-layered, blankets are sandwiched fire or retardent components Some required. package. For Bays purposes. by the use
crinkled, between two Blankets of Velcro to CSM 115 will are
0.25-mii aluminized Mylar. layers of 0.5-rail aluminized installed on either primary tape. and be l15A insulation installation similar insulation
modification The Bays 3 and Bay
is the SIM to Skylab. installation flight closeZ.
1 installation
modified
to accommodate
Z and 4 require an 5, it is recommended
insulation that
installation Skylab-type
be implemented data will be out blankets
to available {similar
provide confidence for confirmation to Quad B) will
in TCS performance. (Skylab prior to the IRDM). Additional be required for the PSQ in Bay
Z-8 SD 71-700
._,ib
Cork and RCS installation potentially 2.3.7
is
installed
exterior
to the
SM
to provide to revise RCS backup
protection
from
boost to
plume heating. which provides longer duration
It may be protection burns.
necessary from
that portion of the deorbit burns due
Heaters
The
SM
heater
requirements
are listed in Table the heater configuration of the primary if possible.
2-2. check
Further valves.
investioxidizer It is
gation is required
to determine
for the SPS
helium pressurization line downstream intended to utilize existing hardware, Z. 3.8 Thermal Several thermal heater Analysis computer runs were made
with
the
2TV-2
correlated, responses heat fluxes by the incident quad incident angle. solar
SM and shown
math in order to predict duty cycles. The orbital large The
component average, variations excessive
temperature environmental encountered solar loads the heat additional fluxes of beta in incident
in Figure 2-4, indicate the as a function of beta angle. Bay Bay aft 6 dictated 2 or Bay bulkhead It occur bility vector), doors. mounted should
SM RCS quads on a PSQ in in either on the SM
the recommendation 3. The average are be plotted noted in that
to install environmental 2-5 greatest as
Figure the
a function changes
fluxes the capavelocity RCS quad quad-
during local-vertical to operate over the it is necessary This approach heaters. Skylab optical
attitude operations. entire beta-angle range to utilize cold-biased in an increase
In order to obtain (for +X along the on duty all cycles SM for
coatings in the
results
properties
were
assumed
for
solar
inertial
attitudes. the assumponly.
For tion
local that
vertical the mission
cases, Skylab optical would be constrained cases
properties were used for to negative beta angles that values
Additional local range would be in Table assumed heater 2. 3.9
vertical unrestricted.
were evaluated on the basis The actual optical property
beta-angle are shown were maximum
2-3. It should be noted that (undegraded and uncontaminated) duty cycles Duty and capabilities.
cold-case optical properties in order to determine
Heater Tables
Cycles 2-5 list the estimated duty cycles and average power
2-4 and
requirements of the SM heaters during The data presented for the SPS heaters state conditions tion panel). have not yet been 2-6 Tables
the solar inertial phase of the mission. represent a transient condition; steady (except for the helium duty cycles pressurizaand average
obtained
and 2-7 list the estimated
Z-9
SD 71-700
Space Division NorthAmericanRockwell
r.-
C_
m----
z o z
ul W
O',
Z <
uJ
W I--
i11 I--
!-I O
< Z_
ul
< .,r -r
O4
"El O
_
g
_
_
Pq
bl
"T-
-r
"II'M
1:::1
"1:1
ul I--
_u.J
<
_o
<<
uJ
'ILl I'" p--
<
<
tu
_4
41.
<
111
O
[/3 ID ,el
"1m
-I-
4,1,
m r_
,'-4
In I-i O m
d
exl <'_
6
O U'3 i
0 14
4-)
t.i o
O O
<4
W
(J
Ul
O _,1 6
O P,I
o
I i11
O o
< v U < v .El
!
,m
<
ul
:E O
iii
IM
i-,-I
z o z
HI
0 u
Z
M.I
_.,
E_
i11 m -4-1 .,'4 0_-4
:E
u.
O
P,
o :E
,11
2-10 SD 71-700
_t_
-8
__ -:8
13E
_,,
_._
IZ o. .I n"
" w
_"
/ /
x _. o w
t_-I 8
1 8
18 o'
I o
0
I 8
I 8
I 8
'
--I
<
,_\
_=/1o_
_
,,o 'J>,,
<---
_\
_ _
0
_,11 o_
\ \ ;I |1 z_
<
0
r_ L_
u3
1,
.,Io
#
I N
o_-i
_o
El313 I/I 'OS/SIIVM
El :! 13 V_ OS/SIIVM
x\
_<
g fo
tr
,I
I--
.{J|
/,,-./
I
0
-.,.
. ! g
_
o_.
I g
EIVTOS INBOIDNI
i\i
1 g
"IVlOl
_"_
0
"'% 8
13
o= o,
Xrl7-1
I g
I_ No o o=
0
" EIH/NI8
2-11 SD 71-700
lb
120
380
I00
X
316
3
I.I-
80
!
!
LOCAL VERTICAL IR AVG 23 7 BTUIHR FT SOLAR INERTIAL
!
253 190 126 m 63
=E
Z_C _,_m:=:_ (..)_
60
,..I
4O
2O --
o
-80
I "
-40
1
0 BETA ANGLE (DEGREES)
I
40 80
Figure
2-5.
SM Aft
Bulkhead
Incident
Heat
Flux
Table
2-4.
Duty
Cycle
(Percent)
Versus
Beta
Angle,
Solar
Inertial
BETAANGLE HEATERS ENGINE PACKAGEA ENGINE PACI(AGE B ENGINE PACKAGE C ENGINE PACKAGE D ROD HEATER A ROD HEATER B ROD HEATER C ROD HEATER D ROD HEATER PSQ SPS OXID TANK DOOR HE PRESSURE PANEL OXID FEEDLINE BI-PROPELLANT VALVES ENGINE FEEDLINES 75 0 68 83 0 0 81 76 0 77 18 60 7.1! 66 81 13 0 72 72 0 72 24 40 12.5 65 78 21 0 66 68 15 68 26 100 21 16 16 20 15.3 63 73 21 0 65 60 25 61 0 15.0 65 65 20 0 66 56 20 58 -20 15.3 73 63 21 0 70 55 15 60 25 100 20 16 16 -40 12..5 78 65 21 0 78.5 56 10 61 26 100 21 16 16 -60 -7.5 7.1 81 66 13 0 81.5 62 0 70 24 100 20 14 14 0 83 68 0 0 8.5 71 0 75 18" 100 17 12 12 ESTIMATED DUlY CYCLES IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING SALYUT UNDOCKI NG
25 24 100 20 16 16 100 19 15 15
100 I00 17 12 12 20 14 14
2-12 SD 71-700
"_
t.n t',!
i _-
p.-
[_.
o o_ o', o o o ,--; o ,_
uh._ ,'_ O'. O".
o4_
_d
,,O
o
Wl'l !
,-'4
o3
f_
o_ O _3
b9
m o,_
o
(M
4,C
rC
el
;>
t--
<:;
v
):
O001.t3 o
o u4 4,J
_d
p.-
o44_
rd
,.O
O O Lt_
t_
ee_
o o', o:, o
,_'_ t._
!
4 00 o
oo',
o:,
o_
o_
o4_
,,0
#q o
03
a.
o CO
"' h_ c_
._._.__
4-1
0 ,-, . O N b.C
__0000
2-13 SD 71-700
t_ u
_.1
o o
d
i:m
,,,
__1
o I.-:>
. ,...4 -I-3
2;
:>
o o o
o o 0
o
t_ I---
F_
-r-
2-14 SD 71-700
]_%
O
.iN
o 0
.r
<
o o
,iN
<
Z
m m
p..
! m
.iN
0 o o
!
td 0
2-15 SD 71-700
power requirements for the local vertical phases operate during negative beta angles only. Tables mated duty cycles and average power requirements within of a mission with beta angle ranges
of a mission constrained to 2-8 and 2-9 list the estifor local vertical phases Table Z-10 presents
+75 degrees.
a summary of average power requirements average of 25 to 60 watts (continuous) may the mission can be constrained to negative relatlvely low during local verticalmission
as a function of beta angle. An be conserved if the ERS phase of beta angles. phases. SPS heater usage is This indicates that power
management techniques may be imposed on the system with a relatively high degree of confidence that temperature control can be maintained. 2.3. 10 Transient Figure Analysis the temperature decay of the SM RCS Quad A primary
2-6 shows
fuel tank skin during the cold case conditions encountered for a zero betaangle. Solar inertial, steady state initial conditions were assumed. Lower skin temperature were limit would No response that initial 2 8 hour s. 2.3. II limits would be violated in approximately the Quad D primary 24 hours. the to SPS occur oxidizer However, after tank approximately transient it was noted 10 hours if rod heaters temperature not utilized. Similarly, fuel tank lower
be violated in approximately attempt for the heater was solar made inertial was to determine phase
of the
mission.
activation
predicted
Conclusions concluded requirements. areas : system including line that the TCS described is a need herein for can meet the mission in the and
It is subsystem following
lo
There
additional
studies
Perform detailed analysis to determine potential heater modifications for the SPS helium pressurization system, panel installation downstream
.
and that portion check
of oxidizer valves.
pressurization
of the primary
Conduct power management studies to determine SImS and RCS component thermal lag capabilities and limitations.
2-16 SD 71-700
IX:)
0 -4J
_>
i=-I
t_ o o
_,./
(D Z
u ti)
:>,
Lt_ I
cd
!
,.Q
Og i---
"1-
--
2-17 SD 71-700
_1_
SpaceAmerican Rockwell, North Division
I._ +
,4)
o0 ,43
oO
o_
0",
,_
,.-4
o
P4
c_
,J
0 _,
,,-4
(J t._ f_ o
_1_
e4
_-
o0
.-t
o4
,.4 t%1
>
i:m
hi)
<; m
o
,4D
,43
_14
t,4
oO
e4
o'3 _'_ ,43
c_
,4
r_3
c_
e_
64
r,h
0 0 o'1 I
-IJ
_J
o Lth I
_t_
_fl
O0
O0
O0
e4
,4D
04
e4 64
I_ #,..
!
oo
i_
o'1
_t_
64 o 0 0 0
I
f%l o gl _J
4,a
(d t_ _l _l _ 0 0 0 0 0 N _ _ _ 0 0
0_1
,I--I
,_1
,_ 0 0 0 0 0 U _
'1_ N
_ ._
"_ _
2-18 SD 71-700
_4_
Table
Z-lO.
Heater
Average
Power
Requirements
(Watts)
BETAANGLE SPACECRAFT A'I-FITUDE -75 -50 -30 O 30 50 75
SOLAR INERTIAL
465
458
450
427
465
467
469
LOCAL VERT I CAL NEGATIVE BETA ANGLES FULL BETA RANGE* 394 422 397 438 354 399 282 342 293 293 291
*COATINGS
MODIFIED TO ACCOMMODATE
FULL ,8 RANGE
SOLAR INERTIAL TO LOCAL VERTICAL

100
SOLAR INERTIAL TO RANDOM DRIFT
4o
:t, T ' i
0 10 20 TIME HRS
TEMP LIMIT 20-
I
30
I
40 0
i
10
I
20 TIME HRS
I
30
I
4O
Figure
2-6.
Quad
Primary
Fuel
Tank
Skin
Temperature
e
Transition
Z-19 SD 71-700
(_1%
2.4 2.4.1
PROPULSION SPS The I. Z.
SYSTEMS
Modifications SPS will be modified oxidizer as follows: tanks
Remove Remove
and fuel storage bottle
one helium
3. 4. 5.
Remove Modify Add a. b. c. d.
/-Mission propellant system
heater
systems lines
and helium which
heater Oxidizer Helium Engine
includes (3 parallel heaters) panel (4 parallel heaters)
tank door
pressurization valve
(2 parallel heaters) heaters), oxidizer engine feedline
Engine feedlines (2 series and fuel engine feedline Oxidizer feedline, tank feedlines oxidizer
e.
(3 series
heaters): and oxidizer
oxidizer helium
tank line
relief valve,
6. 7. 8. The 2.4.2 proposed SM
Add Revise Revise
PUGS
simulator and displays and present conductive no new issue isolation or difficulty.
instrumentation thermal insulation
SPS RCS
modifications
Modifications of IRDM propellant an additional requirements 300 pounds most efficient engines) and similar storage led to an early conclusion was required.
Analysis that storage A tradeoff ity was to subsystems uses a PSM). 149.7 additional
capacity
for
of propellant
study showed that the add a fifth quad (less into an The integral new IRDM
way to provide to manifold all to the Skylab quad (PSQ)
the extra capacfive quad storage (which an The will provide
system propellant (330
configuration propellant.
kilograms
pounds)
of deliverable
2-20 SD 71-700
_i_
estimated isolation 2.4.2. I
incremental valves, PSQ etc.,
weight is 314.4
of the kg
installation, (684 pounds).
including
manifolding,
Configuration would have a basic J-series SM RCS quad configuration modi-
fied
as
The PSQ follows: 1. 2. 3. 4.

,
Remove Add Add Provide Use part and

o
RCS
engines, flexline
filters, connection
and
associated
plumbing
propellant
hot rod and flexline heater instrumentation primary number single and
system
displays isolation with valves with single control same switch
and secondary propellant to permit parallel operation talkback capability. control insulation,
Provide isolation.
thermal
coatings,
and
conductive
The 2.4.2.2
configuration PSQ The
is presented
schematically
in Figure
2-7.
Installation removal 6 virtually of the two SPS and storage the initial control during tanks thought leaves was service to install that solar the showed days of
planned 3 and
module PSQ Bay inertial tion. presents
Bays in one 6 would
empty
of those bays. However, experience excessive operations effort was design study,
thermal solar loads
analysis the two from in
docked The study no major
and Bay 6 was then directed or installation the
eliminated to installation problem. feasibility
further consideraBay 3 which
A parallel scientific bay which bay which bay would equipment. Bay 2 as and the
to determine
of installing
alternative
payload equipment, showed a need for is oriented away from the earth during meets this requirement is Bay 3, but virtually the It was, baseline. preclude therefore, Figure scheme. SM for RCS quads are A or C; available the other for is concomitant installation
installation volume in a ERS operations. The only installation of a PSQ in that of any item of scientific of the PSQ in PSQ in Bay 2
decided to accept installation 2-8 depicts the location of the
manifolding Two spare a spare
modification. a spare for
One B or D.
is
conThe
figured
as
Quads
2-21 SD 71 -7O0
,_.b
:d
u U3
O
O3
:zl
t-q
2-22 SD 71 -700
_'"_I_ _
0
o..
>-__ +X
c_ 0
iii
N v
X I--
eq
d 0
X
Z>
m,==
_-I
0
(/3
0 0
_-_
>-
0 0
I 6'1 Iii @ b_
>,
E3 0
2-23 SD 71-700
_Ib
A-C
spare
is
readily
adaptable
for
Bay
2 installation. or from spare available 2 of one
The
B-D
spare reuse door. new Bay in
would of The or 3 as
require an A-C tankage, reused shown
modification structural etc., A-C in Figure

.
to the A-C configuration. door from a test vehicle then Alternately, 2-9. the The A-C be transferred the alternatives spare in Bay B-D
This would involve fabrication of a new the could are: spacecraft alternative equipment and the B-D be spare installed to the
would door.
Install
B-D
spare
in Bay 3 of the second spacecraft. tively prevent use of Bay 3 for spacecraft.
.
This scientific
would on the
effecsecond
Modify craft. provide
the B-D spare and install the PSQ in Bay This would leave Bay 3 available on both maximum one two payload flexibility.
2 of both spacecraft
spaceand
Retain one or
or both spare new PSQ's. approach spacecraft service
quads for replacement purposes This is a costly alternative. is number 2, for maximum module Quads are i.e., installation flexibility. The in Section
and
make
spares structural 2.4.2.3
The in
recommended Bay 2 of both changes Modification to the
of reworked required 2-11.
described
of Existing quads will connection and flexline fuel
The 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. The
four Provide Add Add Revise Revise Add
existing flexline oxidizer rod and
be
modified to PSQ
as
follows: manifold.
propellant
accumulators. heater and system. display. and valves. in Figure 2-10. conductive isolation.
instrumentation thermal low coating,
insulation, isolation schematically
delta-pressure are illustrated
modifications Controls required
2.4.2.4 The are
and Displays modifications 2-7 as to the part command CSM module electrical Controls system and displays
described
in Section
of the
modifications.
2-24 SD 71-700
n'3
C/3
O O
<
u O
.j
F.-.4
< c_
! t_
r'_
=< O s
< <=
2-25 SD 71-700
4_b
0 171
Z
I I
0
4_
-q,,t .r4
r,4
2-26 SD 71-700
2. 5
ENVIRONMENTAL Various modifications
CONTROL to the
SYSTEM ECS are required to accommodate the element
baseline mission. life, ERS equipment performance. 2. 5. 1 CO 2 Absorber
Areas that coldplate
were reviewed additions, and
include CO 2 absorber the effect on radiator
Element
Life Evaluation
Stowage from
volume
in the IRDM
command
module
is drastically
reduced
that available
for J-missions,
and because
the stowage
of CO Z absorber
elements is one of the major problems, data from the early Apollo flights were examined to determine if the life of the elements could be extended and the number of stowed elements reduced. The elements are designed for 36 man-hours of operation. With a
three-man crew, they are of the elements remaining that, based on the present hydroxide Extending a maximum the LiOH. value, design a life purposes, (LiOH) from the the actual hours
replaced on an alternating in the suit circuit for 24 24-hour limit, the amount flights on the reviewed elements
12-hour cycle, with each hours. Table 2-11 shows of unused lithium-
varied from 17 to 27.3 percent. by ihese percentages results in percent and be utilization of using the latter For pressure This normal to peaks would be this In a availAttempting
llfe of 26.2 to 30. 9 hours assuming 100 A more realistic goal is 85 to 95 percent, expectancy the may strict the of 26. maximum 1 to 29.7 hours is may 93 utilization
realized.
prevent.
achieve 95 percent and would require undoubtedly possible interfere to reduce
result in adherence
slightly higher CO 2 partial to a replacement schedule. cycles, from
with sleep and duty stowage requirements
and although it would 30 to 26 elements, on crew activity. stowed in the CM a 9.3-day are
is not recommended contingency situation able, 2.5.2 extension ERS Four the tape The primary above 2.5.3 of the Equipment coldplates
due to the restriction imposed where only the 16 elements life to 28 hours would support
mission.
Coldplate will and will to two be be used
Additions to provide C&D to receive conditioning units, warm as to the shown in TV monitor, 2-11. the
recorder, coldplates
S-191/S-192 located
Figure from
water-glycol equipment
CM coldplate the dew point ECS Radiator
network in order avoid condensation.
to maintain
temperature
Performance increased The coldplate evaluation heat load, the ECS showed that, during radiator ERS, performthe
ance
In view of the was re-evaluated.
2-27 SD 71-700
@4_
\
I
O
L)
i-I
O O
z
u O
2-28 SD 71-700
_i_
c
O ,,.]
t_4
t_4
C
,,O ,43 e4
uo
._ ,-_
e,]
u'h p-.
_4
t'4
_4
t%1
[4
,o O
m rq ,4)
o .4
_4
<
N
O L)
O C O _ v
t*4 f,.. O'.
g,j
et3
O ok]
,.-4
_4
p..
>
c
O I"q r_
ba
_...4
0_
C ! O', u'3 et3 u'l p,. p.. '4 _th O
t_
t_4 p.. , _t3 Lt3 r_
,4D ,,-,4 _ 4o (%1 Lt3 P4
o_
<
0 ,_ CO O". 0
2:
2-29
SD 71 -700
_k_
water-glycol and 297K (75 However, permissible, maintained 2.6
temperature F) for beta boiling if water for a CM suit
at angles to
the
CM below
inlet and
should above the ECS
reach 60 radiator below
peaks heat
near
294K
(70 is could
F)
degrees,
respectively. rejection (45 F) 280.4K be
supplement inlet control. SYSTEM Links links with the and Salyut and will the are ground the
water-glycol humidity
temperature
TELECOMMUNICATIONS IRDM The CSM Telecommunication communication
2. 6. 1
and
Coverage illustrated will be in Figure maintained transceivers. use of the Russian Z-IZ. through the frequency Apollo
IRDM
communications equipment the CSM and
unified cations
S-band between
(USBE) the
VHF-AM will make
Communi-
VHF-FM transceiver. Intervehicle VHF ranging and a Russian radar Backup as will voice the between capability vehicles of using
tracking docking a fallout
will be module of the VHF
accomplished with (DM) transponder. VHF ranging equipment
be
provisions, installed
American
ranging
in the Salyut to and the Salyut. ground provisions. The ERS 2.6.2 is stations
communicate Direct VHF will be
directly between communications from the
United States ground stations between-the DM and Russian Russian frequency VHF
a fallout
intervehicle
coverage
provided in Figure for Earth
by 2-13.
the
Goddard
network
(GDN)
stations
for
the
illustrated Modifications The J-series by: Deleting required

2.
Orbit
Mission system will be modified for an earth
telecommunications
orbit
mission
,
the at the
high=gain earth orbital
antenna range radar of the data
system
because
its
gain
is
not
Deleting required
.
rendezvous absence
transponder lunar module (SDS)
(RRT)
which
is
not
in the
Deleting the scientific units from the SIM for IRDM
system
master
and
slave
2.6.3
Modifications The major docking
additional provisions
nlodifications of the mission.
for
the The
IRDM additional
are
directly equipment
connected and
with
the
2-30 SD 71 -700
UUJ .-I Za. ,,, ::)

v
/
/ / / /
I
Z,,,
-_ O_ o_
/
v
t_ r!
z
0
L) Z
I
I
I
't
<
2-31 SD 71-700
_Lb
L.fJ CX3
0
I'"
I I
I I I I
! 11
"%
t _
I I | &,
I..-I
!
oj_sj I
I I
I I
I I I
Lu
U
t--
8
I
I I o I I I ! I I
I !..
I I I
I I
j I r-
1.
I I I I 1 I I I I
7
a)
I
I I
o
!
I I I !
I
I B
0 ! I
L
I I I # I ! I I I
i #
! I o
"1
I I
J J
0
o 0
I
I I o c)
Z-32
SD
71-700
_i_
circuits facing
to he CSM
installed
in the
DM
are
described
in
Section
B.6.
The
inter-
modifications
include:
I.
Provision voice
in the
command with
module the DM
of a Skylab arid the
speaker
box
for
communications
Salyut
2.
Provisions DM. The
for testing RRT test
the
DM
transponder will be
before used
entry
into the
switch
position
for this purpose (CCU) No. I and
3.
Interconnection No. 3 with the
of crew DM CCU
communication stations
umbilicals
4.
Interconnection DM TV station
of the
command
module
Apollo
TV
station
with
the
The
electrical
interfaces
are
illustrated
in Figure
2-14.
The
controls Z-15.
for DM
communications
equipment
are
shown
in
Figure
Z.6.4
Scient{fic Scientific
Equipment data from
Data
Handling sensors in the service module will be
the baseline and
processed
as
indicated
below
in Figure
Z-16.
The I.
28-track The
scientific data
data from
tape
recorder
will be
used
to record
54.7Z-kbs
S-191
2.
The
twelve
800-kbs
data
outputs
from
S-19
3.
The
800-bps
data
from
the
microwave
radiometer
4.
The the
51.2-kbs state vector
PCM and
data
containing
the
G&N
computer
data
on
spacecraft
attitude.
5.
IRIG-B
time
from
the CTE
The 51.Z-kbs The
housekeeping PCM S-191 system. and
data
from
the
pan
camera
will
be
transmitted
via the
microwave
data
will
be
transmitted
in real
time.
One basis.
channel
of S-192
data
can
be
transmitted
in real
time
on
a selective
2-33 SD 71-700
Space DivisionRockwell North Amencan
z O
{o oo o
0
I--,I
(J o
cO o
,_-,I
I
0 o 0 O
#
I N 0
2-34 SD 71-700
_4_
p. >._J t/3
mmmmmmmlmmmmmmmllmmmmemlmmmemmmmmm
o_
l_r"
Ml.Ummm
u
-PC
_4
Z
u.I
w-q
_L
= >
l_mllmmmmmmmmmmlmlmnlmmmmmmmmmlmmm"
_o_
2-35
. _o=
SD 71-700
0_
,,-.
0'} C,t}
I
i
o_
oo
z _
P
-r
v.-,
/
_ Iv _, _,_
I..1-1i.ij W
iI
<n._z,,,
_J (J
,,,O
%4
Z
_=.I
I--4
t_
<a
i. ,"r' LIJ "'CE
_J
_.-I
QO
4-}
.el
u O3 O3
,--4
o,-I
_1 -
_-
---
N!
_<_
Le'jL
U..l U.l
r_ zl-<Z 03< O< l--o.
2-36 SD 71-700
,., SpaceAmerican Rockwell North Division
2.6.5
Realtime Transmission
Data
Transmission
of part of the scientific data is feasible if the data modudata conditioner (TRDC) and the buffer amplifier (DRR) are retained. and the data recorder/reproducer arrangement data would permit
lator,
the tape
recorder
portions One
of the SDS, feasible
the following: on the 768-kHz
Transmit S-191 subcarrier.
(54.72-kbs)
in realtlme
Z,
Record S-191 data on the DRR at significant moments later on the 576-kbs subcarrier. Transmit 165-kHz Transmit FM would baseband be microwave subcarrier. one selectable subcarrier. while the FM radiometer data (800 bps)
and replay
in realtime
on
the
4_
channel S-192 baseband is
of S-192 being subcarrier
data
(800
kbs) 1, 2,
on and
the 3
Transmission
of items transmitted. would
precluded
TV scientific 2.7
transmission on data transmission. POWER
preempt
any
ELECTRICAL The electrical
SYSTEM modifications to CSM 115/I15A to accommodate
systems
the baseline modification distribution PSQ,
mission include the addition of a supplemental battery; the of the CM/EM power interface; the addition of the electrical and control required for the international for launch docking and system, mission the thermal changes control heaters, required and the scientific equipment; vehicle
the Skylab-type
and miscellaneous compatibility. 2.7. I Supplemental A supplemental to meet the The 415
Battery battery will high peak-load AH battery will be installed requirements be physically on the aft bulkhead of the of the earth resources with the lunar service survey mis-
module passes.
identical
sion return enhancement the same as that used Figure 2-17.
battery. The installation for the enhancement battery motor
arrangement is essentially and is illustrated in
A current-sensing
switch will be installed on the aft
bulkhead of the service module. to add two motor switches, one added components motor within switches overload
The power distribution box will be modified shunt, and two diodes. To accommodate these of the existing box, by fuses the ECS radiator (as in Skylab CSM's).
the confines
will be replaced
2-37 SD 71-700
"_
Figure control Panel Figure Z.7.2
2-18 defines of the battery 226 and on/off 2- 19. Docking A study
the circuitry for the will be implemented and battery-connect
supplementary battery. Operational by adding a circuit breaker to controls to Panel 278 as shown in
Module was
Power
Interface to determine It was be effected 51-pin the to would required satisfy consist the modifications that a minimum baseline the initial of adding to the rework peneSkylab
conducted power could The
existing of the tration coax
CM/LM existing connector requirements.
umbilical. modification
determined
interface
and an additional
connector
through
the tunnel wall as
shown in Figure 2-20. This modification results in a penetration capability of I00 pins plus one coax and satisfies the initial baseline requirement of 74 wires plus one coax. However, flexibility and cannot accommodate identified. Consequently, this technique provides very limited the potential DM additions already power interface was considered for the existing Skylab power interface to replace the power transfer compatible with DM requirements, of 151 wires baseline and since capability is considered with ultimate
a Skylab-type
additional flexibility. Figure 2-21 shows with the minimum modifications required portion This one of the interface The modified with wire sizes configuration coax. results
in a total penetration interface compatible is more Implementation the international dated
Skylab-type
the flexibility in this design 2. 7.3 Electrfcal In order defined to the power in NASA Systems to implement drawing
requirements. System. design Dc to The of separate to one
of International docking October system 18,
Docking baseline
PD71-61004,
1971,
modifications
CSM are required for the docking Ac
to provide power system is provided
and control of the system. by adding two circuit breakers by on time-sharing Panel 5. PROBE consist
Panel 5. the existing control on Panel
power for the hydraulic CABIN-FAN/AC-UTILITY will shown be in located Figure adjacent 2-22.
pumps is provided circuit breakers to the The controls control for each DOCKING switches system
switches 2 as
controls
pump controls and extend/retract override capture release control. 2. 7.4 PSQ Panel and displays Three control. regulator with Skylab and Skylab 2 will required switches To minimize are combined operational require for and TCS Heaters minor operation one
in addition
modifications of the must PSQ. be
to accommodate
the
controls
talkback
added
for
pressurization helium conforms space
the impact, separate into a single control control of the regulators
controls for each quad per quad. This change and provides panel
2-38 SD 71-700
_L_
CSM UMBILl CAL
!RMAL SYS FUSE & DIODE BOX (ADD)
BATTERYWIRING (ADD)
POWER DISTRI BUTION BOX (MODIFIED)
SPS THERMAL CONTROLLERS (ADD) /BAY EXISTING ACCESS PANEL '_//..HYDROGEN TANK IV,
SUPPLEMENTAL BATTERY (ADD)
Figure
2-17.
Supplemental
Battery
Installation
PANEL 226
I I
SM BAT
_ ,_ IOA
BAT RELAY
BUS
I I ]
I i I(AMPS)
pCM _I
....... _,,_. o
' _MNA I MNA MNB
o, o.
_:lf _}MNB RETURN I
),
_FF' '10"'1
', / |H-"x ....

I II
_t:J ............ t--I
--I-"
IT, T!
II II I IOOA I F J
ID'ODESI
, F,-.... --X
]-l . *--_-'--ISUPPLEMENTAL'
ASSY !
I
_,z_ .........
eox
POWER DISTRIBUTION
'[]=-- /
','F-'-/P
Figure
2-18.
Supplemental 2-39
Battery
Circuitry
SD
71-700
_4_
PANEL 278 PANEL 226

ADD MNA CB
SM BAT
l
OFF
\ C g6 tl
"
1
oN
OFF
v
MNB
ON
OFF
ADDED SWITCHES AND TALKBACK
Figure
2-19.
Supplemental
Battery
Controls
CURRENT J
MINIMUM
REWORK TO PROVIDE DM REQMTS
DOCKING RING _]70BE
[;7]+ COAX "_J'_IDOCKINGRING
THERMAL RING
I ,-.L., ,.il._, ,_E, ,..L.,+ COAX

_LJ-_,._.J_"J_"-" THERMAL RING
I I
I';, i,
I I
t '*,_-_ ...... "_ "_5_'R _.,. "D ,
t..I .....------_-_'J---:,---"i -_:_ i_

COAX
LEGEND: EXISTING ---CHANGE [] CONN WITH 37 PENETRATIONS 122 74 77 111
AVAILABLE PENETRATIONS DOCKING RING THERMAL RING TUNNEL FEED THRU FWD BULKHEAD 103 + 1 COAX 100 + 1 COAX 128 + 1 COAX 111 + 1 coax
Figure
Z-Z0.
CM/DM
Umbilical,
Minimum
Rework
CDnfiguration
2-40 SD 71-700
#4_
PROBE
+ COAX
....
PROBE / o--_m
+COAX
___[_ _"_ __'_-I

I "--'I
[._:_ ,L%_COAX__DOCKI NG RING THERMAL RING I

I ..........
i 1 i L__COAX
ITUNNEL_
', .......
! I
! / WALL'J', : I I
]
/ I ,15| I" ..... i I _ 5 II"-,, I I
SKYLAB LEGEND: EXISTING --CHANGE [] CONN WITH 37 PENETRATIONS 2 CONN WITH A TOTAL OF 102 PENETRATIONS 122 148 128 120 + + + + 1 I I 1
FWD _ DECK MODIFIED SKYLAB
"
FWD \ DECK
AVAILABLE PENETRATIONS COAX COAX COAX COAX DOCKING RING THERMAL RI NG TUNNEL WALL FWD DECK 164 151 179 162 + + + + I i I I COAX COAX COAX COAX
*I_ENDIX ZERO "G" CONN - 12 GA PINS
Figure
Z-Z1.
CM/DM
Umbilical,
Baseline
Configuration
DOCKING EXTD/REL r_ RRIM
PROBE.-----._ RETRACT I _ SEC
I I I HYD PUMP SYSA
INTERNATIONAL I EXTD
DOCKING I HYD PUMP SYSB EXTD
OFF
2 RETRACT _)
OFF
RETR
OFF
RETR
(
OVERRIDE CAPTURE RELEASE
Figure
2-22.
Docking
Systems
Controls,
Panel
2-41 SD 71-700
'_%
SpaceArnedcan Rockwell North Division
for the PSQ plished sharing
controls.
Monitoring
of the PSQ
measurements
can be accom-
by using the Skylab-type rotary selector switch the existing meters. These changes are shown of PSQ pressurization, controls are
on Panel 2 and timein Figure 2-23. In required for isolating 2
addition to control
the other four quads from PSQ and talkbacks, the four heater to Panel vacated RCS 278. The manifold location as shown
propellants. To accommodate these switches _ontrol switches will be relocated from Panel can then be placed distribution in the 2-24. Power for the revised
isolation controls in Figure by adding
system
can be implemented
the Skylab
fuse and diode
box to the
SM. The remaining electrical requirement for the PSQ is to provide caution and warning monitoring for manifold high pressure. To avoid impacting the caution the CDU detection unit (CDU), Use the existing Inverter of this channel would 3 Temp require Hi channel the addition within of a bias can be used.
network (similar to that used for cryo H2 pressure) to attain the correct limit. Modification of the Panel 2 C&W matrix would be required to delete the INV 3 TEMP HI light and to add a new Incorporation of the PSQ light. control system breakers on line on be power To on heaters involves Panel 8 to conform heater Panel Panel circuit 3 will be from 278 as Panel shown box to the will be 2
revision
four
of the Skylab thermal SM RCS heater circuit The
to the Skylab breakers on deleted, to Panel in Figure and 278.
configuration, Panel 229. the four The Fuses SM thermal
and revision of the SPS SPS line heaters switch heater also be switches will added be wiil grouped to the switches
RCS must
relocated distribution
2-25.
conform to the Skylab added TCS measurements, replaced Z.7.5 with Scientific Skylab-type
techniques the
for rotary
heater control. selector switches
accommodate on Panel 101
switches.
Equipment requirements distribution to delete of the SIM equipment, box, and the MOM box isolation transformers. the Skylab The pan floor area 2-26 fuses will will be The
To implement the power be added to the modified power revised to add more fuses and scientific figuration controls form
the
equipment controls will be repackaged from and installed as GFE in the LEB floor area. will be relocated from Panel 230 to the LEB contiguous grouping of controls. configuration
MDA concamera in modular and 2-Z7 and
to maintain
Figures
reflect the assumed displays. 2.7.6 CSM An configuration umbilical compatibility Umbilical
for the scientific equipment
controls
Requirements of the total and the umbilical and existing the requirements results assignments requirements, are listed were and the for the IRDM baseline The shown in
analysis was configuration with
conducted, additional
in Table analyzed results
2-12. are
to determine
2-42 SD 71-700
Space PSQ
Division Rockwell
North American !
Figure
2-23.
PSQ
Controls,
Panel
@
= MANFISOL z
@
,_---,
B ------,=
C OPEN ---,--
1
------CLOSE 2-24. PSQ Propellant Isolation Controls, Panel 2 2.-43 SD 71-700
Figure
_4_
SM RCS HTRS QUAD APRIMBPRIMCPRIMDPRIME
| SPS HTRS PRIM
@@@@@@
SEC ENGINE A -1B SEC PACKAGE C -1D SEC SEC SEC
@@@@
2 2
@
Controls, Panel 278
Figure
2-25.
Added
SM
RCS
Heater
IMAGE POWER ALIGN MOTIONINcR /
uP
@
2 f,'_'--ON T V _ INTEN HI DECR MAG 100 DOOR OPEN AUTO CAL
LEFT
RIGHT
OOWN @
LO 10 CLOSE
Figure
2-26.
S-191
Viewfinder/Tracking
System
Controls
2-44 SD 71-700
I_ _,_'_
co i UJ t,t"
_.',,...._._,.-
,,._,_.
....} _ (._ G:,
z
,L'_""""--"_
-.
oo
o
(D
T
Z ,<
9_r-
-;S
0 "' "_ 0
0..,
,--4
@
.
0
(D
D.,,
_-I
I,,,.I
z_ o"
e_
g,,=,_
Oa. QO
(,,,} ,._
,..-i U
--
m
(_1 I N
I.a 0 _m
<
<
<
u.u.
ILl
0 m
0
_,_.<
I.U m
,:,= Q
g_"
0
>-
==_
<_ I,.-
F_'---ujk-
--"
0 0
_0
L_
2-45 SD 71-700
====
_._,%
Table 2-13. The study showed that although completely compatible, all the requirements alternative 2.7.7 wire-type groupings. Compatibility to the specific for without system a lunar
the specific listings are not can be accommodated with
Vehicle/Mission In addition
Modifications changes with module. the The discussed, S-IB launch five-engine matrix. replaced. miscellaneous vehicle light and matrix an
changes earth-orbit
are
required mission
compatibility
on Panel 1 must dump time-delay S-IVB switch and Skylab 2.7.8 antenna
be replaced with an eight-engine relay in the RCS control box All a TV added.
light must be
The propellantThe S-II/ and LM POWER boxes, meters, and high-gain and a
LV STAGE switch, TRANSLUNAR will be deleted from Panel Z. switches systems speaker Electrical The associated will box be (Panel Systems with deleted, 98) Box will and the and be
INFECT circuit radar SOURCE
switches, breakers, transponder select
rendezvous
switch
Panel
Modifications of all electrical
Summary system CSM modifi-
following
list is a summary
cations 1. 2.
on a panel and box basis. Panel Panel 1. 2. Delete switch Delete Relocate Change Rework Add Add LV (3). HGA stage, translunar injection, and LM power Replace 5-engine light matrix with 8-engine light matrix.
ao
b. c. d. e. f. g. h.
switches
(6) and heaters
meters
(3). to Panel 278 (2). (4).
SM-RCS RCS C&W indicator light (7) for
switches switches
to Skylab PSQ (6) (5). (3). for high
type limit.
matrix and
to add
switches switches
talkbacks docking switches
PSQ.
Salyut control
Relocate
lighting
2-46 SD 71- 700
#Ji_
Space Division NorbbAmerican Rockwell
Table
Z- 12.
Scientific Equipment
Umbilical
Requirements
SYSTEM I EXPERI MENT REQUIREMENTS I. S-191 2. S-192 EXPERIMENT 3. PANORAMIC CAMERA 4. MICROWAVE RADI OMETER 5. SIM ENVIR MEAS 6. MOM BOX I. 5TH RCS QUAD & ISO VALVE PNL
l/C 4 7 5
2/CTW 3/CTW 4/CTW 4 l 1 2 I 4
5/CTW 6/CTW
. m,
I/CSH 5
2/CSH 8 20
COAX l
13 1 $
2 15 10 2 3 2 3
2 8
8. SM RCS HTRS g. ADDL SPS HTRS & INSTR I0. GN2 SYSTEM II. SUPPLEMENTAL SM BATTERY TOTALS
,, m
11 3 2
33
22
76
Table l/ C AVAILABLE WIRES RESERVED FOR S PARES TOTAL USABLE WIRES BASELINE REQUIREMENTS 68
2-13, 2/ C1W 19
CSM
Umbilical,
Baseline 21 CSH 85
Configuration 3/ CSH l TOTAL Wl RE AVAIL./REQD 340
3/ 4t 5/ 6/ 1/ CTW CTW CTW CTW CSH 2 l l 12
COAX l
l0
14
58
19
12
83
326
33
22
76
269
NET DIFFERENCE +25 FOR BASELINE
-3
-5
+5
+I
+1
+5
+7
+l
+57
BASELINE REQUIREMENTS
CURRENTLY DEFINED CAN BE IMPLEMENTED
o IMPLEMENTATION WILL REQUIRE TRADEOFFSTO UTILIZE EXISTING WIRING CONFIGURATIONS
2- 47 SO -_....._i...... 71-700
,%
Panel a. b.
3. Add Delete 5. Replace ECS heaters overload C/B's with Salyut docking TV source SPS line switch heater (1). switch (1).
Panel a.
C/B's
b.
.
(Z).
LM Change Add power rating Skylab RRT C/B's of SM speaker power to DM RCS box. switch (I). power heater C/B's C/B's (2). (4),
Change 8. 98. 100. 10 I.
Panel Panel Panel Panel
6. 7. 8.
Delete
a.
Delete Change 225. 226. 230. 278.
RRT system Delete Add Delete
test
switch test RRT,
(1) to C/B's Skylab (3). battery control (1). type (2).
b.
switches HGA
Panel Panel Panel Panel a. b.
10. 11. 12.
C/B
for J-Misslon
supplemental experiment
controls.
Add
thermal
control (3) and
switches talkback
(10) (1) for supplemental battery
Add switches control. Floor Box Area. (SM SIM).
13. 14. 15.
LEB MOM Power a.
Add
scientific Revise fusing.
equipment
controls.
Distribution Replace mental ECS battery
Box radiator motor
(SM). overload switches motor (2). switches (3) with supple-
2-48 SD 71-700
_4_
bo
Add load Add Add
fuses (5), shunt diodes
for and for for
thermal scientific supplemental
control equipment
heaters (8).
(10),
ECS
RAD
over-
C,
battery battery box for
current bus thermal
measurement. isolation control (2). heater
d. 16.
supplemental Add Skylab
Diode/Fuse circuits. RCS relay. Control
Box.
17.
Box.
Change
propellant
overboard
dump
time-delay
18. Z.8
RRT
Box.
Delete.
STOWAGE Two stowage baseline plans plan Plan and Ground for were the developed other Rules three crewmen will for be the IRDM. One to as the will be referred plan.
to as 2.8. 1
the
referred
alternate
Baseline 1. 2. 3.
Consumables Fourteen-day Four purposes oxygen
mission purge systems (OPS) in DM for crew transfer
4.
One from DM
OPS in command SIM to be used for
module
for
EVA
to retrieve
film
cassette
5.
launch
stowage
of equipment
and
offloading
of
disposables 6. 7. Two-man Eleven stowed Return Maximum crew magnetic in docking stowage transfer (three round in trips) module and _'_ five
tapes stowed module for pan camera
command
8. 9.
film
cassette
utilization
of existing
hardware
2-49 SD 71-700
,_,
10.
J-mission
type
stowage
list (delete lunar
transfer earth
items) survey mission
II. CSM to be capable of performing minimum independent of the docking module

r
12.
CM
required
to carry
consumables
for minimum in DM.
of seven-day
mission 13. Stowage tracking A comparison
plus EVA volume system, of Skylab 2-14. shown stowage volumes
equipment
- overflow boxes,
lost to two C&D and and TV monitor J-mission
tape recorder,
viewflnder
stowage
volumes needed and
available the
for volumes
IRDM is made in Table available in the CM are The baseline and J-mission during baseline CM
The stowage volumes in Table 2-15.
Skylab
plan for launch is depicted are utilized except where is shown 0.36m in Figure
in Figure noted. The 2-29. ft 3) of DM
2-28. restowed
configuration The
docked stowage
operations plan requires
3 (12.6
volume items to the CM stowage is
to
be allocated to launch will be stowed in three CM before the locations located bays for The 2.8.2 for the three inboard of the launch docking but is
stowage of CM overflow items. removable lockers which will of crew are later transfer lockers intersection removed stowage Plan was restudied CSM solo with mission increases collection and that other provided shown of the and in Figure lower and stowed
The overflow be transferred The 2-29. righ-hand
commencement
operations.
Locker R-15 equipment in Figure in Section
where are
shown described
2-29. 3.8.
module Stowage
arrangements
Alternate The baseline duration days. elements (3) four major
potential to eleven (1) LiOH 24, and The
stowage plan of a contingency
a view to increasing (no access to the in CM assemblies consumables. the necessary stowage from
the DM) of 18 to
The alternate plan required from 14 to 22, (2) fecal extra change days' from supply the of food baseline
addi-
tional locker space was line plan adhered rigidly vertically Locker to avoid A-9. For as shown elements, the etc. alternate 2-30 The tapes edge
restowage of to the Skylab damage at CM
eleven magnetic constraint that landing. The
tapes. the tapes tapes were
The basebe stored stowed in
plan, for
the launch.
tapes be
are Locker
stowed A-9 in A-9 is
flat then for
beneath available return the
the
couches for LiOH to earth,
in Figure
would
stowed
Z-50 SD 71 -700
_i_
Table
2- 14.
CM
Stowage
Volume,
IRDM
Versus
Skylab
and
J-Missions
AFT BULKHEAD IRDM AI A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 X X NEW X X NEW X SKYLAB X X X X X X X X X
UPPER & LOWER EQUIP BAY IRDM B1 B2 B3 B5 B6 B8 U1 U2 U3 U4 X X X * * X X X X X "J" X X X X X X X X X X L2 L3 RI R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R8 RII RI3 RI5
LH & RH EQUIP BAY IRDM X X X X X X X X X X X NEW "J" X X X X X X X X X X X
*VOLUME LOST TO SCIENTIFIC PAYLOAD
Table
2-15.
Stowage
Volumes
Summary
STOWAGE VOLUME NEEDED: CU FT EQUIPMENT SAME STOWAGE AS J-MISSION EQUIPMENT TO BE LOCATED OPS (5) EREP TAPES (16) 8. 9 19. 1 4. 3 2. 6 34.9 STOWAGE VOLUME AVAILABLE IN CM: J-MISSION AS USED 8.9 9.2 4.2 22.3 O.252 O.260 O.119 O.631 CU METERS 0.252 0.540 0.120 O.074 O.986
SKYLAB LOCKERS NEW LOCKERS (3)

t
ADDITIONAL VOLUME REQUIRED IN DOCKING MODULE TRANSFERRABLE LOCKERS OPS (4) 9.20 3.40 12.60 O.259 O.096 O.355
Z-51 SD 71-700
LIJ
Ur_
or,l
o.
N
!
= _0
2-52 SD 71-700
_4_
1.1.1
Z
i
-.J D.J
C_
O_
0
I.L.
Z < -'rC_
4--}
4.o
<
Lul t_
(J c
! I
!---
L_
2-54 SD 71-700
_J_
I ,
0
4-I
0
o_-I
N I N
t_O
_Z7
o
2-53 SD 71 -700
_i_
Space American Rockwel/ Division North
after or
used
LiOH
elements,
etc., following against
were EVA damage
transferred on a CSM and
into the solo
DM
(if available) This plan data tapes
discarded safeguard
overboard the
mission. loss safeguard
would during from docked
tapes
possible not
of recorded unused
end-of-mission abort landing
return damage, the tapes
to earth. but this
It would
is not considered be stowed as shown
significant. in Figure
During 2-31.
operations,
would
The stowage the pad on
significant top of the
objection lockers
to the below
alternate couches
plan
is the
fact that tape one inch into
the
would
encroach
abort
couch
attenuation
envelope.
Figure with the
2-32
shows plan. The
the The
locker same
A-9
arrangement would
for be of A-9
launch used
and
return with
the baseline alternate 2-33. COMMAND plan.
arrangement launch
for return in
alternate
utilization
is shown
Figure 2.9
MODULE
STRUCTURAL
MODIFICATIONS
Various IRDM 2. 9. 1 requirements. CM/DM
changes
to
the
command
module
structure
will
be
made
to
meet
Umbilical
Implementation described Figure 2-34. in Section
of 2.7
the
electrical
requirements the structural
of
the
CM/DM illustrated
umbilical in
necessitates
changes
The throughs to meet backup
J-mission to provide
feedthroughs the additional
will
be
replaced
with The
Skylab-type will be
feedreplaced and and which
penetrations. The
fairings
the bars
revised will be
wiring reworked
requirements. to revise
thermal
isolation
ring
the penetration will be
configuration with a ring
attachment provisions. The matches the revised thermal
docking ring isolator.
replaced
2. 9.2
Skylab
Speaker
Box
A Skylab
speaker
box
will
be
installed
in
Panel
98.
2.9.3
Stowage
Lockers
and
Compartments
Three installed will be to where
new restrain
stowage shown in equipment
lockers Figure within
(A-2, 2-35. or
A-5, on the
and
R-15)
will minor storage
be
fabricated lockers and
and
Miscellaneous various
modifications
compartments.
2-55 SD 71-700
_%
\
f_ O
0_
0_ bO 1
41J
or) r_ O
O
"0
cj 0
L_
I N o.)
,v-I
Z-56
SD 71-700
i:
_k_ SpaceAmerican Rockwell North Division
11 -TAPES
Figure
2-32.
CM
Stowage
Locker
A-9,
Baseline
Launch
Utilization
B-CO
2 ABSOR
BE R
4-TtSSUES
Figure
2-33.
CM
Stowage
Locker
A-9, 2-57
Alternate
Launch
Utilization
SD
71 -7O0
1_
REPLACE DOCKING
RING
--X
I
c 104.50
REPLACE DOCKING FAIRINGS
RING
/
REWORK THERMAL ISOLATOR / RING & BACKUP BARS PATTERNS IDENTICAL (REF) REPLACE TUNNEL FAIRINGS & REVISE WIRE SUPPORT B )ND-ON{
J-MISSION (REF)
FEED-THRU
REPLACE FEED-THRU
REPLACE FEED-THRU
ADD COAX FEED-THRU
Xc 80.75
Figure
2-34.
CM/DM
Umbilical
+Z
Structural
Modifications
LEB
/,
1 _r"T ll;lllll'J rl T P J
_D
I,
, | i
)
--
JJJU',,'_ .ECOnDE. !A21 /

i
i I I
_iJ- _
TAPE
Fr_MONITOF
RNE_/ LOCKER
NA WLOCKE
i I
i I I _
J
_ +y
zi--1--_
_ --
J--" -"_
--_/ i
"_i"
L__L_.
I '
----L--J
I_
RDSGN I I
I
_
I
1.
/
in CM
<
L.
Figure 2-35. Stowage Lockers
/
NEW LOCKER A-2
and Scientific Equipment 2-58 SD 71-700
._'_%
2.9.4
Scientific The
Equipment
Installation recorder, 2-35. and control and displays units will be
installed 2.9.5
as
TV monitor, tape shown in Figure
Coldplates The four items of scientific equipment will for be ERS provided will require and plumbed cooling. into
A coldplate for each the ECS water-glycol 2. 9.6 Controls The outlined 2.9.7
piece of equipment cooling loop. Panels
and Displays
C&D panels will in Section 2.7. Coolant of the two garments Loop
be modified
as
necessary
to meet
the
requirements
Water
for
Liquid-Cooled proposals to be worn
Garments for providing coolant crewmen in the DM for the involve CM
Each liquid-cooled modification. The located lines installed The exchanger same two
alternative (LCG)
by
first
alternative
requires
the
addition
of a LM
heat
exchanger waterwould be
on the forward bulkhead brought out to two accessible inflight second between alternative the the heat is
behind the main-display quick-disconnects. exchanger to install and a water DM
panel with Two hoses umbilical instead
connectors. of a heat the of
pump
and to connect quick-disconnects.
pump This cabin the
to the CM modification
cabin heat exchanger and would involve severance
the secondary glycol coolant exchanger; water pump 2. I0 SM
section of the loop; bypassing
heat exchanger from the secondary secondary coolant loop around the loop of the heat exchanger
waterheat to the
and connecting the secondary and the quick-disconnects. MODIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL
The modifications to service module structure requirements of the IRDM are described below. 2. 10. 1 The illustrated Bay 2 side in views Installation external in Figure of Beam B-B and C-C. of PSQ shell 2-36. No. 2, and Manifolding necessary for the edge members adapter for PSQ will
necessary
to meet
the
modifications The and A new opening new machined
installation door will installed be be be bonded
of a PSQ cut on on the in as
are
will
shown
Beam
Z-59 SD 71-700
J,i_
f--------7-
--i------
IM
o=_
_/I
/1'-
gN
o
#,2.
_,_ _-_
,.=,
I.)
r--1
\
| I t I I I I I I I I I
I
I
1
rr'-r
-II II 4..III I I I -.f I I -IM I
I
t
--.--
_1_
I"_
__L-----%1
_-60 SD 71 - 700
C_
No. door
2, and
as
shown the
in
view
A-A,
to
provide
prope_
surface
position
for
the
PSQ
radiator
panel.
Propellant area to support
line the
supports
will
be
added lines
to all six beams shown for in Figure thermal
and 2-8.
in the
tunnel
propellant that the
manifold are Quads
Thermal
analysis 2. I0.2
indicates Modifications
brackets
required
isolation.
to SM-RCS
Mechanical additional brackets, coatings. 2. I0.3 Relocation brackets, modifying
modifications changing the cork
to
the
SM-RCS thermal and
quads
include
installing rod heater
the main insulation,
blanket, changing
adding the quad
thermal
of VHF
Scimitar
Antenna
Installation antenna. with No. the The
of the
PSQ
in Bay be
2 will on
displace the from Bay
the
right VHF of Beam 2 side
scimitar No. of Beam 2,
antenna
may
relocated
3 side Bay
electrical Bay
wiring 3 side. Blankets
harness
rerouted
the
2 to the
2. I0.4
Insulation
Bay Bays 2, 3,
I insulation 4, and
will
be
modified will be for
to accommodate modified the PSQ. to the
the SIM Skylab
package.
5 insulation will be
configuration.
Closeout
blankets
required
"2. I0.5
Removal
of SPS
Storage
Tanks
The will ure be
SPS
fuel and The
oxidizer propellant
storage
tanks
and
one
of the helium
tanks
removed. The
line modification lines be will be
is illustrated cut as indicated, the
in Figand Skylab lines
2-37.
propellant
transfer
three-inch to the new
to one-inch one-inch
reducers pressurization
will
installed shown
to adapt shaded
transfer
lines
in the
illustration.
2. I0. 6
Scientific
Instrument
Module
The for
J-mission IRBM
scientific payload
instrument by removing
module one
(SIM) shelf,
will
be
modified the other
the baseline to Xs257, one inch fabricated,
relocating
shelf from been
and increasing to two inches. and they may,
the thickness The SIM's for therefore,
of the upper CSM If5 and custom
closeout bulkhead CSM II5A have not selected
be
built for the
payload.
2-61 SD 71-700
'_
Space Division Rockwell North American
0 r_., --Z X< OF.pI .la
_q
0
Z 0 ,< a
UJ
z
O
N
z: D _ n3 "',_ (J1 nr--__ O
-J -_ _
> 0 :E
iii
iiI i--I
0 0
I:Ev
ILl
v .J
>- ,.z v
(n Z-J
Ljv
wZ u.I--
Z
/
Z < D / 111 uJ Z 0
P_ P_
_O
(_ I N
.jr wZ D< u.I-
2.-62 SD 71-700
#i_
'
Z. I0.7
Installation of Microwave The microwave radiometer
Radiometer will be mounted on the aft bulkhead as indi-
cated in Figure 2-2. A feedthrough will be provided for the electrical connections. The back surface of the radiometer will be insulated for protection 2. II SLA The The LM from overheating during SPS burns.
MODIFICATIONS access provisions of SLA 22 (CSM I15) are adequate support for IRDM. and passive
thrusters
will be transferred
to the DM them.
structure
truss mounts SLA modification separable
will be installed to replace II5A) 22. and has An a Block
l0 (CSM panels,
I configuration door will be reworked
and requires to accept
more II
than SEA
ALSEP-design
will be installed aft of the Block panels,
the structure
panel hinges. Block II vent holes will be drilled in the honeycomb and the cork insulation will be updated.
2-63 SD 71-700
_q']"_
Space
Division
_'_&" J North American Rockwell
3.0
DOCKING
MODULE
3. 1 DOCKING
MODULE
REQUIREMENTS
3. I. 1 Functional I.
Requirements with the IRDM CSM on a
DM launched in SLA simultaneously Saturn IB launch vehicle Lunar module-type with DM SLA separation docking interface
Z.
to permit
CSM
to clock
3. 4.
device
to permit interface vehicle crew
extraction to enable
by the docked
CSM
International with a USSR
docking
the CSM/DM
to dock
Salyut-type
5.
Airlock
to allow
shirtsleeve
transfer
between
spacecraft
with both vehicles 6. 7. 8. i. 5 meter Two-man
at their respective
operating
atmospheres area
2 (16. 13 ft2) minimum simultaneous transfer
cross-sectional
Self-contained systems a. b. c. d.
eo
atmospheric for
supply,
control,
and
monitoring
with provisions atmospheric storage Oz/N
DM
pressure system
regulation
O 2 gas 55/45 02 prebr
Z mixed-gas
storage
system
eathing heat on CSM removal for all by liquid-cooled power CSM, CM, and Salyut garments (LCG)
Metabolic
9. 10.
Dependence Redundant
electrical between
communications
3-1 SD 71-700
(_%
11.
Thermal inertial Capability
control attitude for
provisions
for
earth
orbital
mission
at
solar
12. 3. 1.2
contingency
depressurized
IVA
and
EVA
Structural 1. 2. Pressure Two
Requirements vessel
hatches mounting
3. SLA 4. 5, 6.
CS]V[ docking International Systems a. b. c. d. ECLSS Electrical Telecommunications Crew overflow equipment stowage design criteria DESIGN docking
support
7. 8. 3.2
CM
Apollo/Skylab MODULE
DOCKING
STRUCTURAL
3.2. I General The
Description module is a cylindrical pressure vessel with an internal
docking
diameter of I. 422 meters (56 inches) and an overall length of 2. 794 meters (Ii0 inches). The internal volume is 3.65 meter 3 (129 ft3). The general external appearance is depicted in _'igure 3-i.
An Apollo LIV[-type docking system is attached to one end of the module and an international docking system is attached to the other end. Two lifesupport other gas supply tanks are mounted of 55 percent externally; 02 one contains N Z. pure 02, the contains a mixture and 45 percent
3-2 SD 71-700
J_4_ SpaceAmencan Rockwell North Division
3-3 SD 71-700
_(,._."! _"' J
Space Division NorthArnencan Rockwell
The depicted end is
inboard in Figure
profile viewed 3-Z, and the 3-3.
from inboard
the international profile viewed
docking from the
end is CS]V[ docking
depicted Design The two and
in Figure Approach methods (2) honeycomb and of
3.2.2
construction skin. Design for shell integral the is
considered
were
(1)
single
skin
and
stringer 3.2.3
Single-Skin The fabrication in Figure a waffle
Stringer technique 3-4. The with
single-skin machined longerons
basic from and
pressure weldable radial frame
vessel aluminum supports. conical to form of be would
is
illustrated plate into
pattern
The machined shapes. After the the vided posts 3.2.4 basic longerons by as 45 shown pressure
plates are forming, vessel. radial and
then stretch-formed the contoured shapes Figure frame 3-6. 3-5 mylar, shows retained supports.
to cylindrical and are machine-welded the method insulation by individual
of attachment mounting
External
pro-
layers
of aluminized in Figure Design technique in Figure longerons are is not
Honeycomb The fabrication illustrated integral supports
for 3-7.
the As
honeycomb in the from The
shell single-skin weldable machined
basic aluminum plates
pressure the plate. are then panels The and the and Figinner
vessel skin Radial
is with
concept,
machined required.
frame
stretch-formed are welded end-cone outer face primary attachment ure 3.2.5 3-8
to cylindrical and conical together and a circumferential inner sheets structure of the skins are are epoxy fabricated bonded to the
shapes. The three ring is welded to Aluminum weldment inner to
sidewall each end. honeycomb complete
similarly.
components. SLA support honeycomb
End-cone welding, fittings complete the cross-section and detail. Honeycomb information also identifies reliability
closeout bonding, basic structure.
presents Comparison
of Single-Skin
Concepts on the two alternative the approximate microfor design considerations
concepts meteoroid relative
Table 3-1 and Figure for comparison. protection to The mission single-skin of assembly
3-9 present Figure 3-9 versus
requirement requirements. concept and is
recommended test
as
baseline
because
of its
simplicity
straightforward
analysis.
3-4
SD
71-700
(_4_
SpaceAmerican Rod_well North Division
-r X
_.
-,r
I.-Z uJ
== =0
N
Z
v Z ,< I-. N
U 0
Z Z ul h-
ZZ _3 rt
v Z ,< N Z
.,,.4
= x
o
-.._ r,.. ul
._,e,
_
._ _'-_
_--_<
<
UJ
I-,- _-)
3-5 SD 71-700
@_
Space Division North Amedcan Rockwell
0 -1-,r
..J
.J
.J
,T
nr_-- c:::J ,,,- ,_ :
O. IJJ
o
k-
z
_ -}
N IJJ
>_j
i_ /}
IN 0 eP uJ I--
wI-c uJ C: uJ
_L
N O uu -l<E 0
uJ _L
z .0 --_ ==, (.3 .--I
nO _rr
L %
__w
u O
0
.r.,_ 4,.}
4.1
<
Z
<
z
ei
"l" U,I
tL
<_
m r'_
>o -JZ uJo
_0
u_ r-_
3-6
SD 71-700
_I_
3-7 SD 71-700
#_
Space Division North Amencan Ro_well
FRAI
FRAME 3 REQD
TENSION TIE
BULKHEAD
RING ......._lJ
SECTION B-B Figure MOUNTI NG POST_

" _. _ _ __
3-5.
DM
Longeron
and
Radial
Frame
Attachment
45 LAYERS MYLAR---..._.
_--
_ \
\\\ _
it,// ,i if'
_i
'I ,: II,
\ I \! \I
//
\,\\ \ _
\,_'_ \_\\ \ \_
_\MOUNTING -
,'#,'#
/]
/./
o,,,S<,N
POST
_-_
/_
!_
_-_-__
/#'
///
.////
_ _-_,z
o.olo L A SHE_
BRIDGE FRAMES WITH
TYPE: ALUMINIZED MYLAR (NRC-2) INSULATION THICKNESS: al_,0.4 1.90 CM (0.75 IN.) KAPTON (SCHEtDAHL OT1015) DIA AS REQUIRED (VELCRO ATrACH) of DM Insulation
ALUMINIZED
VENT HOLES 1.27 CM (0.5 IN.) ATTACHMENT: Figure 3-6. POST MOUNTED Installation
3-8
SD 71 - 700
_b
_ _
A_
.,,.B =_-_B _
BONDED DOUBLER HONEYCOMB
THRUSTER _. FII'rlNG 3 PLACES
/ / _ DOUBLER "'N" WELD 3 PLACES (LONGI TUDI NAL) SECTION A-A LONGERONTYP 6 PLACES (INTEGRAL WITH INNER SKIN) 3PLA_
SKIN SPLICE
SECTION B-B
Figure
3-8.
DM
Honeycomb
Shell
Cross
Sections
Table ITEM FABRICATION & ASSEMBLY WEIGHT
3-1.
Single-Skin
Versus
Honeycomb SINGLE SKIN SIMPLE ASSEMBLY
HONEYCOMB SHELL MORE COMPLEX
LI GHTEST BASI C STRUCTURE MINIMUM PENETRATIONS FOR SYSTEM FEED-THRUS ONLY BONDED Fll-rlNGS. PENETRATI NS NOT O REQD (HONEYCOMB DI STRI BUTES LOAD) EFFECTI E DESI GN V COULD MINIMIZE PENETRATIONS SECONDARY SUPPORT (LOAD DISTRIBUTION) PENETRATIONS REQD. EFFECTIVE DESIGN COULD MINIMIZE PENETRATIONS STRAIGHT FORWARD
INTEGRITY (SEAL)
FLEXIBILITY FOR MODIFICATIONS OF SYSTEMS SUPPORT PROVISIONS
TEST ANALYSI S
MORE VARIABLES
3-10 SD 71 - 700
0 U
U 0
! Iil
r4
3-9
_I_
"8: c;
o
J __ o
(_ 0
,:S
"NI
'(11) SS3N_DIH.I.
1::13HS"IVLO1
3-l] SD 71-700
:[_
3. Z.6
Hatch
at CS?'
Docking 3mmand The
End module 73.5-cm forward hatch will be used hatch in the open will be 71.7 at the CSM (Figure cm 3-10) position by
A refurbishe docking a spring will be hinged catch.
end of the . A. Tunnel
(28.9-in.)
diameter open
to op_-n into the DIv[ and will be retained clearance with the hatch
{28.2 in.). Inward hatch refurbishment removal hinge, addition
opening will provide DM-pressure seal assistance. The and modification, i11ustrated in Figure 3-11, will include replacement of thermal gauge, insulation, addition of the of the latches, and refurbishment
of the ablator,
of a delta-pressure
gearbox, and pressure equalization valve. The delta-pressure gauge installation is illustrated in Figure 3-12. The hatch is smaller than the opening at the international insertion 3.2.7 problem. at International hatch Docking for greater End accessibility module. The docking aluminum and latch is proposed hatch system. plate. loading_ and removal is depicted The hatch Two flat is for the will docking end of the DIV[, and its size and shape present no
Hatch Use
of a larger docking
international be compatible The basically sides are the opening ures 3-13 The new
end of the docking
dimensions
with those hatch to would
of the international be machined pressure from sealing
circular
equalize
included in the design as may be required. and 3-14. 92.50-cm (36.42-in.)
to permit installation The proposed hatch
through in Fig-
diameter
hatch
will be hinged
to open
into
the DIVI and will be retained clearance with the hatch will provide DM-pressure
in the open
position by a spring
catch.
Tunnel
open will be 90 cm seal assistance.
(35.43 in.). Inward opening The overall diameter of the
hatch is greater than the diameter of the tunnel, and two flats will be provided to permit the hatch to be inserted into the DM for installation. The rubber seal will be similar to that used for the CM unified hatch. Thermal insulation will be provided on the outer surface. The pressure equalization valve will be a refurbished item from a CM unified hatch and will be modified by the addition of a handle on the DM side. Ten the outer operable rotation refurbished surface, latches equally from spaced a ClVi unified around the with whole by hatch will be The installed latches are / / on
periphery.
from either side by built-in handles to close. In the closed position, the by a positive lock that is released
120-degree clockwise latch system is prevented a squeeze grip in each
from moving handle.
/
3-1z
SD 71-700
(o..)
CL_
FWD HATCH ABLATOR REMOVED
Ap GAUGE
PIVOTS ON HATCH PIVOT ON STRUCTURE TOWARD DM HI NGE MECH
Figure
3-10.
Hatch
at CSM
End
of DM
EXISTING PRESSURE EQUALIZATION VALVE (HANDLE OPERATED) STING LATCHING MECH (HANDLE OPERATED) HINGE HINGE _ (ADD) 7"7
EXISTING PRESSURE EQUALIZATION VALVE (B TOOL OPERATE_, HINGE
Ap GAUGE (ADD)
R & INSULATION (B TOOL OPERATED)
LOOKING FROM DM SIDE
LOOKING FROM CM SIDE Forward Hatch Refurbishment for DM Use
Figure
3-11.
CM
3-13 SD 71 -700
_4_
DM SIDE _
/
CM SIDE PENETRATION TUBES WITH FITTING ENDS FOR FAR SIDE PRESSURE SENSING. WELD TUBES TO DOUBLERS (ADD) _x P GAUGE
ACCESS DOOR (ADD) _ P GAUGE (ADD} "
SUPPORT CRES DOUBLER SPOT BRAZED TO HIC HATCH & SEALED AROUND PERIPHERY WITH RTV IADD) (ADD)
BRACKET
PERCUSSION STUDS WELDED lO DOUBLER FOR ATTACHING SUPPORT BRACKET (ADDI
Figure
3-12.
Addition
of Delta-P
Gauge
to DM/CM
Hatch
LATCH I I. HANDLE
HINGE
LATCH (I0) -ZDM _ PORT FOR DELTA PRESSURE GAUGE ON FAR S i DE----_ ALUMINIZED MYLAR INSULATION
LATCH DRIVE ROD
DELTA PRESSURE GAUGE -YDM
PRESSURE EQUALIZATION VALVE
Figure
3-13.
International
Dk4 Hatch,
Salyut'Side
3-14
Hatch 3.2.8 Window The viewing this option
design
details
are
presented DM hatch from in. ). Hatch
in Figures
3-15
and
3-16.
in International shown docking refurbished be 29 cm 3-17. in the operations. items
window are
illustrations The window One method a CiV[ unified
is an and
option
to provide proposed The clear mounting
TV for viewis
during
retainers hatch. of camera
ing diameter illustrated
would in Figure
(11
the
The two international
potential docking
uses of a TV mechanism
camera and to
are to record the act as a secondary
operation docking
of aid. of aid
Further study would be camera system to fulfill the camera as a docking docking would 3.2.9 system require International The ring shown 3.2. 10 at the in international end Figure Equipment The contained installation environmental of the 3418. Rack design extensive
required to determine these requirements. mechanism recorder is firm. simulation Determination exercises.
the capability of the TV Determination of the value should be delayed until the of its value as a docking
Docking docking cylindrical
System system shell will through be bolted a molded to the DM closeout ring,
as
seal-plate
control
and
life
support
system
(ECLSS) checked mountings 3-19 The
will out
be before for the
in a single self-contained package in the Dh/I. The equipment rack VHFtransceiver details and through modular provide harness better the design
which will be also contains Figures of the rack. DM hatch mechanical
USSR-frequency show the structural rack is sized
and transponder. equipment layout international will facilitate of
and 3-20 completed
to pass
opening. assembly (hardline System Removable of
The the rack
proposed and may will wire
control
component
installation replacement.
connections, checkout panels 3.2. ii
installation, on the bench
etc.) and before
be performed
installation.
will be provided EVA Handholds
for access
to equipment
both in and out of the DIV[.
tinuous module aligned
The requirements handrail on (including to meet the
the the
for emergency exterior of the conical section on the
EVA include DM extending at the CM. CM end).
the the
provision full length The handrail
of a conof the should be
handholds
3-15 SD 71-700
-_._
HATCH HINGE
/UNLATCH HANDLE
-ZDM
DELTA PRESSURE GAGE PRESSURE EQUALIZATI ON VALVE PORT FOR DELTA PRESSURE GAUGE ON FAR SI DE
Figure
3-14.
International
DM
Hatch,
DM
Side
--[ LATCH
92.50 CM DIA (36.42 IN. DIA)
PENETRATION FOR PRESSURE EQUALIZATI ON VALVE PENETRATION FOR LATCH/ UN-LATCH LOOKING FWD TOWARD DIM DM Hatch 3-16 SD Dimensions
PEI_ETRATION FOR DELTA PRESSURE GAUGE (ONE EACH SIDE)
LOOKING FWD TOWARD SALYUT Figure 3-15. International
and
Penetrations
71 -700
g_l_
SALYUT SIDE
10,r_CHES L
l J; J
_J WI ND0W
7 PRESSU--Ri EQUALIZATION HANDLE (BOTH SIDES)" DOCKING
VALVE SIDE
MODULE
Figure
3-16.
Cross
Section
of International
DM
Hatch
I00 (APPROX) WIDE ANGLE
I
6o _ 10o ZOOM
XTENDED INTERNATIONAL DOCKING MECHANISM
Figure
3-17.
TV
Camera
in DM
Hatch
Window
m
3-17 SD 71-700
{_
MATCHED HOLE PAl-rERN IN DOCKING RING TO INTERFACE WITH DM STRUCTURAL RING & SEAL PLATE
MOLDED SEAL PLATE RING DM STRUCTURAL RING SECTION THRU SEAL PLATE
Figure
3-18.
International
Docking
System
Attachment
to DM
STOWAGE BAY DOOR
__\__,_;___
(_)_ow__ov_
LOUVERED FAN VENT " _.M_,I/.__ '''L'_''_ / Al-rACH POINTS ----(4)
Figure
3=19.
DM
Equipment
Rack
Structure
o
3-18 SD 71-700
nl Z C_ Q. (4 Z el-
rto rr Z _) UJ
<
UJ (4 Z O_
nZ
,,,
f-C3 Z 0 (.1 .J Z
C_ t.n Z I.U a.
tlk i11
_1 iu
t_
Z W
(4 (4
I--
0 p-(#,) ..J 0 )-. Z C_ L} UJ u_ w w (4 (4 _" UJ (4 Z n _ _
._..I
EL Lll w LU
,.J ul Z
...J 0
(4 laJ
z
EL
Z 0
.F.I
Z (4 (4 Ul nO.
'_ ,.-I (4
(4 _
I-" .-1
Z t_j (-9
_ _ w
*V" C_ I" <: .J (._ Ul
_ 111
W <:
U. IJL LL
:3: I-<: J._ ILl _: _"
"_" (4 0
I"
UJ a:
(4 Z i'M E)
(4 I.U _: O. =E
3-19 SD 71-700
3.2. 12
Provision
of Side Window/Scientific
Airlock
ures
An optional installation of a DM side window is illustrated in Fig3-21 and 3-22. The scientific airlock was originally designed for The the
installation in the CM side hatch and is used in the Skylab workshop. window would be a refurbished item from a CM unified hatch. Either window frame. 3.3 or the airlock could be accommodated without change
to the mounting
ENVIRONMENTAL The baseline
CONTROL environmental equipment
AND control
LIFE
SUPPORT
SYSTEM system shows Figures (ECLSS) the layin the 3-2 and
and life support Figure rack.
is totally integrated out of the ECLSS 3-3 show DM. The recommended 3.3.1 General The maintain breathing emergency ECLSS
within the docking in the DM of the equipment
module. equipment rack
3-20
the location
and the ECLSS
controls
following
discussion
covers
both the baseline
configuration
and a
alternative Provisions provides
configuration.
the following
functions
to safely and 100-percent
comfortably
the crewmen
in the docking of metabolic men;
module:
pressurization and atmosphere warning
and depressurioxygenprecirculation; and of the hatch
zation control; removal pressurization
heat loads;
facilities for two
ventilation
capability; high-flow for pressure
indication;
provisions for venting the tunnels seals and pressure equalization. 3. 3.2 ECLSS The 1. Groundrules groundrules the CM/DM Tunnel No. the hatch No. and DM /xp can be DM on 1 can hatch the be
integrity checks
following Designate tunnel as Designate the DM
were tunnel 2. on
established as Tunnel
for No.
the
ECLSS the
study: DM/Salyut
1 and
2.
the end from
CSM as
end DM
as Hatch with
DM No.
Hatch 2.
No.
1 and
Salyut vented
3.
Tunnel valve The manual being
CSM
existing
tunnel
vent
gauge. depressed locked to valve. in the closed 5 psia from position. Tunnel will No. be 1 with capable a of
depressurization manually
This
valve
3 -20 SD 71-700
SClENT,FIC ASSEMB' A,RLOCK

[4 _ /AIRLOCK SEAL PLATE
INTERNATIONALD:CKING/_
__W_IN_W/scIENTIFICAIRLOCK MOUNTING FRAME
Figure
3-21.
DM
Side Window/Scientific
Airlock
Installation
ADAPTER PLATE FOR INSTALLATION OF SCIENTIFIC AIRLOCK IN LIEU OF WINDOW
_EXISTING
SClENTIF IC AIRLOCK
CM (11.00 CLEAR WINDOW
IN.)
._ -
,_
Figure
3-22.
DM
Side Window 3-21
Installation
Detail
SD
71-700
#_
DM Hatch No. 1 will hatch handle on both to open DM DM into will audible the have DM.
have sides
a AP gauge, of the hatch.
equalization The hatch
valve, will be
and hinged
6.
The for
headsets caution and have sides
for
communications
with
the
CM
and
warning. a AP gauge, of the hatch. from 2. equalization valve, and
7.
DM Hatch No. 2 will hatch handle on both Tunnel No. 2 can vent valve located The and The and Salyut hatch control caution hatch handle panel and
8.
be depressurized near Hatch No. will contain on both sides will include shown an
the
DM
with
a manual
9.
equalization of the hatch. manual
valve,
AP
gauge,
10.
the
controls, 3-20.
displays,
warning
in Figure
3. 3.3
ECLSS The
Study Guidelines guidelines were established for the ECLSS study:
following DM The
3.3.3.
1 1.
Pressurization DM will (65 be percent launched O2, integrity after be are docking. turned closed. gas off whenever the DIV[ is unoccupied with an enriched N2). at, or greater than, 14.7 psia air atmosphere of
16 psia 2.
35 percent check
A DMpressure will be made
3.
The and
ECLSS will the hatches from the and
4.
Oxygen prebreathing
.
DM purge be
storage requirements
assembly in the by the 14.7 till
will DM. psia
be
used
for
DM the
pressure beginning mode atmosphere
will of the
maintained transfer the be to DM. used
regulator of the
from pre-
Salyut
the
start
breathing 6. Salyut pressures
within will
to
equalize return.
the
DM
and
Salyut
before
Salyut-to-CSM
3 -2Z SD 71-700
CJ_
Circulation the docked conditions. Crew Transfer
of the phase
DM of the
atmosphere mission to
will
be
maintained uniform
throughout atmospheric
maintain
Nominal crewmen.
crew
transfer
will
be
performed
by
two
shirtsleeved
Two EVA packs sleeved crewmen. helmet, Capability Salyut

1
will and
be The two
transferred EVA packs oxygen purge
to the Salyut will include systems or the
with the shirta space suit, (OPS). DM with the
gloves for hatch
3,
prebreathing closed will transferred equipment, bag. as yet the be
in the provided. to the
Salyut
Equipment packs, experiment equipment
to be prebreathing
Salyut camera,
will of the
include head sets,
EVA and
TV The
equipment bag are
contents
experiment
undefined. prebreathing equipment will be stowed
So
For design in the DM EVA For For left

,
purposes, at launch.
packs will always a nominal return, a contingency in the Salyut. transfer EVA the and Salyut IVA
be the or
returned design EVA
with the crewmen case will return all return, prebreathe
to the Ch/i. equipment. may be
units
Backup Contingency return
crew
from IVA
CSh/I to capability CM
Salyut for
will two
be suited
one-man crewmen
IVA. to
8.
from
to the
will to the
be
provided. be accompanied
A USSR by
cosmonaut States transferring during
transferring astronaut. to the 6.2 psia. remain open
CM will
a United
10.
Crewmen masks DlVl pressure
Ch/1 will and
breathe
pure
oxygen until
from the
prebreathing is at
Dh/l depressurization
11.
DM the
Hatch Salyut.
No.
2 will
while
the
US
crewmen
are
in
3 -23 SD 71-700
12.
The
CM
suit
hoses
will
be
used
to ventilate
the control
DM
before and
the after
initial startup of the DM environmental the docking phase of the mission. 13. The allow 3.3.4 Crew The 3-2. liquid donning cooled of garments suits prior (LCG) to start will
system
be
stowed
in the
CM
to
of transfer.
Metabolic crew metabolic
Requirements requirements used for the study are listed in
Table 3.3.5
ECLSS The 3-3.
Design design
Requirements requirements used for the study are listed in
ECLSS
Table 3.3.6
Baseline The four gas coolant
ECLSS subsystems storage subsystem, Table
Configuration which comprise the baseline ECLSS are the
atmospheric tem, the
subsystem, and the 3-2. Crew
the pressurization ventilation and Metabolic
and circulation
control subsyssubsystem.
Requirements
Item Metabolic Average Maximum Minimum Metabolic heat (total) rate rate rate 630
Characteristics
metabolic metabolic metabolic rate during
kj/hr/man
(600
Btu)
1260 kj/hr/man 316 kj/hr/man 527 kj/hr/man 244 02 0.95 2.0 3.0 kg/hr/man hrs hrs rain rain normal emergency normal maximum
(1200 Btu) (300 Btu) (500 Btu) (230-270 Btu)
pr ebr eathing Sensible heat generation rate while time of 100 percent prebreathing
- 286 kj/hr/man
Respiratory at 14.7 psia Prebr eathing
(2. 1 lb)
Crew
transfer
time
25 60
Insensible Respiratory
heat
generation (RQ)
133 0.82
kj/hr/man to 0.90
(125
Btu)
vaporization
quotient
3 -24 SD 71-700
_i_
Table
3-3.
ECLSS
Design
Requirements
Item Total pressure
Char act eri stic s 248 to 828 mmHg normal operating 0 to 828 mmHg (4.8 to 16.0 psia) range (,manned) (manned (0 to 16.0 psia) range
emergency operating or unmanned) DM pressure transferring regulation to Salyut while 760 at 155 15 mmHg 2.27 kg/hr (14.7 (5.0 mmHg
0.3
psia)
lb/hr) (3 to 9 psia)
0 2 partial pressure 2 hours prebreathing CO2 men partial pressure is breathing
range for (2 crewmen) ,(time crew-
to 465
15 mrnHg 7 mmHg 285 275 - 308 - 316
(max) (60 -
(0 to 60 360 rain) F) F)
rain)
DIV[ atmosphere) (wall
Atmosphere
temperature
IK (55 K (35
- 95 110
(occupied) (unoccupied) on DM minimized
and atmosphere DM humidity
Not controlled; internal surface rate 4.5 M/min (15 (100
condensation shall be ft/min) ft/min) (maximum)
DM
ventilation
(min) (max)
30 M/min Rate Gas of pressure venting and change dumping relief valve: 5 mmHg/sec Nonpropul 828 802 854 1.7 (Failed mode) Restrict min) (Manual DM relief mode) valve: Normally Closed (5.6 Depress rate at mrnHg mmHg mmHg kg/min
sive (16.0 (15.5 (16.5
discharge psid) psid) psid) lb/min) 1.7 kg/min. (3.71b/ crack reseat maximum at
DM overpressure (Operating mode)
(3.7 to
flow 14.7
psia
Override
closed
Depress operation (Manual mode) (Auto mode)
closed below 290 to 6.2 psid) at
to
320
mmHg
5 mmHg/sec
760
mmHg
(14.7psia)
3 -25 SD 71-700
_i_
Table
3-3.
ECLSS
Design
Requiren_ents
(Cont)
Item DM relief valve: operation mode) mode) Normally Closed (10. Flow restricted At at DM pressurization Flow rate : valve: 5.0 (900 CM/DM Flow tunnel rate: pressurization valve: 5.0 (900 DM vent Located Depress valve: in CM rate mrnHg/sec psig) mrnHg/sec psid) 2.4 517 Z .
Character
istic s
Pr ebr eathing (Manual (Auto
closed below 527 + 10 mrnHg 2 psid) (5.3 psia 0.2 inlet) lb/hr)
0. 1 kg/hr mmHg (10.0
_max)
at
620
N/cm
inlet
(max)
at 620
N/cm
inlet
Tunnel
No.
1 828 to 260 mrnHg in 5 rain (16.0 to 5.0 psia)
Tunnel No. 2 vent Located in DM Depress rate
valve: 828 to 260 in 3 rain mmHg (16.0 to 5.0 psia)
DM
tunnel Equalization
No.
1 & 2 valve rate s 51.7

max
Equalization
mmHg
(I.
0 psid)
in one
minute
Atmosphere External
storage: DM tank 1880 Nlcm 2 (2730 psia) 21.7 kg at 1880 N/cm z & 295 K (48.0 Ib at 2730 N/cm z max psia & 70 F)
Oxygen & 02/N2 Pressure Capacity
Bypass
relief
valve
Z090 (3030
at I. 36 kg/hr at 3 Ib/hr (2850 psig)
psig max
1965 N/cruZ
rain reseat
3-26 SD 71-700
jl' _"_
Table
3-3.
ECLSS
Design
Requirements
(Cont)
Item Overboard relief valve 780 Nlcm
Char z max
act eri stics at Z2.7 kg/hr
(i 130 psig max Burst disc 710 930 (,1350 Two 900 psig regulators in series Regulate kg/min rain) (11 Flow limited DM switch pressure and control: warning 1.7 max lb/min) kg/min (3.7 N/cm N/cm psig 2 min 2 at at
at 50 Ib/hr) reseat 354 kg/hr lb/hr N/cm psig 5.0 max max) 2 at 0.03 at 0. 062 lb/ (A 1 lb/
780
638/705 (925/1022 flow,
kg/min
lb/min)
Emergency Pressure system
230 to 192 mmI-Ig
(4.5 to 3.7 psia)
DM repressurization Flow
valve 3.6 kg/min at closed open at 550 N/cm 2 inlet (8 lb/min 800 psia)
Position
(3)
Automatic Manual Manual
3. 3.6.
1 The
Atmospheric atmospheric storage tanks in Figure
Gas gas and 3-23.
Storage storage
Subsystem subsystem consists of two identical as for
gaseous illustrated
pressure relief The subsystem used for purging
and regulator assemblies provides storage capacity
the 55/45 O2/N 2 gas mixture O 2 gas used for prebreathing, of the OPS. All components partment with high-pressure The subsystem transfer cycles from the CSMto and relief/regulator LM descent stage. is designed (a cycle is the
pressure control of the DM and the (if required), and limited recharge external penetrating to the the pressurized pressure comshell. crew to go tank in the
are mounted supply lines to support defined as
a minimum of three complete the time required by the crew high-pressure being used
Salyut and back to the CSM). The assembly are components presently
3 -27 SD 71-700
North Division Space American Rockwell
er
I I I I I
Z < 0
0 U_
.pC
<
3 -Z8 SD 71-700
_i_
The high-pressure oxygen or O2/N 2 mixture is supplied to the relief/ regulator assembly where the pressure is regulated to a working level by two series regulators. The gas is then properly within the DM. and Controls 3-24, provides provisions schedule, high-flow DM from integrity the pressure DM within the following maintaining and of the warning, No. 1, and hatch filtered, and flow is controlled by flow devices 3. 3.6.2 The functions: pressure control, provision capability seals. To CMpressure, maximum the point 6.2 psid). tion above on the side Pressurization pressurization decompression schedule, emergency for for venting located
Subsystem
subsystem, Figure and recompression, prebreathing pressurization and the tunnels venting for pressure including
for
overpressure Tunnel check
caution
pressurizing
reduce rate where
the
pressure
in the
docking mm
module valve Hg)
from
Salyut DMpressure pressure 321 mm
pressure
to
the cabin of 5 mm the valve
depressurization Hg/sec (at 760 automatically The
relieves and vents at 290 to
at the down to Hg for ( 5.6 to operais located
closes also has depressurization
The depressurizationvalve its regulation band. console in the DM.
a closed position valve control
Manual pressurization DM PRESS knob located on This valve will be designed mixture pressure {minimum), rate Pressure scheduled to change. regulation maintain 760 but is The
of the DM is accomplished by positioning the the display and control panel to the ON position. to flow 1.36 kg/min (3.0 lb/min) of O2/N Z gas restricted DM in the mm Hg PRESS DM is to not knob exceed 5 mm Hg in the by with a pressure a design flow per second OFF position. regulator is normally
accomplished 0.3 psia)
(14.7
requirement of 2.26 kg/hr (5.0 O2/N 2 gas supply just downstream When the manual O2/N 2 shutoff 900-psia valve has operate, gas to be The normally tion the (10.2 (5.3 pressure prebreathe other than gas is provided at the a manual the control supplied prebreathe override can be to the vent DM. valve
lb/hr). The regulator is located in the of the manual pressurization valve. valve control is placed in the ON position, inlet to the DM regulator. pressure position The regulator fails mixed to regulator to allow
feature. When the placed in the override
control during DM
located
on the
side
console
is posiHg Dlv[ The
in the AUTO position vent valve will maintain psid). lb/hr) levels vent The at an below valve valve inlet 517 control mm
prebreathing pressure at flow-restricted of 517 mm the closed
operation. 527 mm Hg at Hg (10.0 valve position

a
In this 10 mm 0. 1 kg/hr At closed. operations
0.2 0.2
will pressure Hg will
be
2.4 will
psia). be for
(10.0 be
psia),
in the
prebreathing. 3 -29 SD 71-700
_4_
1%1 I
3-30 SD 71-700
The tection 828 and 1.7 mmHg maintain kg/min
DM
has high
redundant pressure
overpressure buildup. The
relief relief
valves valves
which will
provide crack at
prominimum, with a to The and but
against
(16.0 DM {3.7
psid) minimum, pressure level lb/min) flow. at 760 located of the In the
reseat at 802 mmHg_(15.5 at 854 mm Hg (16.5 psid) The valve will (14.7 side restrict psia) console a dump the when and feature flow is the mm Hg on the
psid) maximum gas flow failed have
1.7 kg/min relief valve closed override a safety
{3.7 lb/min) controls are
open. an auto
position for each on one valve. lock Protection is provided against When
valves, and dump position, inadvertent
for a manual not restricted, of the valve. pressuriza(4.45 to
to prevent rapid DMpressure
opening is to 230 a feature to 192
decompression drops
of the mmHg
tion
subsystem.
3.70 psia), a pressure switch opens the DM with pure oxygen at the rate also has a manual override feature fails to operate signal from the system. A high-flow of the system will be a 5-volt DM pressure at 0.316 to 0 to 5 volts. signal Capability at sensor 0.453 No is located This kg/hr analog between provided and for pressure conditions switch is
a solenoid piloted valve which floods of 1.7 kg/min _3.7 lb/min). The valve to be used in case the automatic mode requiring 100 percent also relayed to the oxygen purge. The caution and warning
in the sensor
O2/N will
2 supply actuate
line the
just
downstream
regulator.
DMwarning
(0.7 to readout 0. 316 for
1.0 lb/hr). is required. and 0. 453
The flow sensor output The sensor will produce kg/hr the (0.7 DM and from 1.0 lb/hr).
a flow has been
pressurizing
Tunnel
No. 1. The DM pressurization valve located in the tunnel is a manual shutoff type. High-pressure gas mixture at 6Z0 N/cm 2 (900 psig) is supplied to the valve. Flow requirements of the valve will be a minimum of 0.453kg/ rain. (1.0 lb/min) and a maximum of 1.7 kg/min (3.7 lb/min) at 620 N/cm z (900 rate mode sure psig). The maximum flow rate will not cause a DM pressure change in excess of 5 mrn Hg/sec. The valve may be during the initial crew transfer and may also overshoots. Maximum flow through the valve flow Vent valves restrictor. have been located in the DM and in Tunnel hatch (CSM No. 1 to enable used in a contingency be used in case of presis controlled by an
upstream
the crew to conduct a pressure checks will be conducted during
integrity check of the crew initial transfer
seals. Integrity to Salyut} and
during the return transfer (Salyut to CSM}. Differential pressure gauges have been installed on both sides of each hatch to show the pressure difference between the DM and the tunnels. The delta-pressure gauge in Hatch No. international of the vent pressurization 2 will also docking valves and system provide mode. and the information Figure 3-25 gauges atmospheric 3-31 SD 71-700 as to the completeness shows schematically and storage the interfaces syster_u. the of the location the
delta-pressure
between
_4_ib
Space Amencan Rockwell North Division
0 Lr_ C
"2,
N
I1)
m m I,LI --i 0
U M
%
%
0 "tO
fM
I
&
3-32 SD 71-700
#Jk_
3. 3.6.3 The external from the flows coolant of the
Baseline baseline requirement liquid-cooled the
Coolant coolant
Subsystem circuit is shown in Figure 3-26. The only Heat which the LCG
of the system is garments (LCG) sublimator. and The then rejects
electrical power is transferred transfers heat to the
for the pump. to the coolant heat space by from
through
sublimator
to the feed water frozen feedwater.
sublimation
The
water
reservoir
provides
make-up sublimator pressure Hg (1/2 to
coolant
for
leakage to the
in addition
to providing feedwater for normal pressure regulator drops feedwater reservoir) ence pressure. high flow at has negligible to 25.85 to 51.70 turn The flowlimiter sublimator start-up resistance to flow
consumption. (referenced 1 psi) above pressure time. flow
The water cabin at the vacuum referdrop during The flow limiter rates. the
provides additional to limit flow at that for normal feedwater
LCG.
Expansion When the
caused by temperature changes LCG is not in the circuit, some
will be absorbed by provision for thermal
expansion is needed. Since a temperature increase of 277.6 K (40 F) results in only 4556 rnm3 (Z. 78 x 10 -7 in. 3) expansion, a small expansion device may be used at one of the A mating QD with a short this purpose. The entire baseline quick-dlsconnections length of capped (QD) flexible instead of a QD cap. hose could be used for
coolant
subsystem
is
located
in the power, structure.
DM, there
and is
since no
the subsystem impact on the 3.3.6.4 An program) Adjustable circulation
is self-sufficient CSlVi environmental and Circulation
except for electrical control system or Subsystem
Ventilation
Apollo postlanding ventilation fan will be used to provide ventilation louvers will and mixing. be added at the outlet
(as redesigned and circulation of the fan
for
the Skylab in the DlVi. good air
to promote
travel
Return-air across
the fan
holes located near DM before the air provides a flow rate
Hatch No. 1 provide is routed back through of 4.2 m3/min (150
the
necessary the equipment at 760
air to mm Hg
the fan. The (14.7 psia). 3. 3.7
cfm)
Alternate Alternate
Configurations configurations for the pressurization and coolant subsystems in place was of
are presented some of the
to items
show the advantage in the baseline
of reusing configuration.
Apollo hardware No alternative
3-33 SD 71-700
ID c.._ ,-n 0
o _ z
I.
A
_I__
0
"U
4.1
I',,,1
O
o,e4
>
0r_
Zo_
<0
0o_
lu
3-34 SD 71-700
_:_)
considered figuration and
for the atmospheric using LM assemblies proved
gas
storage gas
subsystem. tanks practical.
The
baseline
con-
descent-stage
storage
and pressure
relief
regulator 1 The
to be the most System system System An shown performance
3. 3.7.
Alternate alternate flight the for
Pressurization pressurization hardware. basic configuration.
in Figure is regulator
3-27 is
utilizes with that atmosrequired
reused described
Apollo
identical
additional
to regulate oxygen/nitrogen pheric system to the 100 regulator. Emergency by the addition of an Apollo hardware as a redundant
mixed from psia required
the 900 psia supplied by the by the modified DM-pressure and warning detection
oxygen flow caution oxygen flow transducer. reuse provides Dh/i-pressure
is provided
as
well
redundant DM-pressure valve. Redundancy is
also
regulators, provided hardware 1.35
in and kg
the emergency DMpressure increased redundancy features, (3 lb) less and occupies 2030 3.3.7.2 The the baseline water-glycol installed requiring that the C1V[ glycol suit glycol heat for the Alternate alternate except heat between Coolant coolant that the exchanger the loop
regulator. Despite the additional this system weighs approximately cm 3 (124 in. 3) less volume. Subsystem subsystem heat sink installed shown for the in the and the in water CM. heat Figure coolant Flexible exchanger For minimum downstream 78 kg/hr 283. (172 1 K (50 be 3-28 is
similar to
to
is a water hoses are in the CM, impact of the lb/hr) F)
in the
DM
the CM hatch loop, the heat This sink heat
be open during exchanger is location will
use. installed of either
to CM water-
exchanger.
provide
at a temperature
average, by
or 288.7 K (60 F) average. manually bypassing the CM mode of operation. The the cally close-out such that required. and the (a stowed the change time that CM located schematic loop on panel. the The location is CM shown
The 288.7 K (50 suit heat exchanger
F) temperature and would
is achieved the normal
of the
water
to water-glycol 3-28. and The behind to the heat the
heat exchanger main
exchanger is physidisplay
in console
cooling
in Figure bulkhead and its
forward
location
tie-in
CMwater-glycol 13/8-in. of the 3-29.
loop
is
only 1. 219 A schematic routing of the item) will is minor the additional
m 14 ft) of additional 0. 9525-cm showing the physical location flex line is presented with that for in Figure be prefilled considering coldplates
) line is heat exchanger The The flex line impact of at the same are added.
water before launch. it would be accomplished the scientific equipment
3-35 SD 71-700
_Jl_%
Space _ :+canRockwell NorthA; _ !_,lon
3-36 SD 71-700
ua I
_o1_ ,:E
= o
__ ==_ .. ,,,'i _-' "< I
<l_z
O, (=)I_
4.=I
"
o
=_ 9=1
<
0
4-) m
_=_/ _a
I , ,.
......,T:" ==;'1
==) |),)
I -==
Y '
v m,
O0 {'M I_. N
;_=
4-)
0 >
II
)-
_-= Ca.
,< i o'5
hO
<
_ _o
_ _"'
; I_----_
_7 El- --4::3
3-37 SD 7]-700
_i_
I--I
Cl
,el
u
r-i
0 0
ID
<
! e5
3-38 SD 7]-700
Space
Division Rockwell
North American
The the
CM heat
structural exchanger, for the
modifications penetrations QD's. Coolant
required and
include for
mounting
provisions and
for
brackets
line routing,
mounting
provisions 3. 3, 7. 3
Alternate
Subsystem
Variation
The be used
secondary LCG in the plumbing The water CM
water-glycol loop if the were cooling necessary made. liquid LM 204 are
loop
of the
CM
cabin
heat a LM
exchanger 204 heat heat require in the the heat 204.
could
for
instead minor primary be
of installing modifications liquid plumbed water
exchanger exchanger change. manner and (used cabin This
to the would water Since of the
The side
side for
no same
secondary the
would exchanger
as
would
heat
side.
primary exchanger Primary
secondary in this heat
flow manner)
paths
adjacent,
the
performance
is considered function would would be and
to be
equivalent would and
to the remain
LM
exchanger
performance in weight only change
unchanged. since Ci%4. the
alternate
variation
result the
cost
savings in the
plumbing
modification
required
Since tion the of the pump
a portion water pump CM
of the water into the fact CM
cooling
loop
extends An
into the
ClV[, relocaof installing to allow with on water the in the area vicinity has reuse
is possible. power Block
advantage be available
in the
is the
that ac A
would
of an
existing
water-glycol provisions
pump.
II water-glycol for kg/hr this change. (240 be Ib/hr)
pump Based using
modified testing, Block of the 3-phase would rather no 15 watts.
mounting thepower II pump area ac now
is proposed for The 108.9 pump LM 204 the
requirement watts.
is 45.4
could heat
easily
located This a voltage would
reserved
for the
exchanger. for DM 0.635-cm
readily Some
accessible, Power saving (3/8-in.)
and
requirement in the since be used.
regulator by lines
longer
exist. weight
requirements is possible lines could
decrease
(I/4-in.)
than
0. 952-cm
3.
3.8
ECLSS
Performance
Evaluation
A performance and components were can that also figurations performance, hardware
evaluation make up the evaluated weight,
was to
conducted indicate the and
on configuration.
the
NASA The areas
specified alternate where of
systems conimproved flight
baseline volume,
specific maximum
flexibility, be realized.
utilization
3.3.8.
1 The
Operations major in Figure
and functions 3-30.
Timeline of the ECLSS and the pressurization timeline are
presented
3-39 SD 71-700
_k_
SpaceAmerican Rockwell Division North
0 Z
o
X
<
_:
_
X
<
<
'
,";-
_oZ
.r.4
,1"1
_;
_
_= =,,,oo ,
-r"g
N
-_..I
n_ t.f}
<=
u q
<
,..:.
m_z ;
4. "0
N
u
x:
,5
! c_
'-
o o.ff o
N N_
o._=_ ,,< _
_i_m ,,,_. <f
U"
=-
>_
0 r,
<
3 -40
SD 71-700
_b
The DM is pressurized at launch to 828 mrn 65 percent oxygen and 35 percent nitrogen. After
Hg (16.0 psia) with the CM is docked to the
D]V[, a pressure integrity check of the DMwill be made by reading the pressure differential gauge located on the ClV[ side of DM Hatch No. I. The gauge should indicate a pressure compatible with DM launch pressure. Another leak check may be attempted if considerable pressure loss is indicated. The leak check can be conducted by pressurizing the DM through use of the pressurization valve located in Tunnel No. 1. After the DM is considered safe, it may be depressed to 259 mmHg (5 psia) from Tunnel No. I with the manual vent valve, and a normal crew transfer initiated. The nominal crewtimeline procedures for transfer to Salyut and from Salyut to the Ck4 are outlined in Table 3-4. 3. 3. 8.2 Atmospheric Storage System may be from the CM
The atmospheric storage system has been designed to provide oxygen and a 55/45 oxygen/nitrogen mixed gas to the DM at a regulated pressure of 900 psia. The maximum flow rate from each tank has been limited to 1.68 kg/min storage tank Oxygen Figure 3-31. (3.7 lb/min) regulator. tank capacity by orificing the supply line downstream of the
versus
pressure mixed-gas 3-32. capacity. The a
and capacity
temperature versus
is pressure
shown and
in
Oxygen/nitrogen shown in Figure quantity versus in percent the capacity are is shown
temperature is plots of percent will 100 be calibrated being crew percent Three for each cycles, 47 used. The of meteoroid 3. 3. 8.3 The Gas gas ments by using DM
above-referenced The tank pressure constant (2730 294 psia). The During use the K (70
figures show transducers F), with
quantity at 1880
for
N/cm2
transfers cycle
currently by Table
planned. 3-5. percent emergency
of consumables three transfer will be in case
transfer
percent of the excess capacity puncture. Pressurization
mixed gas and 55 is provided for
of the oxygen pressurization
System system is controls supplied pressurization tank. on the the from The main atmospheric the and DM supply system. mixedrequirepressurized panel.
pressurization
for normal pressurization tank. Emergency automatic are the supplied from the pressurization valve
oxygen/nitrogen prebreathing is normally
oxygen
display-and-control
This valve flows zation rate versus is also provided undershoot during
gas at the rate of 1.68 kg/min (3.7 lb/hr). DMpressuritime is shown in Figure 3-33. Pressurization capability in Tunnel No. 1 for control of DMpressure in case of other mission phases. To return to the command module
3 -41 SD 71-700
'C.A% SpaceAmerican Rockwell North Division
Table
3-4.
Normal
Transfer
Timeline
Time
I CM -l:00 -0:30 -0:26 -0:21 -0:15 -0:I0 -0:08 -0:05 -0:00 0:02 0:05 0:10 0:13 0:17 0:27 0:28 0:31 0:34 0:39 0:40 0:42 0:44 0:47 0:53 0:55 0:57 1:07 I:I0 1:12 I:18 1:20 CMP Verify Remove Conduct TO SALYUT CSM/MD
Function
close
power
C/B stow valve
Tunnel No. CMhatch, DM
1 pressure integrity probe, drogue, and integrity check close
pressure
Depress DM and lock Open to equalize
to delta P =O; valve and
depress
equalization
allow pressures
Open DM hatch Stick CM suit hose in DM LMP transfer to DM DM status check Activate, check Check OPS's DM
(ventilation)
systems integrity check to DM
Tunnel No. 2 press Transfer equipment CDR transfer to DM Close CMP DM hatch DM install CSM to
to CM hatch = 14.7; Tunnel No. check 2 open equalization integrity valve
Pressurize pressurizes Tunnel No.
because 2 pressure
25 MIN
Open DM hatch to Salyut Connect DM to Salyut umbilical Verify Verify voice comm with Salyut by hardline DIVi/Salyut delta P = O
Russians open Salyut hatch CDR transfer to Salyut Transfer Connect Russians Russians CMP Stow equipment to Salyut comm to connectors in Salyut close Salyut hatch verify hatch integrity to DM power and C/B start joint activities in Salyut
pulls CSM equipment
3-42 SD 71-700
s...o vsoo
No,th Arnenca__Rockwell Table 3-4. Normal Transfer Timeline (Cont)
Time SALYUT -I:00 -0:15 -0:07 -0:05 0:00 0:0Z 0:i0 0:15 0:17 0:18 0:Z0 TO CMP CM (PREBREATHE CSM/DM
Function IN DM) power C/B pressure integrity No. 2 is open) pressure
close
Russians/U.S. perform DM check (DM hatch to Tunnel Russians equalize DM/Salyut Russians open Salyut hatch LMP transfer to DM Activate and check DM
systems
Transfer equipment CDR transfer to DM Disconnect
to DM umbilical control system
and stow DM/Salyut
t
Z HR 25 MIN
0:22 0:24 0:29
Activate ETCS and pressure Russians close Salyut hatch Close DM hatch Perform hatch
integrity checks;
U.S.
on DM
hatch and Russians on Salyut hatch Vent Tunnel No. 2 to Zero, CMP equalize CM/TunnelNo. 1 pressure, CMP open CM hatch Don masks for prebreathe and prebreathe to I0 psi to 5 psi 1 pressure control and "ETCS Initiate depressurization Initiate depressurization Equalize DM/TunnelNo. Open DM hatch Turn off DM pressure CDR transfer to CM and stow
0:30 0:35 2:30 2:35 Z:37 2:40 2:50 2:52 3:02 3:07 3:10 3:12
Transfer equipment to CM Deactivate DM systems DMP transfer to CM Install CM hatch Hatch integrity check
3 -43 SD 71-700
:._lb
0 2 TANK PSIA 3200 --
PRESSURE N/CM 2
2000 2800
100%
FILL
100
VALUES 2400
u
BASED
ON TANK BASED
VOLUME ON 1880
OF 0.08625 N/CM 2 AT 294
m 3 (2.985 K (2730
FT 3) PSIA AT 70 F) 90
100% 1600
QUANTITY
8O 2000
1200 1600 K (80 289 1200

m
F)
K (60 F)
278 K (40 F) 800 267 K (20 F)
800
400
20
400 10
0 0
I .... I
8 10 QUANTITY
I
12
,1
14
1
16 18 20 22
(KI LOGRAMS)
1
0 10
I
20 QUANTITY (POUNDS)
I
30
1
40
I
50
Figure
3-31.
Oxygen
Tank
Pressure
Versus
Quantity
3 -44 SD 71-700
._L_
O2/N 2 TANK PSIA 3200
PRESSURE N/CM 2
VALUES BASED 100% QUANTITY 2OOO 28OO
ON TANK VOLUME OF 0.08625 M 3 (2.985 FT 3) BASED ON 1880 N/CM 2 AT 294 K (2730 PSlA AT 70 F)
100% FIL
100
90 2400 1600 80
2OOO 70
I,LI
1200 K (80 F) 1600 289 K (60 K (40 267 K (20 12OO F) F) 50. F) 60
o E: LU 5 I >,. I--
z_
8O0 m 40
< :3 1 ,v z < I--
8OO
30
400 20 4OO 10
o
0 2
i
4
I
6
!
8
1
10 QUANTITY
I
.12 (KILOGRAMS)
I
14
I
16
1
18
I
20 22
I
0
!
10
I
20 QUANTITY (POUNDS)
!
30
I
40 50
Figure
3-32.
Oxygen/Nitrogen
Tank
Pressure
Versus
Quantity
3-45 SD 71-700
j,_b
cv,
xl
p,-
o_
v
oc;
""-" a
v
,.Q
I
oo bJ3 oo oo N ,_ '_
_ ,-; o.t
o0
v
o0
',_
c; I
hi3
b_
,.s4 ,4
(%1 o
t,,1
.I
`%
.4
_
v
o,1
v
o,1
v
'4
O
0 (D
[,_ l-I v v v _
"-"
g} O
et_
"0
`%
o
O 0
_
r/l
,_ _
u
,_
_
_._
N ii)
_o_._
0 m 1,4 0
3 -46 SD 71-700
._ik,_
from
the Salyut,
the crew the Dh4, masks.
must
prebreathe
pure
oxygen
for two hours.
The
crew will ingress and don prebreathing 517 mmHg time. and DM pressure, versus
activate the 517 mm Hg (10 psia) relief valve, DM pressure decreases from 760 mmHg to oxygen partial pressure shown as the of the increases. in Figure control range nitrogen two-hour The 3-34 in are relief-valve
atmospheric
oxygen, and nitrogen concentration D1V[ pressure decays to the The oxygen The gas concentration concentration oxygen and
60 minutes. tion decreases. ing cycle The humidity carbon-dioxide (4.2 lb/hr) rates dioxide at partial is
increases at the end 19 percent
concentraprebreath-
81 percent no gas during
nitrogen. As a result, mode. The carbon relationship dioxide of and
DM has increase purge
processing loop. the prebreathing
buildup is
at various metabolic shown in Figure 3-35. load of 528 x 103 j/hr of 0 and 5 mmHg
loads with a A comparison (500 is Btu/hr) shown by
1.86 kg/hr of the buildup with initial 3-36. from an 14 mmHg maximum carbonThe initial for'a :
a metabolic pressures
Figure
carbon-dioxide concentration period exposure Water by of wet the half not limit
concentration of 5 mmHg. normally is vapor one exceeding hour
reaches The crew 25 at with 15 mrnHg. a 528
14 mmHg in two hours will be exposed to the and the allowable
minutes,
buildup The (125
x 103
j/hr
(500
Btu/hr)
load
is
shown load wearing If one-
Figure 3-37. 132 x 103 j/hr suits crew of the and does time
water vapor generated is based on Btu/hr). This calculation is based load being wet suits, 3-37. since the
an insensible on the crew
the insensible not wear the shown walls
25 percent of the total humidity level will be This predicted study did low not temperature
metabolic. reached in was
in Figure
consider
conden-
sation on the structure 275 K (35 F). The DiVI is protected
from
overpressure
by
Apollo
cabin
pressure
relief valves. Two valves. One relief exceeding a nominal assembly (6 psia) operative prebreathing
assemblies are used; each assembly has two relief valve assembly will be modified to prevent the DM from maximum pressure of 828 mmHg (16 psia). The other mmHg is the
will be modified to provide nominal pressure relief at 310 and 517 m_mHg (10 psia). The 828-mmHg {16 psia) assembly at all times. mode, and to The the 517-mmHg 310-mmHg Figure 3-38 no outflow. Coolant a function is very (10 psia) unit is activated (6 psia) unit is used when shows DMpressure buildup
during reducing during
DM pressure the prebreathing 3.3.8.4
Ch41evel. mode with Configuration flow the pump of the
Baseline System-coolant
Circuit of system line small, depicted the flow pressure pathto drop each can 3-39. LCG be Sincc
as LCG
determined the pressure
from drop
performance
in Figure
3-47 SD 71-700
[_
TOTAL CABIN PRESSURE PSIA 1615-1413 -12-MM Hg 826 775 MAXIMUM 723 671 620 RATE OF PRESSUREINCREASE WITH 1.68 KG/MINi3.7 LB/MIN) OF MIXED GAS INFLOW ALLOWABLE RATE, S MM SEC
11-109-8-7_--
578 517 465 414 362
6_ 31o
5 2590
I
20
I
40
I
60
I
80
I
100
I
120 (SECONDS)
I
140
I
160
TIME FROM START OF PRESSURIZATION
Figure
3-33.
DIV[ Pressurization
Rate
Versus
Time
CONDITIONS: 100
(17.4)
90 8O
I
(15.5) _ :3 7001<
i
PRE-BREATHING RATE 1.86 KG/HR (4.2 LB/HR) VENTRATE - 2.5 KG/HR (5.5 LB/HR) DM VOLUME - 3.22M 3 (114 FT3)
70
,.J
60
(13.5)
x 50
O 4O 0 600 -
(11.6)
N 2 MOL %
2010-
500-
(9.67)
DM PRES S_0.0 PSIA)
"
1 20
J 40
I 60
I 80
I 100
I 120
TIME FROM START OF PRE-BREATHING (MINUTES)
Figure
3-34.
DM
Atmosphere 3 -48
Pressure
and
Composition
SD
71-700
_i_
CONDITIONS: Pc = PARTIAL PRESSURECO2, MM Hg We= CO2 PRODUCTION RATE - KG/HR PRESSURE (MM H9) Pc = CO2 PARTIAL 16 -eDURING 14 _ -PREBREATHING CREWMEN NOT J_ EXPOSURE ....,.,,.,,_///__(1) 10 -// 8 6 _ -/_ 4 .__/ 2 /_ /_ /._" / /_,_ / Wc-0.0903KG/HR 527X103_ JOULES __ *DM VOLUME - 3.?.2 M 3 (114 FT3)
PRESSURE- 657 MM Hg (12.7 PSIA) CONSTANT CO2 PARTIAL PRESSUREAT TIME 0 = 0 * AVERAGE MOL WEIGHT - 30.2] .CABIN ATMOS VENT RATE - I .86 KG/HR (4.2 LB/HR) BASED ON 2 MEN IN DM _
EXPOSED TO DM ATMOSPH ERE eAFTER MASK REMOVAL - 60 MIN ALLOWED AT 15 MM HG
12
METABOLIC/MAN) Wc---- 0.199 LB/HR. (500BTU/HR) -METABOLIC/MAN)
(2) W c : O. 177 LB/HR (465 BTU/HR METABOLIC/MAN) q We= 0.0803 KG/HR 491 X 10_ JOULES
METABOLIC/MAN)
I
20
I
40
I
60
I
80
I
100
1
i 20
I
140
I
160
I
180
TIME - (MINUTES)
Figure
CO 2 PARTIAL PRESSURE (MM Hg) 18
3_35.
DM
CO
z Buildup
at 657 mmHg
(12.7
psia)
CONDITIONS: o DM VOLUME - 3.22 M 3 (!14 FT3) -;.TOTALPRESSURE-SI7MM Hg (10PSA) " :.METABOLIC RATE -527 X 103 JOULES HR (500 BTU/HR) o CO 2 PRODUCTION RATE - 0.0903 KG/HR (0. 199 LB/HR) _ _._
"
16
14
.VENT
RATE-
I .86 KG/HR (4.2 LB/HR)
__,._.__
,2 I0
INITIAL
CO__
8 6
4 2
0 0 20 40 60 80 100 i 20 (MINUTES) 140 160
J 180
TIME FROM START OF PREBREATHING
Figure
3-36.
DM
CO
z Buildup 3 -49
at 5.7
mmHg
(I0 psia)
SD
71-700
#_j_b
WATER VAPOR PRESSURE (MM Hg) 48-44 -40 -36-32-28 m / 24-20-16-289 K (60 F) DEW POINT 12-283 K (50 F) DEW POINT J/ 294 K (70 F) DEW POINT 300 K (80 F) DEW POINT CONDITIONS: CABIN ATMOS VENT RATE - 1.86 KG/HR (4.2 LB/HR) WATER VAPOR PRODUCTION RATE - 0.0i 10 KG/HR (0.243 METABOLIC RATE -
LB/HR) TWO MEN
527 X 103 JOULES (500 BTU/HR) 131 X I03 JOULES (125 BTU/HR) INSENSIBLE 396 X 103 JOULES (375 BTU/HR) SENSIBLE/
INITIAL WATER VAPOR PRESSURE= 0 DM VOLUME - 3.22 M 3 (I 14 FT3)
o
0 5 10 15
I
20
I
25
I
30
I
35
I
40
[
45
I
50
I
55
I
60
I
65
[
70
I
75
I
80
I
85
I
90
I
95
TIME FROM START OF PRE-BREATHING (MINUTES)
Figure
3-37.
DM
Water
Vapor
Buildup
Without
Humidity
Control
DM PRESSURE PSIA MM Hg .. .PRE-BREATHING *NO VENTING RATE -1.86 KG/HR (4.2 LB/HR) / / / /
,_ /
_,
30-15_z--
.DMPRESSUREVOLUME=3.22M3(I14FT3)
16 14-
826
723 -
12 - 620
k
20
I
40
I
60
I
80
I
100
I
120
I
140
I
160
I
180
TIME FROM START OF PREBREATHING (MINUTES)
Figure
3-38.
DM
Pressure 3-50
Buildup
Without
Venting
SD
71-700
_r4
I !
to
eq
to
;>
v w 1-4_
g
-/
_l
uJ ,<
_..
g
I
;,-I
_,,-I
b_
1
co
I I
I
(ISa) dV
I 1
I I
I
O
I
O
(6 H uJl..u)
dV
3-51 SD 71-700
i_l_b
should be orificed drop at the predicted Sublimator LCG Flex Lines Orifice hose and
to
ensure pump
a balanced flow-split. flow of 4 lb/minimum 51.70 41.36 mmHg mmHg mmHg mmHg 35 mmHg
The is
expected
pressure
1.0 1.9 0.8 0.9 0.9 5.5
psi psi psi psi psi psi
98. Z3 mmHg fittings 46.53 46.53
Total Sublimator feedwater pressure tion is approximately 36. 19 mmHg (1056 Btu/hr) the water available. on the baseline 3. 3.8.5 system and heat is
284.
rejection at 25.85 to 51.70 mmHg (0.5 to 1.0 psia) 147.8 kJ/hr (140 Btu/hr) minimum. Maximum rejec2640 kJ/hr (2500 Btu/hr) at a regulated pressure of shown in Figure 0.4615 kg/hr full be is can supplied shown 340. (1.02 such at that TP8 Nominalload lb/hr) water. six hours if unforeseen isl115kJ/hr Capacity of cooling inthe are demands of
(0.7 psia), as which requires at Additional water
reservoir
80 percent
are made. Performance alternate circuits are Configuration flow flow exchanger 3-41. and can be as was
of the major components in Table 3-6. Circuit at 1. 811 system. to be 78.0 kg/min kg/hr
Alternate Water coolant LCG heat 204
Coolant maintained in the
(4 lb/min) (172
by flow lb/hr),
orificing to the LM
the
paths
baseline
Water-glycol at 78.0 kg/hr as follows
determined
as shown in Figure (172 lbs/hr) flowrate 5. 14 water 1.29 or Lines QD Add: suit bypass) plus bends LM Line Z04 chiller heat
Pressure drop in this path 280.4 K (45 F) was itemized 6. 2 0 mmHg (flow 49. 63
O. 12 psi 0.96 1.81 psi psi
exchanger
mmHg
93. 58 mmHg 15. 51 mmHg heat exchanger bends 7. 24 Z0. 68 mmHg mmI-Ig
0.3 psi 0. 14 psi 0.4 psi
plus
Total
192.84
mmHg
3.73
psi
The
new
flow-split
is
such
that
orificing
of the
IMU
path
is not
required.
3-52 SD 71-700
_lb_
_8
0
t_
I-LU
0 0 0
O o
_o
ii
\ \
0
z
I,.-
B
F-
O o
L) O
,J
ul
-I
_ 0
4..1
F,<
DU,I kW ,.1
__
O
4-1
--
I ee')
_.._
0 0
(VlSd)
3_NSS]Idd
NOIIVTA931l
37flVMO77V
IAINIAIINIIN
I
6HWm
1
0
3-53 SD 71-700
0 m _ Ur_ bD & 0
I_
"_0
0 o_
O._ 0 .t.I
"El _ "_
o_
_, _ _
"_
_ 'o
o_ o.,, o_ _
o
"0
_'_" o _ -o _
o 0 r.-_
_1
t_
,_
"0
-o
_ _
_ o_
:_
_,o o_=_
I_ o
._
a) o
o u3 Z Z 0 be o "-.
o
I:1
._
--_._
< z _,-. _. d2
II
d
,4
! !
_,]
< ,.O
,.o
o
be
0 _
'_
r,., o
m
_
0 0
be
0 O_ OJ 0 0 .u t_ '_
t_ O. m OJ m
>
E--, _
_:
_:
"C
,_
r.,.,
<
3- 54 SD 71-700
C_,
) SpaceArnencan Rockwell North Division
LU
I I
v
I
I I
z 0 0
I I I I I
I
X o N e
NC_
I
X
UJ
4.1
._,4
"l:J
I
I I I I I
I
I
I
!
i
I I I
._,-_
_1
q
I
o
I
o
!
o o
0_%
Performance TCI TCO THI THO EH = cold
of the temperature temperature temperature temperature
LM
204 in out in out
heat
exchanger K (50
was F)
determined
as
follows:
= 509.67
= cold = hot = hot
= heating based on load rate
effectiveness existing = 1113
= 0.86 performance kJ/hr = 78.02 (1056 kg/hr
(number data) Btu/hr) (172
of transmission
units
= 4
QL _r G
= heat = flow
of WG
lb/hr)
Cp
= specific QL
heat
of WG
= 190.2
kg
- K
TCO
W G X Cp
+ TCI
287. 9 K (58.6 F)
TCOEH = THI-
TCI TCI = 0.86
THI
= 288.7
(60 F)
QL THO = THI WH20 = 286.3 K (55.6 F)
THO is the a schematic is not approximately The follows
temperature representation the 5. 555 total
of the fluid of these 14 (10 F) higher. CM
going to the temperatures. of the fluid
LCG:
Figure If the suit LCG
3-42 heat will
presents exchanger be
bypassed,
temperature
going
to the
steady-state G&N):
thermal
load
during
the
transfer
is
as
(includes
3-56 SD 71 - 700
j_
SpaceAmencan Rockwef# North Division
o,
O I-
(.9 O -I I,LI
o
tr u.
I-
-I
o
tD Z
o
t-
tM
0 r uJ
z_z_
_ o .-t .,.2
I)
4_
i (E . DO _-,,, @ @ C
t_ uJ
c
O X u.I 0
<_m
U 0
v_
co II
ZZ --< ff-,,_
_
ZU <O
0.)
,,X,mlm_ '_'U. Dm
O3
_4
,,-g
! @
=<
,<
> uJ
o_.
Iun
<"X '"0 O t_ U.
3-57 SD 71-700
Coldplated
electrical
(863.8
W) W)
3113
kJ
Noncoldplated electrical DM thermal load CM metabolic LiON thermal Subtotal Environmental Total load
(369.8
1336 kJ 1 II 5 kJ 491 kJ 116 kJ 6170 kJ
2948 Btu/hr 1265 Btu/hr 1056 Btu/hr 465 Btu/hr 1I0 Btu/hr 5844 Btu/hr - 1480 Btu/hr 4364 Btu/hr
- 1563 kJ 4608 kJ
The
recommended
mode
of CM
operation
follows:
Reason Suit bypass Cabin heat fans - off Glycol evap exchanger Avoids results - off pump - off Avoids Although on and buildup water condensation in maximum propulsive secondary heater off) at heat exchanger cooling venting. loop could operation (radiator reduce water that the for LCG. and heat exchanger Provides maximum cooling for LCG in DM.
Secondary
in CM, Figure 3-43 shows buildup in CM is not excessive.
The considered portion normally glycol indicate period. runs 284.3 during at temperature
actual
increase
in the suit
radiator
load
between
baseline
and
alternate
is
to be nil with of the CM man-load picked loop within a maximum The 5279 radiator kJ was (5000 289.3 an up at the
recommended and noncoldplated heat exchanger
mode of operation. electrical load would be absorbed
Only a small which is by the waterresults a 2-hour
a 2-hour transfer period. CM cabin temperature outlet Btu/hr) K (61 average temperature and F), beta the time is angle K (50
Preliminary computer rise of 3. 33 K (6 F) for based of 0. weighted F) is on LTV average expected Skylab peak was for the Although
computer radiator about loads
K (52 F) and the transfer.
of 288.7
3-58 SD 7 I- 7O0
,_.,)
SpaceAmencan Rockwell Division North
Iz
g
ILl
tn o
v
o q
"l:J
L'N -0 -q
--
o o
lz
__o
>.
--R
,.r
--g
x iii I.-iii
5
0
--g
k__ z O E3 Z 0 cO 0 c_
--
__
,,--_
I
e4 o (6HW_) 3_IN$$31::Id klOdVA U31VM
3-59 SD 71-700
_1%
A backup
mode
of operation
in the CM
is to run the secondary
loop in
addition to the primary loop. The secondary suit heat exchanger would then reject the heat of the CM cabin. The secondary radiator heater would be off to ensure the heater is not activated on the dark side of the orbit. The result water of this mode for the LCG. radiator of operation The warmer would water This be a cooler results mode by the adjacent CM cabin, warmer secondary longer but warmer primary tubes near is not recomthan 3 hours. from
radiator mended 3.3.8.6
outlet temperatures except
caused
the primary
outlet tubes.
of operation in the DM
as a contingency and Alternate
for stay time Tradeoff
Baseline
Table alternate
3-7 presents
trade-off
considerations
between
the baseline
and
configurations.
Table
3-7.
LCG
Coolant
Supply
System
Tradeoff
Item Weight
Baseline 19. l kg (42.2 ib)
LM
204 HX
Alternate
15.4 kg (34.1 Ib) incl 4.8 kg (I0.5 Ib) in CM cu in.) 0.0128 36.4 Minor w if done at the time of coldm 3 (783 in. 3)
Volume Power Impact on CM
O. 0177 36.4w _one
m 3 (1079
plate changes Performance _<286 K (55 F) coolant to LCG Water 0.45 consumption kg/hr (i ib/hr) 287 K (56 F) (time weighted age) coolant to LCG High humidity in CM cabin aver-
expected if DM >2-1/2 hours
stay time
3. 3. 9
Hardware Hardware
Identification selected for the ECLSS used was identified as to its source, flights available for reuse hardhardware and alternate layout
weight, were
and volume. The
Hardware Comparisons
on previous of selected
also identified.
ware were made. V36-961540.
final configuration
is identified in ECS
3 -60 SD 71-700
Space Division North Amedc_n Ro_well
3.3.9.1
Baseline Hardware tables:
Hardware selected for Atmospheric 3-9; Hardware recommended tables: Coolant Table System, for and the 3-11. alternate Ventilation The configuration System, basic system items. may Table is detailed 3-10, the baseline Storage and configuration System, Table Ventilation System, is detailed in the 3-8; DM PressurizaTable 3-10.
following tion 3.3.9.
System, Z
Table Alternate
Coolant
Hardware in DM the following Pressurization
requires Table 3-12 be reused. and weight and Utilispace
procurement details areas zation savings, 3.3. 10 of these as
of a considerable number of hardware where previously-used hardware items items as results reduced in desirable program cost. redundancies, well
Design Consideration
Considerations was given to the type of ECLSS instrumentation that to be need and
provided in the to be monitored verification and
DM as well as to determining in real time on the ground. the need for ECLSS breadboard
the measurements Hardware certification testing were also
considered.
Table
3-8.
Atmosphere
Storage
System_Baseline
Component Oxygen Oxygen Oxygen Oxygen supply regulator tank tank
Function
. ,=
(Item No. Identification LM 319
W eight (lb) 59. 0 9.0 O. 26 O. 375
Volume
(in. 3)
5Z00
tank module fill QD press xducer supply tank reg. module tank press fill QD xducer
LM 392 LSC-330-321 LSC-360-601-209 LM 319 LM 392 LSC-330-321 LSG-360-601-209
396
3 3 5Z00 396 3 4
Oxygen/nitrogen Oxygen/nitrogen Oxygen/nitrogen Oxygen/nitrogen Plumbing Oxygen gas Oxygen/nitrogen TOTAL (Equivalent
59.0
9.0 O. 26 O. 375 1.0 48.0 48.0 Z34.27
gas
1 I, 206 kg O. 184 m 3
International
Units)
106.4
3-61 SD 71-700
"_11'_ @AJ
Table
3-9.
DM
Pressurization
System--Baseline
Component DM pressure DM/Apollo
Function
(Item No. Identification LM LM LM LM LM 3304 117 3304 309 323 72.3 72. I Mod
Weight (Ib) 0.5 1.5 0.5 I. 98 1.40 0.55 0.76 0.20 6.0 0.5 0.5 Z. 36 1.0 4. 9 4. 9 I. 5 I. 5 30. 55
Volume (in. 3) 37 12 37
valve vent valve
Oxygen supply shutoff valve Emergency oxygen inflow valve Cabin pressure Prebreathing Prebreathing Oxygen Face QO's station masks, (2) shutoff repress regulator meter valve valve vent 16 psia 6/10 valve psia valve valve switch oxygen regulator 0 2 toggle valve QD's hoses, (2) and
6Z Z9
12 14 Z 8OO 37 37 37 12 331 331 12
Apollo Apollo
Apollo ME273-0075 Apollo LM LM LM "GFE"
Oxygen/nitrogen Oxygen/nitrogen Oxygen/nitrogen O2/N DM 2 flow relief
3304 3304 306 Mod 9.2 3. l Mod
Apollo Apollo
DM relief DM/Salyut Plumbing
Apollo 3. l Mod LM 117 Mod
TOTAL (Equivalent International Unit s)
I, 802 29,600 cm 3
13. 96 kg
3. 3. I0, 1 The number baseline
ECLSS
Instrumentation of the CM/DM umbilical may be transmitted for no telemetry requirement. tend to minimize ground monitoring. However,
the The
penetration limitations of measurements that configuration included
past experience has cations is insufficient action. Table 3-13 mission also the to ensure the that shows events ECLSS actuate
shown that mission for proper ground lists the measurements safety of the measurements the caution crew
support based only on crew communievaluation and prompt corrective considered necessary for transdocked operations. in the The DM table and be displayed alarm.
during
that will and warning
3-62 SD 71-700
Space.American Rockwell North Division
'_
O"
u I . =
,_
)
I I I I
I _ I I
_o I I lUU-_
aO N O
4}
I_
I_" I_
I__
I___
O0
000_
I I I_
I I I I I _
I I I I I I I I I I I I 1
.4J @3 r,-
__q_
O
-rl
I ..........
I I I111_
_O
o 0 M
III
I I I_
I 1 I I I_.:_
I I I I I I I I IIIII
c_
,--4 I
_ m
_ _
....
III1__1
_.
_ ._ I_
4)
i!
._ ._
_ _
:
_
_ _o
_
:
_
"i
0 c
0
_.._..
:,
oo.,=
mu
=.o
O0
_,
U3
3-63 SD 71-700
L_
Table
3-11.
DMPressurization
System--Alternate
Component 0 2 filter DM/ApolIo Prebreath Emergency Prebreathlng
Function
(Item No. ) Id entification CSM CSM CSM CSM CSM CSM 4.31 40.3 72. 1 4.22 72.3 9.2
Weight (ib) 0. 8 0. 6O 0. 76 0. 8O 0. 55 I. 0 0. Z
.
Volume
(in. 3)
4 I0 14 47 IZ IZ Z 800 14 14 14 12 35 12 4 331 331 I0
vent valve 0 2 shutoff valve DMpress. oxygen regulator regulator (2) and
0 2 flow meter Oxygen station QD's Face masks, hoses, QD's (2)
DM repress, valve Oxygen/nitrogen shutoff valve Oxygen/nitrogen Oxygen/nitrogen repress main valve regulator
CSM CSM CSM CSM CSM CSM CSM CSM CSM CSM
7Z. 1 72. I 72. 1 72.3 3.28 9.2 4.31 3. I 3.1 40. 3
O. 76 O. 76 O. 76 O. 55 O. 50 1. 0 O. 8 4. 9 4. 9 0. 60 I. 5 27. 74
DM pressure regulator O2/N2 flowmeter O2/N 2 filter DM relief valve, DM relief DM/Salyut Plumbing valve, vent 16 psia 6/10 valve psia
TOTAL (Equivalent International Units)
1,678 27, 500 cm 3
lZ. 6 kg
3. 3. 10.2
Hardware
Certification from
and the are
Verification CSM to be and LM are by to be utilized and in the analysis:
Existing DM. The
components
following
components Water Voltage Diverter Sublimator
certified assembly
similarity
pump/meter regulator valve
Flowmeter Valve S.O. Water pressure Orifice regulator
3 -64 SD 71-700
4_
o_ (J 'o o
or) 'lU 'lJ (J

.f,,i --I =--( _-4 ,-'l O_ N ,-_
,-4
o u
) U
o
4J
UU_U
u3 L_
u3 L)
;s c_
4) n%
i.
l< td 1
&
I r_ e
t--I
lID
o (/)
3
o
4J
z
o _
Or)
3-65 SD 71-700
Space
Division Rockwell
North American
Q.D.
Fan CO CM Z sensor W/G reservoir assembly

!/.',_.._-
O z tank
The tests
following new
ECLSS
components environments
require and 1ow
delta
supplier
verification
to the
pressure
rates:
DM DM
repressurization prebreathing valve vent
valve
Equalization Emergency DM vent DM DM
O 2 purge valve
valve
O 2 regulator relief valve relief/regulator Test assembly
O 2 tank 3.3. I0.3 ECLSS Breadboard
The system through and
ECLSS LCG
breadboard cooling mission pressurization Metabolic heat
test will
consist
of a full-up
pressure and DM
control operated and
circuit cycle.
installed The
in a vacuum will
chamber simulate procedures and
a normal
chamber
volume will be
all operational demonstrated. of the coolant
and
depressurization will be simulated No inputs
loads
the performance made to heat
circuit
will be
investigated. or LCG. crew
attempt other
will be than
simulate load
thermal
environments by the
metabolic
normally
absorbed
3. 3. II
Conclusions
The specified performance accomplished of the total
results systems
of the and
ECLSS
study can
indicate
that the proposed meet the
I'4ASA-
components
adequately
established was one-third
requirements. and
,%
Packaging
of the baseline occupied
components
the
final configuration volume.
approximately
equipment-rack
Study volume, tion, Apollo
of the
alternate and
configuration
showed
improvements System
in weight, reducby reusing
packaging, system flight
hardware and
utilization. would
overall-cost improved
flexibility, hardware.
reliability
be
greatly
3-66 SD 71-700
_-'_
SpaceAmerican Rockwell North DMsion
3.3. IZ NR because stowage, and cost the will
Recommendations recommends of its improved the reduction be reduced reduction by of the acceptance packaging, in nonpropulsive contamination Apollo recommended adequate reusing five of the ECLSS the increase vent hardware. measurements intelligence to the for PGM syssize, of the alternate in volume the Salyut configuration available vehicle.
for Overall
magnitude
of venting,
in potential
The tem is also support. 3.4
addition
recommended
to provide
mission
ELECTRICAL The power electrical distribution lighting
POWER systems system,
SYSTEM in the docking the caution and external module include the and warning (C&W) controls display system, indicators and bus structure system, the the power for the
and
internal distribution, International 3.4. 1
system, the control elements, Docking System. and for DM Power
displays and
Bus The
Structure concept A single
Distribution distribution for controlled A and and from Main control the DM. is shown Power in to the for this 7.5-ampere Fig-
power is that are The through
ure bus
3-44. and is
dc bus the
provided MainBus
distribution Bus
of power B through
systems circuit structure ground
equipments from is
provided breakers and point Circuit
CSM
and diodes. connec.ted
dc negative bus is isolated from DM the DM/CSM interface to the CSM vehicle
(VGP). breakers are used in the DM for wire protection and camera for and circuits for GCU
either ON/OFF switching of equipment or connectors. Voltage dividers are provided to provide biomedical 3.4.2 correct voltage instrumentation Caution The CSM and C&W hardware. DM and C&W The Warning system but the C&W
deadfacing of the in the CCUinterface
levels for the audio circuits. is available if a requirement System operates DM system system on is monitors the same two basic simpler measurements
Provisions is established.
principles both in with
as operation
the
system,
much
discrete-
level outputs (high OZ/N z flow and low DM total pressure). The signal for high OZ/N Z flow is provided by an Apollo O 2 flow transducer without a 16-second time-delay relay. The signal [or low DM total pressure is provided by a contact closure on a relay that is activated by an LM-type
SD
71-700
pressure switch output. pushbutton connector.
sx_4tch. also opens
In addition the OZ/N C&W
to energizing flow
the
C&W
relay,
the
pressure regulator
Z cabin
valve
to provide
maximum
Either and
of these (2) provide
signals isolated
will tone
(I) illuminate to each
the master-alarm CCU interface by depressing
outputs
Resetting
of the master which The
alarm
is accomplished
the master-alarm and terminates as long the as
pushbutton, tone output.
extinguishes individual
the master-alarmlight status lights remain illubecause
minated they the are DM
the monitored of the
parameter
stays reset
out
of tolerance The
independent C&%V system
master-alarm
function. 3-45.
conceptfor
is diagrammed
in Figure
Implementation reusing modified mately status a CSM CDU 3 inches indicators used test. caution tone by
of the generator. 3 inches similar
C&W
system unit These (CDU)
can
be
accomplished supply an module require
at low and envelope
cost a approxi-
by
detection
power
modules The
by
3 inches. to the CSM
master-alarm alarm.
pushbutton The individual switch/ individpushbutton
switch/annunciator
is identical are
master
to the lift-off/no-auto-abort A push-to-test concept is added
annunciator ual lamp
in the CSM. If any analog
is utilized to the C&W
for
measurement a modified could easily lines
system, and system in
e.g., CO additional the manner
2 partial pressure, status indicators indicated isolated by
CDU comparator module be added to the baseline 3-45. CSM Cg_W The DM C&W
dotted
in Figure of the
system
is completely
and
independent
system.
3.4. 3
DM
Lighting
Lighting floodlights. simultaneously is provided ure 3-46 by shows for are the
of the DM The primary instead the the
interior and of being
is accomplished elements
with
CSM
LEB-type are used control Figis floodas
secondary
of the lights ON/OFF
individually breaker
controllable. on the control One panel To
LIGHTIING approximate
circuit
panel.
location displays cabin are located of the
of the lights. and as controls close
floodlight and three shadow apart
provided lights effects,
illumination for cabin
of the general
provided
illumination.
minimize degrees
floodlights the
to 120
is possible Each approximately ually, at the each
within
constraints floodlights
stowable an
equipment. envelope of light encompassing Individ-
of the cabin ZOO
provides and 170
degrees
radially
degrees
longitudinally. Z (2.5
floodlight point three
provides in the DM
approximately within will Each supplier the
271umen/m envelope the will
foot-candles) above.
furtherest the
described 54 a CSM be
Together,
floodlights light level. by the
provide
required
to 108 reuse
lumen/m article and
(5 to i0 footcandle) that has secondary been
floodlight by
renovated elements.
replacement
of the primary
light
3-68 SD 71-700
_k_
Space Division NcxthAmercen _1
DM BUS
w
,.z.,
MN A DM PWR CM/DM ---9-o ------o .5 3 WIRES
O
CABIN I WATER
FAN PUMP I
CABIN CABIN CABIN_
FLOOD FLOOD]
,..z,,
. _
DM
NEG
PANELFLO0_]
---o
3 WIRES
_
o
0
L
J INSTR
cjw___j
(ECLSS) (FUSED)J CCU 1
3 WIRES MN B DM PWR A
_ C
I TRANSPONDER I VHF-FM XCVR
J J __ RH INTERCOMM (BIOMEDIF REQD) LH INTERCOMM CCU 3
--'-'---_
[_
REMOTE INTERCOM/W
LH INTERCOMM RH INTERCOMM REQD) (BIOMED - IF
DM/SALYUT UMBILICAL
Figure
3-44.
DR
Power
Distribution
_"
DM BUS
_"
P
t /C&W ELECTRONICS
[
DM PRESS LOW 021N2 FLOW HI
MODIFIED CDUTONE GENERATOR
f I MODIFIED I cou I COMPARATOR I MODULE I L
i
|
I I I I !
REUSE CDU PWRSUPPLY
I
CCU NO. UMBILICAl CONNECTOR CCU NO. 3 UMBILICAL CONNECTOR
i l I !--I
I I I l I I I I I
=J
'I;
'0
_.--_J CO 2 PP HI
CO2 PART PRESS XDCR & SIG CONDR
__J
....
------
= ADDITIONS IF CO2 PP REQUIRED
Figure
3-45.
DM
C&W
System
3 -69 SD 71-700
FLOODLIGHTSUPBRACKETS
FLOODLIGHT SUPPORT BRACKETS
r,_c" -
- -, ..,-,-,-,- t-
_"j ,
FWD
END VIEW LOOKING FWD Figure 3-46. Location of DM
SIDE VIEW Interior Lights
3.4.4
Displays
and
Controls the electrical displays and controls (D&C) contain CSM-type components, including and a and
panel
Figures 3-47 and 3-48 show configurations. The panels
circuit breakers, pushbutton coax switch. All of the D&C the circuit breakers
switch/annunciator assemblies, meters, components are recessed for protection, switches are afforded additional by wicket-type guards. The pushbutton are reuse items (with possible bulb and
and pushbutton
protec-
tion from inadvertent operation switch/annunciator assemblies
legend replacement by the supplier). The three dual-scale vertical meters are reuse items with new scales. Integral lighting for the meters will not be used since the control-panel floodlight, in conjunction with the nonreflective properties of the meter faces, will provide adequate lighting. 3.4. 5 International The Figure October Docking used System as a baseline for the study is depicted in
configuration was The
3-49, which 18, 1971.
derived from INASA drawing PD71-61004, dated controls and power for the system are provided Status displays are provided on the external surface line-of-sight while docking. The status system lamps in each of the two redundant for full extension; systems: blue for red yellow
directly from the CSM. of the DM within crewman contains four incandescent system for hydraulic
underpressure;
3-70 SD 7 1-700
SpaceAmenc_ Rockwell Division No_
:_
I-Z" " Uel [u _ --I' _') t_1-, _" _"
_ !_ hl,I I I ,k, I, I ,I, I,I!

C_ ---'-;-;-;-;.';-"";" "-"";'_';'-';';'.%'-'-".'. ,-, _.-._......... :.:.;.._.-._',-.! 12.............. -;_-.
_l-_'lllllil]il_lll'l'll I :_
_,
J_lilillllll_Lllilllil
= _ ,,, _
u.
_" :_
"
_
(((C,)))
_ _
"
__i ........... -'-'-'-'--"-'-i " ....... "t--rrTT't,_l,lll , lllil,ii

0
o I._.:;::-::A :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
/L :II
al ,,-4
Cl
! e3
i:m
3-71 SD 71-700
@
FIRE HOLE
CCU
@, @,
-l_/CAMERA
Figure capture; and green used in the control 3.4.6 DM There the lists DM/Salyut the wire Electrical are three interface,
3-48.
DM
Displays latching mounted
and Controls, and interface within a box
Panel sealed. located
Z The outside relays the DM.
for structural circuitry are Interfaces 'major and
electrical the DM requirements
interfaces: internalexternal for each
the of the
CM/DMinterface, interface. interfaces Table on a 3-14
penetration are basis. based
system-by-system docking system
The penetration on NASA drawing an The analysis results required in Section DM /Salyet
requirements PD71-61004.
for the international In order to mainpotential in Table penetration 3-15.
tain sufficient flexibility, additional penetrations. The requirements To one CSM modifications were described the
was conducted of this study to meet 2-7. interface penetration the
to define are listed CM/DM
accommodate is DM provided
penetration for requirements coax shown 42 wires are
requirements, and one coax. by The 3-50.
connector The
to permit
internal/external
penetration
satisfied
using four approximate
51-pin connectors plus two single-pin locations of these connectors are
connectors. in Figure
3-72 SD 71 - 700
04_
Space Division NorthAmencan Rockwell
Table
3 - 13.
EC LSS
Instrumentation
DM DISPLAY PCM* C & W
MEASUREMENT HATCHNO. 1 HATCHNO. 1 HATCHNO. 2 HATCHNO. 2 P -CMPSI
P -DM - PSI P - DM - PSI P - SALYUT-PSI

.
02 TANK PRESSURE- PSIG N210? TANK PRESSURE PSIG 02 PARTIAL PRESSURE MM H(:J CO PARTIAL PRESSURE MM Hg 2 TOTALDM PRESSURE PSIA OM TEMPERATURE "F HIGH 02 FLOWEVENT HIGH O2/N2 FLOWEVENT RECOMMENDEDOR GROUNDMONITORING F
X X X
X X X X
Table
3-14.
CM/DM
FUNCTION
Umbilical
CMIOM
Requirements,
pM I SALUT
Baseline
DMIEXTERNALDM
COMMUNICATIONS TRANSCEIVER INTERCOM IV ELECTRICAL POWER DC POWER SEQUENCER SYSTEM DMISLA SEP DOCKING (_) HYD PUMPS (AC POWER) SYSTEM CONTROL ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL TRANSDUCERS TOTALPENETRATIONS 74 + I COAX 20 + 1 COAX 8 16 1 COAX 12 20 B IO 2O 8 2O 9 57 20 l COAX
BASEDON NASA DRAWING PD71-61004. DATED10-18-71
Table
3-15
CMIDM Potential
Umbilical Additions
CMIDM
Requirements,
FUNCTION POTENTIAL ADDITIONS: TRANSPONDER MONITOR BIO MED TOTALCABIN PRESSURE 02 PARTIAL PRESSURE CABIN EMPERATURE 02 TANK PRESSURE 02#42 TANK PRESSURE DOCKING CONTROLS DOCKING INSTRUMENTATION TOTAL
DMISALUT
DMIEXTERNALDM
5 I0 2 2 2 2 2 32 29 77 2 2 22 20 42
3 -73
_b
SpaceA_n Nodh Division Rockwell
q'
_,_,__,__L_
_d o
.-I
>_
_ __
,,
'Z
o
U]
,--4
,,x,
o
,--4
M
Ul ill o
_n
>. U_
.,-4
tJ O
,--4
C 0
4_
(D
_z
_o
i1
0
OmO
I
I
--I
i
<
Z (.3
lD
ill
x_ uuO
3 -74 SD 71-700
Space Division Rockwell North/_=ncan
CM I I),M INTERFACE.
_t
DM LIGHTS
DM I SALYUT INTERFACE
VHF/FM
DM GUILLOTINE"
FED-THROUGH Figure 3.5 3.5. 3-50. DM Electrical SYSTEM Requirements shall be provided Interface
PLAIE Locations
TELECOMMUNICATIONS 1 Baseline Telecommunication communication vehicle: to the be 120 existing for 140 for and
the
RF voice Salgut-type In addition will between
between
the
CSM/DM
and
CSM MI-Iz. the
VHF
communications in the VI-tF
capability, band at a
transceiver frequency
provided
communications
The antenna orrmi-directional The compatible The DM system CSM/DM with DM
patterns coverage. will Soviet have
above
communications
links
will
provide
provide tracking hardline
capability interrogator. interface
to accept
a tracking
transponder
the will
with
the
CSM
for
TV,
voice,
and
status. will be accomplished with VHF ranging.
Rendezvous
3-75 SD 71-700
_ib
The vehicles ceiver 296.8 3.5.2
RF
voice
communication frequency
link between mode (transmit ranging
the CSM/DM 259.7
and Salyut trans-
on the U.S. operating provided
is recommended
to be the VHF/AM MHz/receive equipment).
in the B duplex
MHz,
as part of the VHF VHF-FM communication
USSR-Frequency The RF voice
Transceiver link on the USSR in the DM frequency will be proThe on a interfaces
vided
by VHF/FM band.
transceiver The simplex carrier 3-51.
located
equipment
rack.
transceiver frequency
will be operated
on a single frequency transceiver of 121.75 MHz. The
within the required to operate transceiver
is assumed
frequency-modulated are shown in Figure
prime
The VHF-FM circuit breaker on the internal operating power directly to the transceiver. position at CSM/DM launch.
DM control panel provides This circuit breaker is transceiver will be
to be in the closed
The
supplied with 28 vdc power following CSM Main A and B circuit breakers in the CM The VHF-FM that the CSM/DM The transceiver
to DM docking and closure of DM after DM extraction from the SLA.

l
circuit breaker will be opened following confirmation to Salyut intercomhardline functional check is satisfactory. will normally the audio be operated in the receive circuit PTT mode with the
FM transceiver audio center. via the audio transceiver function switching audio require be as disables the output two
spliced into The transmitter center. a part the antenna The
pad communication is activated by the center PTT output
input crewman
to the CM function to the the PTT by the FM
is hardwired Activating FM transmitter and
of the required wiring change. FM receiver and activates the from the center. pairs CM/DM is receiver to the The transceiver and a twisted
transmitter
disabling signals to
to the audio twisted-shielded through FM the
audio and PTT pair, respectively,
carried The
umbilical. connected to a quarter-wavelength a 50-ohm docking end plane with coaxial of the the dipole 61 cm
transceiver
(24 in. antenna is
) monopole is located so that
end-fed antenna through near the international it lies in the CSM XY provides XZ plane. lies in the
cable. The DM. The antenna normal to the along from antenna
oriented
vehicle X axis. This orientation the CSM +X thrust vector in the CSM/DM ground to Salyut plane will vehicle be required also
maximum omni-coverage The normal line-of-sight XZ plane. A smooth reflections. parasitic
to minimize
3-76 SD 71-700
_4_
SpaceAmerr.an Rockwell North Division
ID
--I t}
u _4 C
H
_1
/,4
[_ =E t_
_0 (/3
D
I
c0 < _] >v Z
bO
_-_
_4
go
-- Z _O rO 0 _n
< _
_ o
F-
o
0
F-
o
0
_
0 0
F-
o
0 _
0 0
3-77 SD 71-700
_ib
rack size, CSM
The FM transceiver is to be mounted and will use the structure for thermal weight, equipment. construction and power
directly to the DM equipment conduction. FM transceiver are based on equivalent
dissipation
3.5.3
USSR
Tracking
Transponder
The USSR
requirement
to provide assumes
a tracking the
transponder
compatible
with definitive
the
tracking
interrogator
following
in lieu of more
information:
I.
The
tracking
transponder
is GFE
and
may
be
a USSR
transponder.
2.
The
unit
is or
can
be
encased
in a sealed
housing
(similar
to CM
communications 3. The DM structure cooling
equipment). can be used are for thermal required. dissipation and no
special
provisions
4.
Transponder (including
power internal
consumption heaters).
is not
in excess
of 80 watts
5.
The
receive/transmit
frequency
is in the S-band
spectrum.
6.
The and
unit
is self-contained antenna Apollo coaxial
and
requires
only
prime
power
(28 vdc)
a single
termination, hardware. are range
with
mating
connectors
provided 7. The only
if not
standard
tracking
parameters
and
range
rate.
The interfaces
transponder are shown
is to be in Figure
located 3-52.
in the Prime
equipment power
rack. application
The
vehicle
is provided
by circuit breaker for the VHF-FM successful
XPNDR on transceiver. with
the DM control panel The circuit breaker vehicle.
in the same manner as will be opened following
hard-dock
the Salyut
The with
transponder
coaxial by
connector a 51 plane boom cm
is connected (24 in.) fixed
to a helix boom. The energy
antenna helix in the CSM-Y
3 to 5 turns
supported
utilizes CSM axis
a splash-plate plane. projects end of the the FM with axis. The
ground antenna
to provide is located to the CSM/DM
maximum on the
+X/Z and
corresponding at the inter180
outboard DM.
normal The
X-axis is mounted
national away the DM thrust along
transponder antenna. pattern
antenna The axis
degrees to
from vector the
transceiver This
of the helix about the antenna
is parallel CSM +X coverage
X-axis
its 120-degree orientation
centered maximum
provides
normal
CSM-to-Salyut
line-of-sight.
3-78 SD 71-700
F>. 11
_)
<c
4)
c
OJ
1,1
O0 I L 0 _
u.
--Ou0
__..m_
3-79
SD 71 - 700
/_..1",._
Space
Division
_,_/_1_ North American Rockwell "J
A go/no-go to provide receiver within Panel crew AGC
transponder confirmation voltage and for LEB. power
self-check of transponder output,
and were
monitor operation. selected
circuit Two to be
is
recommended
parameters, conditioned on
the transponder i01 in the CM radar
display on the selectable Similar functions were This recommended
0-5 vdc test meter utilized for the LM test function
rendezvous
transponder. pair for each
requires
a twisted-shielded 3.5.4 TV TV camera attached The will Salyut contain camera DM breaker and TV-camera be used
of the two parameters.
Provisions stations are is The will select contain either required the GFE vehicle in the CM, the are VHF station DM, shown coaxial or and in the Figure switch. station DM The breakers. 28 or vdc Salyut. 3-53. This switch in the shall also The TVto the of the circuit interface for crew The camera with
to be
used
Skylab interfaces
three-color
Westinghouse
monitor. DM to
a reuse the DM
manual TV
a remote
vehicle via TV camera circuit TV-camera power interrupts
the DM to Salyut interface and intercom/TV-remote provides receptacle connector. power across manually for The bulkhead cable 28 vdc
umbilical. circuit interrupted connection the DM
breaker
power
disconnection
intercom/TV-remote to Salyut
short-circuit The TV are umbilical may video to be
protection. and interface be hardwired box and require camera power the provisions CM and across similar DM. The the to the be the TV DM-to-Salyut jumper/feedstation a carry-in The box inner and of
interface through
accomplished between into pig-tail
in a manner the Salyut connector an attachment
receptacles control/receptacle pig-tail the Salyut. The 3.5.5
or they may configuration. point on
concept
would
only
wall
remote
TV
station
in the
Salyut
will
include
a power
switch.
Intercom The IRDM intercom the CMP
Provisions intercom interfaces are shown in Figure 3-54. The
depicted box into SPT center audio
configuration audio center/CCU bulkhead operation;
requires incorporation bulkhead receptacle; receptacles and the CDR switchable and SFT are also and through
of the Skylab speaker the CDR and the with CCU the wiring CMP carried audio
center/CCU redundant
for
through the CM/DM umbilical. CDR and SPT bulkhead CCU for biomedical data, if
Provisions receptacles
available from the the CM/DM umbilical
required.
3-80 SD 71 - 700
L:
:_
_'_"_
Space Division
__o
_,
e_,
U.
',
! II
ql U
I
__o IO '-_--9--' ? z,, i_.> _ I-t, "'_> .__" zl,,,
>
__ j _--_ __ ....
[_ " < "' Z
u u_L_.u
L_..
II
_-,4
I
I I
I
r" .... I A
:
_. _ A
_'_ 7_
--I
o_ aOuZ
e ,,,_--<l: Z
zz " < < :_ :E

U U U
<
o I
8
_
_,-J.., ,,,I-_
>,.>_. I_._I _11
,L,,, T"
I I
>_ '-'11
U _
I
:::D. _->
,,,\ ,,.,_ _
_, ,..,o,, J,,.,_
[
>
o._""
Or,uz
_.:_ I
>,,-,
"'<
I_.Uj
"-<
_
>,-,
co >
("4OO +C_l
,.,, _, .
+u.
3-8] SD 7t-700
71 Space Division "_",_'_'_ NorthAmencan Rockwell
)>.
I)
4_
0 o
4_
4_
r_
I
N
O
II .u.
_/" _____
I-- _'_!-" "-'-1 _l _ ,_!__ o-_ _":I" x
I o
___
v
_..J
Z O
ar O
3-82SD 71-700
.t
__ SpaceAmencan Rockwell North Division
DM
The CCU to bulkhead for and
No. 1 (CDR) receptacles CCU box
and and
No. then
3 (SPT) through in the and
wires are brought the DM to Salyut Salyut for each CCU connector for use provided suit side on the
through interface of the two is provided in the Salyut. on the DM
the to in
provide astronauts. the DM Individual control power is function
individual A speaker
connectors with pig-tail speaker (CCU-1
a carry-through circuit breakers to control voltage CCU Switches 28 and 1 and dropping Nos.
box is provided and CCU-3) are speaker-box and dropping on the breaker DM DM wiring interface. astronaut
panel (via for The
vdc
for
operation, resistors Salyut
headset power provide of DM DM
amplifier (if biorned this same
resistors), redundant 3 power circuit and side crewman protect of the
required).
interface. panel the CCU/
intercom/TV-remote power the and Salyut SPT box on
control with
serves speaker
to interrupt
associated
The to the CM interface
CDR bulkhead connector
communication This is may biomed is required be extremely
umbilicals because susceptible
are the to pin
left CCU
attached bulkhead or
receptacles. configuration umbilicals voice or required.
damage
during connection. The both visiting cosmonauts to Sa/yut interface, if
used for data back
interconnecting across the
one CSM/DM
and Salyut. Salyut the the
Each of the transferring a modified CCU for use The and/or CCU's in of the exchanged will DM. as also
astronauts will during contingency be used CCU damage in the PTT CM be selected audio during bulkhead to the in DM function panels to provide the and The
carry an EVA pressure activity in either the return interface carry-along CM and Salyut. will for be The for provide for prebreathing connectors CCU's will
suit DM or have
in the to reduce
inserts possibility
a modification
reconnection
Crewman mike intercom intercom backup transmission.
communication with The or can the manual individual normal also
Salyut available can
hot
air-to-ground to provide air-to-ground C_VI transmit/
configured various
communication
modes.
receive functions and receive modes. It is voltage Salyut ication CCU's
recommended resistors
that be The speaker it affords
the
CCU
power in the
switches, control box
receptacles, that prime with houses
and the
dropping TV station. link because for backup
located box is maximum
to be used as the crew mobility,
crew communthe usage of
and
crew
prebreathing.
3-83 SD 71-700
_Ji_
3.5.6
Real-Time
Telemetry
Transmission for telemetry
The DM ECLSS system status parameters recommended consist of the following measurements as a minimum: 0 Z tank pressure OZ/N Z tank pressure Total DM pressure DM air temperature 0 Z partial pressure The individual shields junction CM PCM 3.5.7 five measurement twisted-shielded
lO lO 10 1 I0
s/s s/s s/s s/s s/s
signals will be routed to the CM PCM on pairs via the CM/DM electrical umbilical. will be terminated of the above in the CM instrumentation five measurements
All
and signal returns box. The addition capability. Requirements on to Salyut equipment. the
is within present
Salyut-Type
Vehicle ranging will utilize the existing CSM
CSM/DM VHF ranging
rendezvous
LM for
The Salyut vehicle VHF/AM transceiver transfer or will system be preference omni
will require, (with diplexer and in with an coverage compatible the
in
addition included), orbit plane
to the previously required a LM-type ranging to provide as equipment spherical and will coverage The satisfy a minimum.
turnaround Salyut
assembly
antenna(s) the CSM
the system from 370.5 _: 137.Z5
performance km (Z00 meters (450
'nm) ft).
requirements to provide to 152.5 meters (500 ft)
slant range with errors
measurements within
The antenna scimitar antennas changes. switchable mounted)
system for the CSM will utilize the selectable SM to provide ranging during CSM rendezvous attitude must consider either multi(possible solar panel endcoverage in the orbit plane.
The required Salyut antenna system antennas or a single boom-mounted ornni-antenna to provide 360-degree
To provide this coverage, the radiating element could be mounted normal to the orbit plane so that the solar-inertial Salyut will always have the antenna within the line-of-sight of the approaching CSM. An attitude pointed option would such that the along the Salyut be to use Salyut Salyut vehicle is to CSM antennas oriented with a modified to maintain the vehicle antennas
line-of-sight.
3-84 SD 71-700
_ib
CSM not that and 3.6
A potential voice link observe the be DM The Salyut temporarily THERMAL thermal the
is to
problem in using its impact upon period VHF/AM disabled CONTROL control on the system during during CSM
the VHF CSM VHF ranging voice the duplex
ranging ranging acquisition. link be
link for the Salyut if the cosmonauts It is utilized phase. recommended as a backup
to did
quiet
rendezvous
SYSTEM (TCS) design requirements ECLSSis consist wall are dependent reject of the
to a significant extent the heat generated by semi-passively following limits :
the ECLSS. crew, TCS the docking
If an active requirements module
used to primarily
maintaining
temperature
within
Minimum F Unmanned Manned 35 65 K 274.7 291.4
Maximum F II0 78 K 316.3 298.3
Since
the ECLSS
is active,
a preliminary
configuration
consisting
of
multilayered insulation, coatings, and heaters has been defined. ten_ is sensitive to mission requirements, system requirements, configuration. alte rnative s. Further studies are required to fully evaluate
The sysand system
the design
3.6. I
TCS
Configuration
Summary
3.6. I. 1 The of The 0.25
Insulation installation (0.00635 supported retained in the phase on post. by recommended ram) by aluminized nylon posts for DM attached insulation mylar, to the consists mounted structure which depressurization holes per of 45 by fits layers Velcro into an during meter
rail
crinkled
externally.
blankets,
tape, are identation the launch
the posts by The blankets (0.
a nylon split-washer, are vented for 125 in. ) holes (97
3. 18 mm
square
or 9 holes per square between sheets. For thermal conductivity (1.56 x 10 -7
foot) in each sheet. analytical purposes, of the insulation was
The holes are not colinear it was assumed that the apparent equal to 90.0 x 10 -5 Btu/hr-ft-F
watts/meter-K).
3-85 SD 71-700
#_b
3.6.
1.2
Coatings
For that would exceed that the exposed optical 3.6. 1.3 the CM
the
baseline more
mission, than 70
it is possible percent limit of the
to encounter exposed (If0 GI" F). 1015)
heating to
rates
cause upper
sidew, all
temperature (Schjeldahl of the for DM.
of 316.45K No.
It is recommended be and applied to the
coating
Company's I'he nominal
surfaces properties Heaters
(undegraded c=
uncontaminated)
this
coating
are
a s = 0. 16;
0.4.
rhe 20 such these that internal watts. lights, as tank
heat This
loss heat etc.). mounts
through leak Local and are very be may
the be heaters venting
baseline made may ducts. to by up
insulation by be design internal required
is
on heat at
the
order dissipation
of
(fans,
penetration heat leaks It be made is
points created possible up by at
However,
the
penetrations these leaks dissipation. may
sensitive
configuration. design and
minimized
careful
significant docking
amount system,
of heat
may
be
lost in the during
vicinity
of the Since
international the insulation
especially has not been
undocked
operations. of this
configuration
determined heater
at the time requirements.
writing, ever, presence surfaces structure fin and 3.6.2
it is premature it is probable of components which in the present Insulation are part
to attempt
to identify will be
Howdue to the to
that heaters (lines, of the of the
required
in this vicinity etc.) mounted
shock DM hatch
absorbers, Also, will
directly of the primary as a
interior. periphery heat
a portion behave
vicinity
thermally
a potential Installation
significant
loss.
Considerations
Installation relatively readily easily high repaired. damaged by
of multilayered
insulation In addition, blankets
on the damage
exterior to the inside
of the blankets
DM can
offers be be
performance. Conversely, occupants
installed as
the for
DM repair.
may
and
are
not
accessible
The developed DIN accomplished to those
post-mounted for the A the
Velcro-tape Inter-Planetary significant compatibility arrlount
type Vehicle of with
of
installation
proposed Program testing requirements has
was (Reference been similar
Insulation development performance
68SD4266). of
to verify IRDM.
One not and causes peel off installation. the
of
the during
significant launch. The rapid air to
considerations Air is trapped of the reduction balloon
is ambient blankets.
assurance layers pressure I'he
that
the during during
supports fabrication launch forces
do
between
entrapped
membrane
3-86 SD 71-700
._
tend
to tear
the
blankets Several foot)
at
the
support,
or
peel
the
Velcro
tape
that
retains
the supports. meter (4-by-10 30.4 tested length heat Since created stringer insulation vessel. rapidly. to 60.8 varied was loss, more by
successful tests blankets retained
had been vertically
conducted by supports
with 1.22-by-3.05 located on
cm (12 to 24 inch) centers. from 19 to 24; they were approximately 1.52 cm (0.6 that number it has been recommended air is entrapped, this ballooning. This is
However, the number of layers installed over posts whose support in.). To minimize DM insulation be the utilized. problem and 45 layers of layers true for of insulation aggravates the single-skin
especially
configuration to a web Provisions
adopted, since it has been proposed to mount the located approximately 2.54 cm (1.0 in. ) from the pressure must be made to vent this additional volume of air
Possible solutions to the potential the number of layers to approximately insulation heat loss (to about 45 watts). the is ability to create of the fixture installation to ensure to vent support proper hard-mounted posts.
ballooning problem 20 and accepting the This would increase adequately. This blanket An would placement. the and covered layer. alternative require
include reducing increase in confidence in solution the fabrication
of a tooling
Additional considerations (0.125-in.) diameter vent holes have holes patch, 3. 6.3 been through which Thermal The solar mined sufficient successfully the entire is taped Coatings portion vented blanket. in place
include increasing to 16/ft 2. Also LM by using The to the colinear holes outermost are
number of 0. 318-cm SM insulation blankets (0.5-in.) with diameter a 30-layer
1.27-cm
cylindrical
of the
DM
receives
a significant angles. area temperature surfaces receives
amount
of deterof
energy, depending that more than 70 energy to cause
upon attitude and beta percent of the cylindrical violation of the upper area (those operations)
It has been can receive limit
316.45 K (110 the orbit plane of energy. In
F). The remaining during local-vertical order to facilitate
in the vicinity of a lesser amount
installation, it has been decided to utilize /_ <1.0): the Schjeldahl Company's GT 1015. the CM radiator-type coating (a s This material normally consists of successive layers of adhesive, Kapton, vacuum-deposited aluminum and silicon monoxide. For this application, The thickness of the silicon it is not necessary to utilize the adhesive. monoxide is varied to obtain the desired emissivity; to minimize insulation heat withas/e GT vacuum (14 days) loss rates, it is intended to obtain as low an emissivity as is consistent requirements. 1015 is sensitive and UV energy. will permit use to degradation However, the of this material, 3-87 SD 71-700 caused relatively by exposure short mission to a hard duration
,_
An consists Teflon of this is
alternate coating of vacuum-deposited varied is selection withstand to its obtain relative of the the
is the
aluminized aluminum desired insensitivity
Teflon (FEP), which normally on Teflon. The thickness of the emissivity. to will effects and (3) The degradation. to some to extent, during degradation on launch, its principal advantage
coating Final
material ballooning heating,
depend,
ability
to (1)
encountered resistance
(2) sensitivity caused by the 3.6.4
to RCS plume RCS plume. Thermal been
Preliminary Analysis has leaks,
Analysis primarily The feasibility operations - Manned heat loads to evaluate to assess ECLSS tank the supports, magnitude and the the of the
conducted
various
heat
including
insulation,
international wall temperature 3.6.4. 1
docking system. during manned Thermal
of passively controlling was also investigated. Operations
Passive
Control
A cursory manned operations
examination of the led to a decision by passive requirements
dissipated in the DM during the feasibility of controlling was performed performance parameters results 1600 hot in the are condirequired. 250 K and
the wall temperature to determine heater for steady-state analysis shown Btu/hour tions (k/x) For
means. An initial analysis as a function of insulation conditions. The variable and beta angle. The pertinent that it is required to dissipate insulation during the worst-case insulation unit (0.4 Btu/hr-sq internal heat
solar-inertial
were wall temperature in Figure 3-55. Assuming (470 watts) through the (wall temperature of approximately
= 296.9 IC (75 F), an 2.3 watts/sq meter-K the data shows an worst-case cold wall temperatures
conductance ft-F} is dissipation
this
unit for
conductance, (unmanned, minimum
requirement 400 watts (55 F)
condition) of 274.7
of approximately K (35 F) and 285.8
respectively. Heater requirements an analysis capabilities that the was heat of this magnitude to were considered unacceptable. of utilizing analysis, it was 0.2 cal/ temperature
Therefore, the heat-sink was assumed gm-K was one further coefficients (0.2 291. hour,
conducted of the primary capacitance also
evaluate the feasibility structure. For this of the structural mass that the initial was for transfer wall
Btu/lb-F). 3 K (65 F) and (2) unoccupied
It was
assumed
the occupation for one hour, was availabile to ensure large
time history (3) occupied and rapid capable heat
(1) occupied for 3 hours. It was of producing to the film structure.
assumed
that
a fan
sufficiently
3 -88 SD 71-700
._.: SpaceAmer_n Rod<well NorlJ1 Division
(sJJ V_
I_
o C
4_
lJ '-el C 0
L1
Ip
o. o
,,...4
t_
I
.,=4
(_H/nIB){D
:3-89 SD 71-700
The Z91.3 K (65 conductance,
amount F) was
of time
it took and
for
the
structure as heat
to cool a function dissipation.
back
down of unit
to thermal
determined mass,
parametrically internal are shown presented
available
The results wall-temperature mentioned unit thermal imposed evaluated. 0.56 by
of the analysis responses are
in Figure 3-56. Transient as a function of the parameters are shown represents as a function limitations parameters of 0. Z8 to based constraints For k/x's make-up heat are unit thermal are of
above. Cool-down-time conductances (k/x).
capabilities The envelope
either analytical assumptions The portions of the envelope meter-t( (0.05 to 0. 10
or the value betweenl_/x Btu/hr-sq ft-F)
of the values are
watts/sq
limitations
on available mass imposed at those <0.05, cool-down requirements presented conductance. required, It is influenced Z98.7 these K (65 bands as the
and internal heat dissipation. The vertical specific k/x values are somewhat arbitrary. times become excessive; for k/x's >0. 10, excessive. of wall be seen becomes that, an The temperature make-up heat requirements requirements and
become a function It can penalty
if relatively short increase in heater
cool-down times size requirements. are band strongly 290.7
important to note by the very narrow to 78 would ECLSS F) and the enhance
that the results permissible assumed the feasibility Heat Losses
of the study temperature timelines. approach. of this
to of
occupancy
A relaxation
3.6.4.2
Tank-Support analysis ECLSS
the
A preliminary heat loss at the
was conducted to determine tank-support mounts. It was to the pressure vessel amount of environmental
the' magnitude assumed that by aluminum; heating
of the it was
support structure would be coupled was also assumed that no significant incident on the web structure. The loss shown {for watts apparent
heat It is 40 is
results of the analysis are shown as a function of wall temperature, that that for these an aluminum support must application System be losses or the installation, points) reduced a total coatings, International of eight
in Figure material, the if the by total web careful
3-57, and loss
which presents web emissivity. is approximately is of 0. 2. It
emissivity selection
materials, 3,6.4.3
of effective Analysis presenting the
insulation.
Docking
NASA-MSC thermal extremes.
furnished
a report
results
of preliminary F)
analysis conducted to determine It was noted that a minimunl
shock absorber temperature temperature of 240.5 I< (-25
3-90 SD 71-700
#4_
A LL O
(,ID u_
(9_1 0t6) "_
8q 000__ --r
U. "O O
.J 0
1_
_.1
eel 0
_= r/
v
:/
v
m
lg)I
g891B'l
00_l
_
..J
:3
O') Z
13
<
o
I
=0
!
31_I11 NMO(]
!
"1003
o (S_H)
SJ_I.VM
SIN31/_3
Id 11303 Id
IV:IH
dn3_lVlN
!;
00
//o/ . ='gJ_
=, 8
II
-t-
,-.
"t-
_,
_
_
_
'_
o
0 m
_ t.3 I
_
_
_
"_._
_oi
E J/ U. I,M fie
0
.J
_ </
__
11= _ X
41
F_
,.-,I
u,. r,,. to (D i_1 .
MUJ o
I
tO 0 url _
"
ol
0
!
:I _InlVl:13d_31 TIVM
el
0
,,, I
u_
::I R.I.Vkl l:J 3din _ .I_ 'IVM T
3-91
SD 71-700
._
Space Division NorthArr_rtcan Rockwell
I
0
u'3
I
i:m
,p-I
[
o 03
3-92 SD 71-700
'_
was the
predicted for the shock IRDM, it is conceivable
absorber that the
for shock
an earth-oriented absorbers will be incident the results that
be on
vehicle. oriented
During such
that no significant environmental local-vertical operations. For
energy will this condition,
this device during of a preliminary F) would tolerance
analysis indicated that an equilibrium be realized. The nature of the analysis of +14K (4-25 F) must be used with this The temperature periphery. wall, data if no report Since furnished in the this part by NASA
temperature is such prediction. also indicated docking is limits heat that the portion
of 228.5 K (-80 a temperature
the latches
magnitude and coupled
of the hatch to the DM The this watts
gradient
vicinity of the
of the structure the
directly are losses heat
the permissible presented was The insulation A preliminary is
wall temperature used to estimate indicated to the was It was inner dew care point must applied analysis hatch. the operations. the that
assumed associated loss is
to apply. with l0 to 25
structure.
examination
exposed conducted determined window It will be
of the
protrusion. the watts 274.7 loss heat may the loss be F) window K (35 at
to determine that 15 to 20 above and design heater
the
window
in the to maintain
required during temperature It is preclude to determine ensure 3.6.5
temperature necessary fogging in the
unmanned above apparent
to maintain
to prevent be and and taken
of visibility. system are to to required
of the analyses requirements
future proper
thermal insulation, system
problems. coating, performance
Additional (possibly)
detailed
compatibility
with
DM
requirements.
Conclusions A preliminary TCS is required heat and for the baseline configured design details. DM For sensitive depends has been outlined. it has
Additional
effort
to define make-up actual
example,
been shown that the design configuration configuration. (from fans and
requirements are definition of heaters
to subsystem on the final
It is not considered probable that lights) would be sufficient to make Local heaters will docking system. that the performance the following
internal up for be
heat dissipation all the potential required in the
heat leaks in the system. vicinity of the international It is sufficiently considered stringent
probably
requirements tests.
of the
TCS
are
to warrant
3-93 SD 71-700
_%
3.6.
5. 1 The
Thermal relatively both the
Vacuum narrow manned
Chamber band and
Test between upper phases and lower wall-temperature a need to conduct particularly design selected local these penetraIn are installation. switch analytical including
limits a thermal insulation for tions addition, the
for
unmanned
dictates
vacuum chamber test to verify TCS performance, and heaters. The insulation performance of the baseline configuration be verified performance by is test is sensitive with sensitive to installation a complete to switch vehicle locations; that the performance, and must heater determined verified control Launch of the Phase external
and
normally model be temperature 3.6. 5.2 Loss prevent mission. tion 3.6.5.3
analytically. It is required to ensure predictable heater and duty Venting cycles. Test installation
insulation
during
launch
would
accomplishment The capability the launch
of crew transfer of the installation phase must be
during the docked phase of the to withstand rapid depressuriza-
during
verified.
Additional Particular studies.
Studies attention should be directed to the following areas during
future
lo
The international docking system poses a potential problem insulation penetrations exposed directly to the environment. These within may impact the capability limits. heater fan requirements. and heat The dissipation heat transfer be to control DM accept&ble
due to
wall temperatures
Identification capabilities included in the
of local of the analysis.
internal
should
Determination maintain wall manned approach internal of this
of DM capability and limitations temperatures within prescribed The studies discussed a relaxation would
to passively limits during indicate that the and limits possibility
operations. is feasible; heat dissipation approach. of the
of the temperature further enhance the
Evaluation including possible fabricated upper
potential
effects
of RCS
plume
impingement, It is may be high
plume heating and external coating degradation. that some of the external layers of insulation from Kapton in order to utilize its relatively temperature limit.
3-94 SD 71-700
Ib
3.7
DM
STOWAGE of IRDM not mission meter by the lockers the stowage (see (10.32 list all Section cubic ft) resulted of the 2.8). of stowage in the required It was, volume conclusion items therefore would that during decided be made the the command launch that available
Study module phase 0.29 could of the cubic
accommodate
in the DM that these to the overcomes of the
provision of three transferrable be launched in the docking module command before module during three stowed OPS crew lockers 3-58. in the remain crew transfer stowage transfer would locations without in the launch
lockers. module and to the operations. Salyut. problem
It is proposed then transferred This without proposal obstruction
command docking For
module the shown will The be stowage four
launch, they module
be
stowed shown the
in the transfer in Figure
docking to the 2-29. is shown
module command The in
in the module, docking Figure
locations
in Figure configuration
Following
lockers
3-59. The
DM. for seven days in the docking is presented in in the module.
command The docking Table 3-16.
baseline module module
stowage plan stowed consumables and the remaining seven-day supply stowage list for the baseline plan
Table
3-16. Item
DM
Stowage
List--Baseline Quantity 6
Towels Tissue LiOH Fecal Dispenser collection assembly
5 14 12 1 6 3 5 1 2 4 5 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 pr 2 3-95 SD 71-700
Food (for 7 days) Constant wear garment 70-ram 16-ram Fecal Urine OPS film film transfer bags magazine magazine bag
Tapes - EREP Fire extinguisher Prebreath unit Emergency CCU cable CCU control EMU Visor EVA LCG 0 2 mask head kit SEVA
maintenance assembly, glove hose s
_l_b
Sp2ceA,mencan Rockwell North Divisfon
OPS (4) DOCKI NG MODULE COMMAND O2MASK (2) STOWAGE LOCKERS (3) TRANSFERREDTO CM DURING DM USE
FIRE EXTINGUI COMMUNI CATI ONS & TRACKING EQUIP FOOD STICKS, WASTE COLLECTION BAGS, URINE BAGS VISOR ASSY, SEVA AND 1 PR CONTROLS & DISPLAYS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM COMMUNI CATI ONS (SPEAKERS) BOX INTERNATIONAL DOCKING
Figure
3-58.
DM
Launch
Stowage
COMMAND MODULE DOCKI NG _ PRESSURE GARMENT (PGA) 12)
CA,,Y.RU T
S PEAKER BOX WATER BAG
EQU IPMENT TRANSFER CONTA I NER
INTERNATIONAL
DOCKI NG
Figure
3-59.
DM
Inflight
Stowage
3-96 SD 71 - 700
, Division Ca"i _ )Space NorthAmencan Rockwell
An module later. Table 14 to
alternate and the
plan remaining
to
stow three
consumables days in the
for 11 days in the command docking module was developed plan is reduced level. transferable for the lockers stowage similar from to
The 3-16 6 and The
docking except the internal
module that the
stowage number was
list for the alternate of LiOH elements was reduced for to a three-day the three
quantity
of food
stowage
arrangements The stowage is depicted to be are
are depicted in Figure volume in the equipment The Figure Figure J-mission's Two new
3-60. rack equipment containers
arrangement in Figure 3-61. in the and DM are
stowed required
is
shown
in in
3-62. 3-63. The four
pictured
oxygen in Figure AIDS
purge 3-58.
systems
(OPS)
for
ECLSS
use
are
stowed
where 3.8 3.8.
shown DOCKING 1 Aids The
for CSM The
CSM docking sight COAS
Docking aids (COAS) is an
to
Docking
Module of a CM-mounted docking device target with crewman (Figa calibrated through the docking of the to give go/no-go automaSLA to reticle
system and optical
consists gunsight-type
optical ure reticle combiner target target range CSM tically provide 3.8.2
alignment 3-64). projected glass located are and on
a SLA-mounted
on a combiner glass. The crewman viewing centers the reticle image on a three-dimensional a boom rate alongside to match data and for from structural successful the DM the to give the DM. calibration visual cues The size on the and shape COAS
proportioned closing
to indicate
to DM alignment swings away maximum Aids The
docking. during DM
The target boom extraction from the
clearance. to Salyut with is the Salyut on the are illustrated target in Figure in a manner 3-65.
for Docking aids reticle for docking image
The similar larger COAS more with
COAS
centered
Salyut
to the CM to than the target to Salyut. The critical Salyut. docking
DM docking operation. The salyut docking target is for DM docking because of the greater distance from proportional size will be different because of the cues for allowable vehicle misalignment when docking
3-97 SD 71-700
l"_
LiO H ( 14}
LOCKER. LAUNCH TRANSFER
VOLUME IN DM, TO CM
D2
) LOCKER, VOLUMED1 LAUNCH IN DM. TRANSFER TO CM , CONSTANT GARMENTS WEAR (6)
TOWELS
(6)
ERS TAPES_(5)__
16 MM FILM MAGAZINES (5) LOCKER, LAUNCH
70 MM
FILM
MAGAZINES
(3)
VOLUME D3 IN DM, TRANSFER
TO CM
Figure
3-60.
DM
Transferrable
Stowage
Lockers
rooD._
j_A__',,_ \'Y" 1_..\
TOWAGE PROVISIONS - STRAPS, SNAPS _-STOWAGE VOLUME
FORAUNCH,TEMS L OF USED INDM
"k[',l'l ASSY (12)
1 N.
F I ,, Ik.?9/C
FECAL C0'IECTION-_4.I\:L_/\ _
_..D"_ " "FECAL STOWAGE BAG ./_ PMENT RACK /
_E
Figure
3-61.
DM
Equipment
Rack
Stowage
3 -98 SD 71 - 700
@w_
DRINKING WATER SYSTEM__ WATER CONTAINER (2) DRINKING VALVE (2)
TEMPORARY STOW CONTAINER (1)
WASTE MANAGEMENT FECAL COLLECTION ASSY (12) FECAL STOW CONTAINER (1) URINE COLLECTION CONTAINER (1) UTS (GFE) (2)-__._...__
OXYGEN MASK (GFE) (2)
FIRE EXTINGUISHER (1)
HAND HOLD STRAP (6) Figure 3-62. DM Crew Equipment, J-Mission Type
PGA CONTAINER (2)-
50.8 CM (20. 0 i N. )_
(60.0 !N.)
I-_50.8 M C
EQUIPMENTcoNTAINER (1)__ TRANSFER
/
_
l_-,', >_.
_'_" _ -_//(42 Figure 3-63. DM Crew 3 -99 SD
l
//_/to.
// IN.) New .
32CM
(8 IN.)
_.....__ _.6sCM
Equipment,
71-700
_i
b . _
COMBINING
OM TARGET__Z--."\
_.._<_.';'.'_
,"
f%
Y _ /_
\ \-_._.--
\\_,
_
,,
_,, C*.LE S
?-',:_ I,._
_ TARG _
ELEVATION
\
\ ,_ //
W,NDOW
""
RETICLE
- _r t_._'_ :_
_'_" .,,_!_y_l
:W/
___.
_Y
"--"-ALIGNMENT AUGNMENT \ \\ BARREL \LOCK \
/
-_
INTENSITY
........
PRECONTACT ;gECTOIgTACT
v LINE OF SIGHT LH RENDEZVOUS WINDOW _ _-/-_ ......_'"" \ _'..-'_';'
_"% ,'-., .-"_'_.J
DM DOCKING TARGET
'"//: ,/hi
],_. }J_"k'_
_- I I .t_
_._.'}'_-i"_"_"_"_"_"_"_k _. _ _'_'% ,t_-'_. .L,_ '_ J_ z'j \COASASSY "
PROJECTED .RETICLE IMAGE
,;','// yr_.._._'_'_X\ "/// II 11_4!_111-\\_\\_,11 '"i'i'-
I .... _
., ./.r-
._,_"
y It1_1 ,__.
II _ _1 I _ ki.
l|i_
_\_\_'_l',_}JlJ
#_
\,ARR_"
"_--___: I -_ +Y
']] //
FRAME / FILTER /
_._..._\ "---_"
(1G}
Figure
3-64.
CM
to DM
Docking
Aids
goALYUTG
TARGET
LINE OF SIGHT\
j/SALYUT DOCKING
I,_L +Y
WINDOW _ LH RENDEZVOUS
...-'"""" _'_ "_._:,-'"_'_
PROJECTED TARGET IMAGE _,_Sx"
_a,,
-_'! -z
ALl GNMENT POSITION !_' Y 'q_'-.._ ,..,_"/" I / ''_'
+Y
_s_,,_ _,,_s
Figure
3-65.
CM/DM
to Salyut
Docking
Aids
3 -I00 SD 71-700
._,. _
SpaceArnencan Rockwell Nodh Division
3. 9
DM
SUPPORT 3-66 access Support tubular as target.
TRUSS depicts and Truss truss
AND the clearance
SLA DM
SEPARATION in the SLA and Figure 3-67
Figure presents 3.9. 1 the DM The of acting launch-phase docking The minimum minimizes The reasons:
installed dimensions.
depicted the
in Figure
3-68
serves
the
triple
function
a SLA stiffener support for
in place of a lunar DM, and providing
module (LM), providing a a support for the CSM/DM
all-welded weight weight DM joint and
aluminum advantage. with dollar utilizes no
tube The costs. existing
truss
was
chosen The
because
of its provides
inherent a also
strength-to-weight
welded-joint
configuration welded
eccentricities.
assembly
support
LM
thrusters
for
the
following
Existing associated interface. The the
hardware hardware
can
be from
used the
by relocating the thrusters periphery of the SLA to the
and DM
thrusters SLA. new
provide
positive
separation
of the
CSM/DM
from
3.
.
No The
qualification
testing of thrusters regime the LM of
is
required. obviates new and be secured crew-training attitude to the It would control. truss then with be
incorporation in the mission, in their the truss
procedures For the thrusters possible to configuration, of scientific The the target if it were change in spring-loaded clearance an alternate retained separate the
separation could
DM as as
separation
locations. an integral a mounting
DM and truss could be used
combination. In this base for various items
equipment. docking at the mounted target same on will relative a LM. be mounted on an A-frame, which will retain as a be
distance and This arrangement and
in the same relative position will obviate a need for The adequate separation A-frame separation sequence. will
crew,training at to fall away f_ rst movement
procedures
simulations.
from the DM to provide of the DM during the
3-101 SD 71-700
_4_b
<
U_
..4
0) cO
4-}
ul
_3
,.O
!
t_
.,4
3-102 SD 71-700
_I . _4_
Space Division Nor_Amencan Rockwdl
..---%
I
|
' 'l,
m
0 I,I
<
t_
<
Z 0 U
I
< N
!
3-103 SD
i,ii JL _ " 7= m' _ ....
71-700
----_ ....... - _-_ _ _ _ 7
_7,_--
_)
>.
,--4
,m
<
_n _n
4.-)
U3
,.o
!
.,4
/\,,
I #
/\ , /
3-104 SD 71-700
"_ _'_b
Space Division Nodh Arnencan Rockwell
3.9. Z
DM/SLA The existing
Separation LM separation and have LM hardware separation legs with will be used for DM/SLA in Figto LM socket tie straps detonators At firing straps of the are
separation. ure 3-69. fittings similar are detonators, opened tension to begin (Further
The tie-down The DM will and will to those the by the springs.
system is socket fittings truss with Two Apollo tie-down and retained straps the
illustrated similar tension standard leg. tie-down
be attached used for frangible
to the support tie-down. link are at each fractured
installed
in each
frangible links
frangible link impulse and Release of the tie-down
in the allows the DM thrusters
open position by the spring thrusters from are tie-down 3-70. 3-71 the SLA. not required. systems )
stroking to provide investigation may The support detonators The truss will or thrusters
the velocity to eject show that the spring be
without
secured to the SLA with as illustrated in Figure depicted in Figure
to
sever The
LM/SLA umbilical the DM/SLA umbilical. following flight-qualified LM
guillotine
will
be
used
hardware straps link
will
be
used:
tie-down
Frangible
Apollo standard detonator LM ejection spring thruster Lower LM umbilical guillotine Confined _4otion (for 3. I0 DM STRESS AND LOAD detonating cord pickup transducer preload LIMITS analysis of the proposed docking structure of the pressure hull criteria are listed are in listed Table in Table 3-18. IN DM equipment installations in the 3-17. module and the The design support preadjustment}
was truss.
A preliminary made to size The limit SCIENTIFIC Two examples resultant
the
stress primary design loads
liminary 3. II
docking
EQUIPMENT.INSTALLATION of potential scientific
docking
module
are
appended.
3-105 SD 71-700
,I, _ "/i_ib '
II
0 "cJ
._-,I
Cl
.,D
I
O'3
3-106 SD 71-700
C_b
""_
ID
Q 0 ,,D 0
,'_ ,_ t_
.r-I
0
_
40
._
4_ .t-t
4-o r-I
0 [.)
_ m
,._ 0
L)
b9
1-1 r_ II
0 03 0 0 40 o
r-4 ! erl .r-i
_ 4343 _
o o Oo 0 oog
o 0 "0
} 43 t_ 0
o,1 n II _ Q)
F_
0
m
_<03
43
43
m
4_ _
40 40
0
.r-i
_9
m
N
C3
3-108 SD 71-700
SLA ADAPTER STRUCTURE Wl TH SOCKET FITTINGS THAT ARE ! DENTICAL TO LM SOCKET FIll "TIE-DOWN SYSTEM WITHOUT DETONATORS
Figure
3-70.
Truss/SLATiedowns
OPTIONAL METHOD IS TO ATTACH GUILLOTINE TO DOCKING MODULE

DM DM TO SLA UMBILICAL DETONATOR RD CROSS OVER
, POTTED SHOULDER ON LIMBILI(
GUILLOTINE BLADE
DETONATOR
SLA ADAPTER/ STRUCTURE "
Figure
3-71.
Guillotine
Mounted
to SLA
Adapter
3-107 SD 71-700
'" ' _%
Space Division Nodh American Rockwell
Table
3-18.
Preliminary
Limit
Docking Docking
Loads
for
DM
Interface Int e r national CSM / DM Salyut/ Soyuz
Docking Vehicle
System CSM
Apollo DM/S-IVB
Vehicle Docking
masses mode
(slugs)
904
1288
940
1725
(Soft Maximum Axial Axial Lateral Bending Axial Note s: Loads for
e
dock)
(Hard
dock)
/Soft
dock)
(Hard
dock)
interface tension (lb) compression shear (lb} moment torque
loads 5,000 (lb) (in. -lb) 2,700 1,910 48,480

g
2,900 4,320 830 216,700

m
1,500 2,000 1,200 2, 400 34,000

o t| :>
(in.-lb)
le
based purposes
on
Apollo
velocity
and
alignment
contact
criteria
of comparison. docking loads. limit docking loads were derived from the sixsystem loads calculated from MSC
International (Schliesing)
Preliminary
degrees-of-freedom, program for the
three-dimensional Apollo docking hardware
docking FORTRAN side of the DM.
3. 11. I
S-190
Multispectral
Camera of an S-190 observation multi-
spectral during
A feasibility camera the primary Camera camera Only the reotation camera
study was conducted of the installation in the DM as an alternate payload for and backup missions.
earth
3. 11. 1. 1 The device, pitch-axis permit
Modifications would be the Skylab type with a revised gimbaling support
local portion capability, for
of the inner yoke would Release mechanisms inflight stowage within the
be retained to provide would be added to DM.
removal
3-109 SD 71-700
3. 11.
1.2 An
Installation optical provided is which magazines Conclusion fused for illustrated
Requirements silica camera be be window and 3-72. during during two An longitudinal launch interior transfer truss and window operation. members operation. cover The operations. would camera The
would be and
be
installation stowed stowed
during camera crew
installation provided, film
in Figure
would would
3. II. 1.3
A satisfactory backup 3.11.2 mission S-193 The the instrument of installation 3. ii.2. i bulk with
installation crew transfer
is
considered requirements.
feasible,
particularly
for
the
Microwave of the in the on the
Radiometer radiometer module truss was or inside made. makes the it impractical DM. A feasibility to install study
microwave service support
S-193
Configuration S-193 configuration comprises a large package of 83.6 x 58.5 x 8 inches, plus a 44.5-inch The package is mounted The external back to the Skylab trusses. plate of the package
The existing Skylab with maximum dimensions diameter workshop is designed 3. II.2. 2 Figure dish antenna. to radiate
on one of the supporting
heat to space. Support Truss on the resulting clearance DM support truss.
Installation on the DM 3-73 shows a potential
installation
The existing Skylab package may be used with ciency. The installation would provide adequate truss withdrawal from the SLA. 3. ll.Z.3 A installation a mission 3.1Z Conclusion satisfactory must which installation of necessity permitted the on the be made support
economy and effifor DM and
DM support on a vehicle truss to be
truss that
is feasible. The would accommodate with the DM.
withdrawn
PRODUCIBILITY The manufacturing and stage hardware techniques and experience gained through the and flight: the
development Saturn S-II qualified
production of the highly reliable Apollo spacecraft have provided the expertise required to produce on schedule at minimum cost. Facilities
currently
3-110 SD 71-700
0_i_
JNTING TRUSS MULTI SPECTRAL CAMERA , NADIR / ...... FUSED SILICA WINUUW
EQUIPMENT _+S_// \\
RACK_ 7I. 12 CM DIA {28.00 IN.) FILM MAGAZINE 02 PURGE SYSTEM INTERIOR COVER (STOWED) T __!
I
45. 72 CM (18. IN.) O0
Figure
3-72.
S-190MultispectralCamera
in
DM
%"
ENGINE NOZZLE
__
_"- SLA
NGMu i
h i
I STRUCTURE SUPPORT
..J
ANTENNA 133 CM DIA
,-_ 58.5 CM
/FI_
........ _"..... " I
"
_ S- 193
20.3 CM (sIN )
Figure
3-73.
S-193
Radiometer/Scat.terometer
Installation
3 -Iii SD 71-700
,_,_)
utilized simultaneous NR assemblies,
for
the
production fabrication
of Apollo and assembly
spacecraft of the in the
are docking
adequate module. of complex
to
permit
has
extensive system
experience modules, these and systems
fabrication structures are
machine skills applicable
flightworthy and
spacecraft. directly
The
employed to produce to the docking module. Master critical tooling interface and special
will
meet
be kept requirements, test
to
a minimum Excess will be
and will be utilized only Apollo tooling, handling used or modified to meet
to the
equipment, requirements
equipment wherever
of manufacturing,
possible. analysis published of manufacture 75 percent as an addendum employing this of the total support
to this excess
The manufacturing report depicts equipment, requirements.
producibility a logical sequence which meets
approximately
equipment
3-112 SD 71-700
_4_
4.0
INTERNATIONAL
DOCKING
SYSTEM
4.1
COMPATIBILITY The primary a USA-qualified with
REQUIREMENTS purpose USSR-fabricated REQUIREMENTS for the IDS with are and release for from docking. the docked the Salyut of the docking international system hardware. with docking system (IDS) is to
provide for 4. Z
interface-compatible
hardware
docking IRDM The

lo
MISSION basic Permit with the
requirements the CSM/DM Salyut
to dock vehicle
USSR
stabilized
Permit interface
the transfer of crew and without removal of the
equipment through docking mechanism.
4.3
DESIGN The two
REQUIREMENTS docking contacting system is vehicles, designed effect to absorb the Closing linkup of the vehicles, impact draw energy the vehicles
of the together, vehicles. vehicle specific
and provide It must be having functions: 1. Z. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7, Attenuates Makes Limits Controls Draws Structurally Provides for the the
final structural and sealing integribf between the capable of docking and undocking with a stabilized interface. The IDS performs the following
a compatible
the
forces
caused mechanical
by
impact linkup
between (capture).
the
vehicles.
primary
vehicle vehicle
rotational misalignments interface and
excursions. before rings seals the retraction. (retraction). interface. clear passageway
docking connects a nominal
together docking
90-centimeter-diameter transfer.
intervehicular
4-1 SD 71-700
_41_b
8. 9. 4.4
Undocks Provides
and
separates
the vehicles. and undocking.
repeated
docking
SYSTEM The IDS
INTERFACES is designed to be mechanically all mechanical as an integral of performing during flight) attached (bolted) to the components system. function. provided docking of Each An between
module (DM). Where feasible, one system will be self-contained interfacing electrical the DM 4.5 and system interface the IDS. will be capable (nonremovable
and hydraulic part of that the will same be
SYSTEM The
CONCEPT present and Ring Base IDS systems and and
AND concept listed
OPERATION (Figure below 4-1) is composed of the major
assemblies i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. It should assembly; 4.5. 1
fingers tunnel
assembly assembly system s and assembly actuators and actuators
Closed-loop Attenuator Capture Structural Electrical be noted that two systems and ring Fingers and structural
hydraulic -actuator
latch ring
assembly latch
system each are international required docking docking. system comprises one
for
Ring The
Assembly assembly assemblies. contact and The between provides latch capture is a floating This vehicles, angular assembly annular assembly distributes and lateral and structure functionally energy alignment actuators are supported serves to the for
fingers
by as eight
eight the
attenuator-actuator initial
attenuator-actuators, and retraction. on this assembly.
capture mounted
4-2 SD 71-700
#4_
SpaceArner_n Rockw_l Noah Division
I.i.I .,,-I
u
"1-
I.i.l
i
u u o
L)
G)
u o
CI
T,
I,-,.t
I.i.I ...I
i
-r-!
"l-I.i..I
>
I.i.I
>
i
a.
4-3
SD
71-700
_1%
4.5.2
Base The
and base
Tunnel and tunnel
Assembly assembly to the integral seal is the Dh4. part are basic structural assembly points and In addition, interface attachsealing the between
ing the docking mechanism lands for the hatch are an assembly ring latches vehicles. 4.5.3 provides and support a pressure
Structural attach of the assembly. for ancillary at the tunnel
attachment
hardware.
Structural
provided
Hydraulic The
Power
System system system that powers and functions of
controls extending, and position accumulators,
hydraulic the hydraulic
power system is a closed-loop actuators which perform
the
retracting, attenuating, are controlled by four and one pressure-sensing
latching, and unlatching. System mode dc solenoid-actuated control valves, two shuttle (lock) valve. Power for packages proalso includes consists mainly
the system is supplied by two integrated electric motor/pump viding 3000 psi hydraulic pressure. This integrated package a reservoir, filters, and relief valves. The tubing system of hard lines, with a minimum number of flexible lines. Most assembly, 4.5.4 of the hydraulic power with the two motor/pump Assembly serve a dual role: extending and system is packages attached to positioned
the base beneath
and two
tunnel fingers.
Attenuator-Actuator Attenuator-actuators
retracting
the absorpgrouped acts
ring and fingers assembly and providing attenuation (metered energy tion) during initial vehi'cle contact. Eight attenuator-actuators are in two's beneath each finger. Functionally, each attenuator-actuator as an seven 4.5.5 independent inches. Capture hydraulic shock absorber, with a stroke
of approximately
Latch
Assembly provides assembly control all and eight
and
Actuators mechanical of four male Two on hydraulic one system. latching and four actuators This between female provide system the two latches power is
mating joined mounted 4.5.6
This assembly rings. This by a common unlock the ring on
the initial consists system. latches assembly. Assembly
to mechanically
fingers Latch
Structural
Ring
and
Actuators the final latching between series of 24 latches joined provide power to lock and
the by
The structural ring interfacing vehicles. a control system. Eight
latch assembly provides It consists of an annular hydraulic actuators
4-4 SD 71-700
,,_|' Space _,
Division
North Amencan Rockwell
effec_
an
interface This adjacent
preload
on
the
latches
as
well base
as and
to
unlock
the assembly,
latches with
for
separation. the latches 4.5.7
system is located on the to the tunnel seal. System controls electrical system serve latching lamps are during power
tunnel
Electrical This system the
for
sensing, and between principal panel by
indicating, The
and electri-
controlling cal and cation pilot. in the sensing fingers is by
hydraulic
docking
undocking.
and indications assembly and incandescent sequences
to differentiate positions. on a DM external
The
modes of the ring method of indiin view electrical of the CM switches
Docking CM. The
hydraulically
controlled
electrical is supplied
power by the
required CSM
by
the
IDS
(28
vdc
and
117
volts,
three-
phase,
ac)
electrical
power
system.
4-5 SD 71-700
i _,
Space
Division
North Amencan Rockwell
5.0
SCIENTIFIC
EQUIPMENT
PAYLOAD
INTEGRATION
5. 1
BASELINE The baseline
COMPLEMENT scientific infrared payload spectrometer scanner complement (with comprises TV monitor) the following:
S-191
S-192 multispectral Microwave radiometer Panoramic ERS tape Displays The capabilities Table 5-1. The in Section These figuration The tially tional IRDM as ("Post-Skylab to those and are 1. Reduce from 2. 3. Add installation 2.2. of the The CSM. and in the final SD and of the camera recorder controls scientific
sensing
equipment
(four)
are
outlined
in
of the requirements can be
baseline accommodated
equipments of the payload within
in the are the
CSM
was
described 5-2. con-
outlined baseline
in Table IRDM
requirements
configurations described Missions",
capabilities report 71-90, June
of the on the 1971). report
individual A few are
items mission modifications proposed
are study
essenaddi-
post-Skylab
described in the listed below: the 22 to a data number 11 (one of per
post-Skylab
for
the
scientific sensor monitor
data rather to ERS the tape
output than ERS
channels 2 per tape sensor). recorder. for
of S-192
recording
Add a buffer the 51.2 kbs Modify the
amplifier to the PCM input. C&D panels.
recorder
isolation
of
4. 5.2
ALTERNATE A number feasibility with the
COMPLEMENTS of alternate of installation. locations scientific These where payload options complements are listed appears most were in Table feasible. studied 5-3, The for
basic together
installation
5-1 SD 71-700
"_
Space Division North Arr_dcan Rockwell
_ w uJz >I..u.i
--I U.I
i
_=,
tJ cd
t,o u_ X X X X X X X I,M.I
I_.
__
r_ "--t
m 0
z
5
I.U
!v
N% o_
_'_ I
NN
r_
Lu
_
"0 0 :>,
c____
,,,_,,=, ..- _ ___
w w
_g
u E
,r,,I 4-J
mmm
_
0_,,4
g
o x .x x x X E z u. '=_ ILl I-o _ z
ILl LM
_r_
I--
_"
g._
,,o.=:
_-_-_
c_ _ I"- u. x x X X X X
E =L
ut_
)-
z__
=L ILl
o _ z
_ _
z _ v z z tu _ _ z
iii
>
_...
/==:>_
i_
5-2 SD 71-700
@i_
Space_ Division No_ Rockwell
(3
)
_) e-(
o"
"0
r-i
o :>.
J _..4
_-_
I
F-
fj u_
,,..I i--I _)
2 =>
! I.n )
..o d
=,
5-3 SD 71-700
f_l'_
Space Division
'V_; No_e_o.o_we,
U3
_o <_
=
o Z 0
0
o :>,
u z -u "1-
C i_"_
pern_utations firm conclusions information distributed 16 November Two
of the requirements to be formed available 1971) at at the the end
were too varied in the time available of the IRDM study study schedule briefing were form ("IRD1V[ Science
and numerous for study, was Supplement", at NASA-MSC.
to permit but the and AP71-Z3-Z,
summarized
in briefing-book
final
example
optional
installations
described
in Section
3.11.
5-5 SD 71-700
_i_
SpaceAmer_an Rockwell North Division
6.0
APOLLO
PROGRAM
HARDWARE
UTILIZATION
Existing utilized to the
Apollo maximum
Program possible
hardware, extent for and
both the
new IRDM
and
reusable, program.
will
be
for
Table 6-1 shows the availability CSM completion or modification.
proposed
usage
of items
required
Apollo
Table 6-2 lists the requirements for the docking Program hardware that will be used.
module
and
shows
the
gram
The production and is listed in Appendix required
checkout equipment D, together with existing
an
required estimate
for the of the for
IRDM extent IRDM
proof the usage.
modifications
to convert
Apollo
equipment
6-1 SD 71-700
C*_.)
North Amencan Rockwell Space Division
hi w l,d I-
z
I.u
> D
m hi n"
I I I I I _N
_-Nm
1 _'_N
t I I _
I I _1
I I I I I I
o
t_ o.
<
Q.
mm_N_
I _
I I I I _-_
I _
I I N--N
I I I I I N i _
I N
o
Ld n"
_m'_mmN_lNI
I I I _ml
i--_1
i'_
<
hi
<
<
ur)
u] U
< I-
0
U
_
J D zz _ ---UU < 0 z z _
z <
>djz
_J_
>
==>>_
<
_< _o__
=_ =_8_ _zzzzz<==_
_ ==
6-2 SD 71-700
f'!!"_ _6_J
Space
Division Rockwell
North _n
I"1U.I 0 re" 0 -!., 0
ua
Z Z I.l,l .I M
(J
(J
tJ
az z
at" O i-_
n0 I-co
_J _Z
o
o X X X X X X X
uJ Z
0
r4 4-J
tq
.,=#
"I" %_. uaO

ILl
o_
"0
X 0 0
<
w
c'b
,,O
o
,0 rd
F_
<
<-_m rJ _ o_ ;_ _0 _ " ZO uauaU_l- ,S"
,_
6-3 SD 71-700
._(_'_
n_ O
nf" Z
nZ
O_
U3
O_
O_
O')
03
U3
<
C)
v
O "lO
_a
,,,O X X X X X
LIJ
_q
;=
t_
t_ X < r_ O >O X X X X X X X
C--"'
Z nO
<
.D rd
0 w
< (,.)
UJ
n(.)
..J
Z _ Z Z
_,
0
z
u_ _
_c
u_ Z
I
Z X _m --
_
_
""
_..
0
?'_
m O t_w ---m :) 0
- 8 o _.._ 7
nuu
7
0
og_
ze o_
_
_
@
z'n_
@
t.D
6-4
SD
71-700
#_
W C.)
O
03
tJ
r,3
C/} rJ
J3 O
tJ3 CJ
tJ3 O
t_3
t23
.)
J3
r_
t./3
03
.J 4-J
O
v
< 3
rr a.
L_
LU
z
4_ $4 O _H
-r I-
o
N .f-i
T=o
wO
IZI n-
D
$4
Du_ _3
$4 cd
o
r-4
>I---i_. uJ
Z n-
<
O
,3
! _O
.o
E_
6-5
SD
71-700
LU O r_ D O (/3
<
w
L)
v
r_
n a.
LU
Z O "lkwO
LM
O
,,-(
t_ N
,r-I
XX
r,-
XX t_
XXXXXXXX
XXXX
XX
O O O. >I--n LU
<
=<==
O
_D
,m
,II
6-6
SD
71-700
i _ _
7.0
TEST
PLAN
The analysis
test required
plan
describes to certify the New flight
the
development new and modified spacecraft similarity, (CTN)
tests,
certification components
tests, required for
and
the IRDM program. will be certified the 7. 1 normal
for
and modified by analysis, test network
systems and components and, in accordance with,
certification MODULE System electrical
procedure.
COMMAND Electrical The CSM
7. 1. 1
system
is
essentially
a :[-series
baseline
with
added Salyut control for
panel controls for the PSQ, Skylab docking, and DM interface controls. box, and deletions and relocations panels are required.
heaters, scientific Minor changes of controls and
equipment, to the RCS wire harnesses
display-and-control Telecommunications The Skylab speaker
7. 1.2
box
and
wire
harness
will
be
certified
by
similarity.
7. 1.3
Stowage stowage provision components will be certified by analysis or
All similarity. 7.2
SERVICE Structure The service be on RCS
MODULE
7.2. 1
module which by
structure includes analysis. will new
will The also
be
modified member
to
incorporate in the microwave
a PSQ. PSQ
The cutout
modification, will the
edge be
closeouts of the by analysis.
certified aft
installation certified
radiometer 7.2. Z
bulkhead
System test utilizing will be conducted SM 100 (3RC-2) at Downey to evaluate as a test bed. With of the the existing PSM and the revised minimum system, a PSQ.
SM
A breadboard RCS system
structural the test
rework and minor modifications vehicle will be modified by removing
manifold installing
7-1 SD 71-700
i_%
The mode
test will
evaluate
servicing, flows, IPA/water and
draining thermal to simulate
operations, effects the on
system system
pulse-
operating
dynamics, Freon
ullage
pressures 7.2.3
utilizing Thermal
propellants.
Control
The revisions 7.2.4
thermal will be
control certified System
coatings, by analysis
insulation, based upon
heater, the
and 2TV-2
system test data.
Electrical
Minor boxes battery. 7.2.5 are
changes required,
to the with an
SMpower added
distribution, Skylab by diode/fuse analysis
RCS box or
control, and
and
MOM
a supplemental
These
items
will be
certified
similarity.
SIMStructure
The pan be 7.3 camera certified DOCKING
SIM and by
requires
structural of S191
modifications and S192.
for mounting The structural
the
relocated will
installation analysis. MODULE
changes
7. 3. 1
Structure
static
test
article
will
be
tested
at Downey design limit
in Building loads
288
to yielding
demonstrate and ultimate
DM capability loads without
to withstand failure.
without
The ment
test
article hatches,
will
be
comprised fittings,
of the and SLA
primary support
structure, structure.
equip-
module,
drogue
The Salyut pressure; +6.2 x 103
test will burst N/m N/m N/m 2
include
static OPS tests x 103 (154.9
loading support, to limit 2 [16.9 103 N/m N/m
conditions and pressures psig])
for
CM/DM with x 103
docking, internal N/m 2
docking,
end-of-boost pressure (116.2 2 x 2 x 1.33 1.5
end-of-boost 110.3 proof
N/m x
pressure and burst pressure
116. 5 x 116. 5 x
103 103
2 [22. 5 psig]) 2 [25.4 psig]).
(174.8
x 103
7. 3.2
Component
Tests
A be on
component prior hatch
static-structures to the DM be static
test test.
of the A
tank and
support ultlmate
structure pressure
will test
conducted the new
limit
will also
conducted
at Downey.
7-2 SD 71-700
7. 3. 3 Dynamic The SLA/LM The structure The conducted be tested. dynamic test
Environment environment CM be inner verified levels levels exceed will by will be will structure analysis. be defined by for analysis; New test delta tests will be will be defined response, by analysis and LM utilizing exposure the time.
data, will
component where Modifications
qualification analyzed
levels.
components
requirements.
7.3.4
Telecommunications Two new antennas certification tests. certified test The by and a transceiver test analysis. Downey ATEE Laboratory scientific is equipment required or to a simulator requirements is transponder will GFE. be (CTR); certified A Skylab by the suppliers will box include will
to the antenna be
normal pattern and
certification speaker
added
Engineering determine with a data 7.3.5 electronic modulator
in the capability, and the
utilizing DRR.
Instrumentation The flight instrumentation on the DlV[ will measurements be certified by (signal similarity. conditioners and
current
limiters)
7.3.6
Electrical
The DlV[ requires C&W ECLSS flow monitoring, a master-alarm or similarity. addition of two pushbutton. All
annunciators, of these items 7. 3.7 Thermal The and will An the tive DM of the be
two CDU logic will be certified Vacuum flight Test unit
modules, and by analysis
second
will
be
utilized after
as test prior
a thermal completion. to manned and load will
vacuum
test
article
refurbished test systems
to flight will be
status conducted two-man
unmanned and the its mission. cooling
tests be
to
subject to
to temperature A simulated system.
extremes heat
gradients
representaprovided
exercise Two conducted with the
manned tests in lVISC thermal axis normal
of approximately vacuum chamber to the lunar plane
48-hour A.
duration each The DM will bc rotation
will be oriented about that
X-X
to permit
7-3 SD 71-700
_L_
axis tor
relative and the
to the DM; and
side the
solar other
simulators. test will be
One with
test CM
will simulator,
be
with the
Ch/i DM,
simulaand
the Salyut simulator. The simulators will consist of sufficient structure to provide the proper thermal boundary conditions. These tests will verify the overall thermal performance and design adequacy of the insulation, thermal control coatings, heaters, suit-cooling system, pressurization system, integrated man-in-the-loop. ber A's man-rating considerations. 7.3.8 Thermal-Vacuum Insulation an overall development thermal math model, The manned operation status and all the and will normal operating require procedures restoration with of chamsafety
manned-operation
Development tests of penetrations, thermal-control Existing test unique material. data for
Tests of NRC2 and Kapton and will be be will stand-offs. chosen and as, from testing thermal currently will control be be conducted for
performance and required to flexible
joints, coatings will installation,
Insulation available limited coatings 7.3.9 material. to that applied ECLSS The following
utilized such
ECLSS pump/meter regulator valve r S. O. pressure
components assembly
are
to be
certified Orifice Q.D. lean
by
similarity:
Water Voltage Diverter Sublimate Flowmeter Valve Water The to the following new DM BCLSS pressure vent valve
CO 2 sensor CMW/G reservoir O z tank regulator require and flow delta rates: DM repres surization Dh4 prebreathing vent Equalization assembly Emergency valve 0 2 purge valve O z tank supplier assembly assembly verification tests
components environments
DM O 2 regulator DIvl relief valve 0 2 tank 7.3. 10 ECLSS The system and ECLSS LCG relief/regulator Breadboard breadboard cooling circuit Test test will installed consist
of a full-up
pressure and
control operated
in a vacuum
chamber
7-4 SD 71-700
/"!"" (_")
through and
a normal
mission Metabolic circuit
cycle. heat including
The
chamber and be
will
simulate
DM procedures
volume, will perform-
a11 operational,
pressurization,
depressurization simulated, will be
be demonstrated. ance of the coolant No attempt
loads will sublimator
and the investigated.
will be made
to simulate
thermal
environments absorbed
or crew
inputs other
than the metabolic
heat load normally
by the LCG.
7-5 SD 71-700
/_,!_ _')
Space Division Noah _n Rockwell
8.0
GROUND
TEST
OPERATIONS
tions Skylab ment
A test for the checkout (GSE)
operations IRDM that operations GSE and
plan will
was prepared have minimum and will identify requirements.
to define impact the new
ground on the ground the Since
support operabasic Apollo and support baseline the the equipIRDM plan IRDM will
modification
CSM is quite similar be limited to the delta checkout effort. 8. I CHECKOUT The locations 8-Z, and 8. Z checkout at which 8-3.
to the basic Skylab between the Skylab
vehicle configuration, checkout effort and
REQUIREMENTS requirements checkout will be for the IRDM vehicles are and identified systems and the 8-1,
accomplished
in Tables
CHECKOUT Downey The normal in concert be
FLOWS Checkout flow with Flow plan for existing in line the checkout Skylab f!ow. and before of the IRDM Modifications CM/SM mating. system to ensure fabricated in States). In the checkout tools vehicle at Downey to the CM and
8. Z. 1
will SM
be
will
incorporated
that the
Tests will be conducted on the international docking the interface hardware will function properly (hardware USSR must mate with hardware fabricated in the United of actual used. The USSR hardware, worst-tolerance mating
absence will be
verified
DM and the in accordance
international with Skylab
docking philosophy.
system
will
be
functionally
plays mated docked
After CM/SM will be verified docking with the CSM. configuration.
mating, the additional in conjunction with system Operations will be bolted of the
IRDM wiring the basic CSM to the DM, will CSM/DM be
and control systems. and the verified DM in
and The will
disbe
international
a hard-
8-1 SD 71700
01_b
Table
8-I.
IRDM
CSM
Delta
Checkout
Requirements
Functional Requirement Structure Add SIM SIM fit check in Bay 1 X s Checkout Requirements Downey KSC
Electrical Ac Add and dc power third F/C Verify power to DM interface X X X X X X
Functional Displays
ve rification and control verification
Panel Environmental Control
Add third 0 2 and H 2 tank
Tank proof pressure test Functional ve r ification Se rvic ing restrictor operation
X X X X X X
IVA
station
Verify
T ele communication Voice TV Experiment Panel Sequential Launch System vehicle DM-SLA separation verification DM-Salyut separation vet'ification Pyro Displays circuit and verification control verification X X X X X X X X intercom Verify Verify Verify circuit to DM circuit to DM interface interface X X X X X X X X
data transmission and control verification
Displays
Pyr o Panel RCS Add quad prop storage
Tank proof Functional Servicing Heaters
pressure verification
X X X
X X X X
Panel
Displays
and
control
verification
8-2 SD 71-700
_1_
Table
8-2.
DM
Checkout
Requirements
Functional Requirements Docking Structure Module Inner leak Cabin structure check depressurization (16 vent psia) valve 2 system) tunnel depressurization relief valve X X X X X X X X X leak check check X X X X X X X X X X X X proof pressure and X Checkout Requirements Downey KSC
Relief valve Prebreathe Shutoff valve Pressurization of cabin Cabin Hatch Leak Hatch
(O2/N and
pressurization test seal
Equalization valve DM vent valve Lights verification Fan ve rification T el e c ommunic Audio Transceiver TV at ion Functional Functional ,Functional Coax Panel Electrical System Ac ECLSS and dc power Functional ver ific Power Controls
ve r ific ation ve r ific ation ve rific ation (VSWR) displays
X X X X X
X X X X X
verification and
at ion
System O2/N 2 Tank proof Functional Servicing pressure ve rificatlon (O 2 and O2/N2) X X X X
0 2 and system
Sequencer Systems A and B DM/SLA Pyro Liquid Ga rme Cooling nt power verification (simulated separation X X X X X X
Functional altitude)
8-3
SD
71-
700
,_,,_
Table
8-3.
International
Docking
System
Checkout
Requirements
Functional Requirements Docking Hydraulic Ring system Functional Operational Electrical system Functional Operational Talk-back Mechanical With Simulator Interface System Capture System Hard Docking Talk-back seal retraction dock and circuit leak latched check check pressurized time rate and equalization operation dock latch release release depressurization across DM hatch X X X X X X X X X extension - D&C retractiondock seal operation dock latch release - D&C bonding release D&C indication verification compatibility D&C indication indication and latched leak check D&C D&C indication indication indication X X X X X X X X X X X - D&C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X retraction dock and circuit seal operation dock latch release bonding verification release leak X latched check check X X X X X X X X
I
Checkout
Requirements
Downey
KSC
USSR
verification verification verification verification circuit extension verification
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X
DM/simulator Stabilization Leakage Pressurization Pressure Hatch Hard Capture Separation Hard dock to CSM System Capture System Ha'rd Docking Hatch Hard Capture Separation Electrical Electromagnetic Hard dock to Salyut System Gapture System Hard extension
indication
Talk-back Docking Hatch Hard Gapture Separation Electrical
8-4
SD 7 I- 700
0_
After tions clean, and for interface The 8.2.2 KSC
demating, weight and verification Downey Checkout normal
the of crew
DM will
go through
the stowable
normal for
post-test shipment
operatumble to and USSR
of verification
compartment as well the flight is
equipment,
balance, with
as preparation vehicle. in Figures
checkout Flow
flow
depicted
8-1,
8-2,
and
8-3.
The modifications. testing
Apollo The delta
vehicle checkout
flow at KSC operations
will be unaffected will be integrated
by IRDM into existing
procedures. On return visual into from Russia, the DM will receive DM functional operations. module unmanned position inspection for identificawill be
tion and integrated
examination the normal
of damage. CSM checkout docking during
verification
in the tests.
Satisfactory mission The DM
operation of the altitude environment will be in the and
systems and
will manned the above
be
verified altitude tests.
horizontal pressurization
during will be
launch
ECLSS servicing countdown. The KSC checkout
DM
performed
during
the
flow Flow
is
depicted
in Figures
8-4
and
8-5.
8.2.3
USSR
Checkout
ported The the
The DM, with from Downey handling checkout The equipment operation international with the position interfaces
the international to Russia for and in the docking Salyut during and between ground USSR
docking interface support will also will
system with the equipment be be shipped
attached, will be transSalyut flight vehicle. required from to Downey. verified module will docking flight vehicle. will be fit before be in system All checked support
system flight hard the vehicle. dock.
functionally
hard docking the horizontal will and be electrical
The docking The international with Salyut the the vehicle
mechanically
functionally DM
verified and
functionally After
ve rifled. demating, the DM the will flow be international prepared USSR for docking shipment system will be functionally
verified The
and
to KSC. in Figure 8-6.
checkout
in the
is depicted
8-5 SD 7 I- 700
@_
SpaceAmencan Rockwell N(_th Division
k-
t-- D rn
T
ii i
IL
._v
u.I
I
.) _
m'r L.15_ Z-J
o
n
_LLLu 0OuJ 03--> _U -J --J.

rr- LU UJ
a_n-> o. -J o_
<_
o
0
z ..JO <Z z iF-
z_ _
u _
_w ----031--
O9 (.,9
_8 _-U
<-"I"(:3
0 0
U31--
<_ u_- v
z_O <
h-a._
f
)03 _3 LI.I L
Iz
ILl
<
<D
<D p- nn
5U3
O<D ujnr_
--
n"
--
<D
<Oa. ZzD
_'_ _
8-6 SD 71-700
#4_
SpaceAmedcan Rockwell North Division
[..X-uJ
I< 0
Ot--
UJ
Iz LUlrl,,=, o__ o
d -)e
LU
P_,_
L9
o
{J
* 0 0
! O0
,-r- _ i.- o
< '1"
2_
b_
-J
,,z
J u_
>t-.J r_t_
LU
Z O
LU
o_>
D E3 O (.9 Z L} O )"IO
M.
,f
>_-_
-CZ'J I--
"-!
-I(-
8-7 SD 71 - 700
%,_1_\_ SpaceAmencan Rockwell North Division
k_J i
pz
iii
_w
_.< o_ _w
wl-_
,o,lw_ I=z_>
o.'_"
A
(n
_o
_ _
wt_-<
o_
!
| |
t.Z
(.9<
,7,-,
_o
,.-I i
f
wz .a<
_n_U
__o
Wl.--
l-<
i_n"
o_
A
CC
A
! I/J ii
r_n
I
Ugu. !
_o
l-U0
_5
_'% u-
I O0 tD
.I.I _
_0_
I
o Ou.
&
|
I O 0
:% Ou-
f
_o _o
D _D 1<
1.1.1
__5
09'_
rl
8-8
SD
71-700
'_
U.I
.J ----Iv
wD Zl--
_5,,=, ''
U
O3 0
WU.I 4.1
ZO ZD o
O3
--
09
I--
U I
rt
O0
w_ rr --
>
8-9
SD
71-700
( f _4_\'_ SpaceAmencan Rockwell _ North Division
I
_w u w<
0 Z <
.J
>__
< _Z :,'D
_Sz_
2 z
g
I< ,i.i c_ al , N N G'_Z < Iz
_8
_ "r _l i,
I-I
i
U]
I
> IIIQ Ou Do
8_
._1 -T t_ 0
idL
0 w (23 FI-<D
O3
E.
'
Xu_
,,,_zz_
z:m
.r4 |
L9 u.< Z<,, wo_ _, _

LLJ
It,.
uJ<C) >><
& &
....L o
w _:t-(J V) t--
_g
>_-5 ujw
_ &
8-10 SD 71-700
_4_
_uJ_
wuI
rr_
L) _.u3 O
>_-_
mmm LLI
F-
rj')
(1,)
.r'_
u-i..
0
...c:; L)
mmm
13
oo
>
iii
t
LIJ
I
Z w e0
W
bO
.i-I
_oz U_LU
@<
_-r
I,/d UJ
,_ _
I0 Z
8-11 SD 71-700
[_
Space Division Noah American Rockwell
9.0
GROUND
SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT
The the CSM
docking
module
(DM),
the international serviced, and
docking checked
system
(IDS), and the most
will be handled,
installed,
out using
effective and practical equipment and procedures. The ground support equipment (GSE) to be used to perform these functions has been selected prudently to minimize costs. To the extent practical, existing CSM GSE has been selected rather than designing new equipment. In addition, the use of existing manufacturing aids and tools (normally " ' " identified as 9EH equipment) has been selected, to the extent practical, for use during test and launch 9. l operations. HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
MECHANICAL Requirement Handling and
9. 1. 1
transporting
the
DM,
IDS,
and
CSM
during
normal
vehicle
checkout trailers 9. 1.2
requires to support Description A list
the use of slings, the checkout flow
support platforms, from manufacturing
adapters, to vehicle
and launch.
of mechanical
handling of functions
and and
transporting modifications
equipment needed
with
cor-
responding required 9.1.2. 1 This
descriptions tasks follows. A14-014 unit will Positioner be
to perform
Assembly to tumble structure
Cleaning and to clean interface the DM. with the The unit will be
used
modified by configuration 9. 1.2.2 This access assembly to
adding and
a welded the DM. Support
current
A14-014
A34-454 unit
SIMHinged to remove the
Door Bay 1 panel will Bay at the launch of a new panel. pad for
is used
experiments. that will pickup
The modification bolt holes in the
consist 1 access
welded
9-1 SD 71-700
#_
9. 1.2.3 This
HI4-017 unit is
Fixture used consist docking Sling is used modified for
Installation--Weight vertical weight and
and balance
Balance of the DM. adapt on the The the H14-017.
modification will smaller diameter 9. 1.2.4 This fittings points. 9.1.2.5 This The The 9.1.2.6 This horizontal ture that will H14-073 unit be
of a welded ring assembly that will module to the current CM fittings Assembly to install to enable the DM support structure to DM support
in the
SLA.
End pickup
attachment
structure
H14-134 unit is
Support used will will to
Base--Integrated support the DM
Test during
Stand checkout have ladders H14-134. at KSC-h/ISOB. and guard rails.
modification modification GFP-H-203
consist of a base rest on top of the Positioning Trailer
that will current
unit is used to transport weight and balance. The will support the DM on the
the DM and modification GFP-H-203 Type
to provide consists support
support during of a welded strucrails,
9. 1.2.7
GFP-H-052
Trailer,
Tail
This unit is used to transport the DM either in or out of its shipping container. The trailer will also position the DM for mating with the Salyut. The modification will consist of a welded structure supporting the DM on a commercial ball-bearing table. The structure will rest on the GFP-H-052 rails. 9. I. 2.8 This H34-Z33 unit Sling, Sh/i Removable is used to remove the consists with the Skin Bay 1 door to provide access to the
experiments. The modification end of both cables to interface access door. 9. I. 2.9 This the lower access H34-268 unit is Sling Set Bay used The cables to remove modification to
of adding a new fitting to the lower access panel cut out in the Bay 1
4 Panel the SIvI Bay consists with the 1 door of adding access to provide a new panel cutout access fitting in the to to the Bay 1
experiments. end of both door.
interface
9-2 SD 71-700
9. 1.2. 10 This adapters,
H34-XXX new will model, be
Weight
and Balance
Set spreader weight and will be bar, balance. used saddles, Hardware to the greatest and
consisting for DM H14-177,
of cables, horizontal andH34-237
used
from Models H14-127, possible extent. 9. 1.2. 11 This vertical 9. 1.2. 12 This H34-XXX new model and
Sling--Turnover will also be used to lift the DM from either end in the
position H34-XXX new
to lift
it horizontally. Internal access to the panels, Access DM when the ladders, unit is and installed hangers
Platform--SLA provides
model
in the SLA. It consists to provide SLA support 9. 1.2. 13 This chamber. 9. 1.2. 14 This inverted H34-XXX new position H34-XXX new model
of honeycomb to the platforms. Support supports Base the DM DM
access
in a horizontal
position
in the
altitude
Platform
DM
Internal support when the DM is The model will be located door, an DM internal ladder, in an in the and a
model provides as in DM/CSM
personnel mating. access
CM end of the DM, will have an ladder from the CM to the DM. 9. 1.2. 15 This SLA. door, H34-XXX Platform
DMInternal personnel in the Salyut support when the end of the DM, and removal DM will is installed have an through the
in the access SLA. 9. 1.2.
new model provides It will be located and will be capable
of disassembly
16 This
H34-XXX new model
Platform provides The unit
DM
Internal support of rubber Support support and guard during rails. mating of the DM to when blanket-type the DM is in the
personnel will be
horizontal 9. 1.2. 17 This Salyut.
position. H34-XXX new model
construction.
Platform provides includes
Personnel personnel ladders
The
platform
9-3 SD 71-700
9. I. Z. 18
H34-XXX for
Sling Set Universal lifting of GSE with and without shipping containers in
the
Provides USSR. Forklift Mobile
9. 1. Z. 19 9. 1.2.20 Both in the
(Commercial) Crane--5-Ton units are (Commercial) commercial and are used to handle the DIV[ and
GSE 9. Z 9.2.
of these USSR.
INSTALLATION 1 H14-115 This unit
EQUIPMENT Installation is used to Fixture install consist adapter Fixture for contingency new will DM model, be O 2 and removal utilized O2/N and for installation with performing of the an adapter contingency and remove of adding will have scientific an adapter a welded equipment for each configuration. from the
SIM. package 9.2.2
The modification to be handled. H34-XXX This unit O2/N to the and Installation provides 2 tanks. tank
will The
equipment
DM to
O 2 and attach
This of the AND
counterweighted 2 tanks.
assemblies,
removal 9.3 9.3.
installation TOOLS Docking model of the Docking
SPECIAL 1 A34-XXX
PROTECTIVE Aids and Alignment
DEVICES Set capability target. for alignment
and 9.3.2
This new verification A34-XXX
will be designed to provide CSM/DM to Saly_t docking Aids and Alignment Fixture alignment Set
This new model, utilizing A54-049 Simulator, will be designed to provide CSM to DM target. 9.3.3 A34-XXX Cover - DM will rain
Assembly, hiDA and verification
Target of the
the
This new model DM from dust and
be made of Herculite during transport.
and
will
be
used
to protect
9-4 SD 71-700
#i_
9. 3.4
9EH-XXX This new during
Cover model normal Cover model DM.
Set will provide handling Set will protect the DM gas storage tanks during checkout protection of the Dlvi. for the DM docking seals and
surfaces 9. 3.5
9EH-XXX This new
and
handling
of the
9. 3.6
A34-XXX This new
Salyut Simulator model will simulate before SHIPPING the Salyut half hard of the dock AND hardware docking verification. DEVICES will be accomsystem to
provide 9.4
checkout PACKAGING Packaging
interface AND and
DM/Salyut PROCEDURES of IRDM program designed capability.
transport and
plished using methods degradation in reliability vided shipment altitude standardized used spare use and for the parts of present equipment against the natural and storage (pressure), methods
equipment or functional and induced
to assure delivery without Protection will be prohazards encountered in impact, temperature, precipitation. Proven, as successfully of support shipments SMby Guppy aircraft, Procedures
environmental
including humidity,
shock, vibration, sand and dust, and and continued of the for CM be
of preservation will be transport and
containerization site and
CSM program and GSE. For procedures include:
equipment
will
continued.
1%&A0208-0084 k4A0208-0085 MA399-I0262 h4K399-10263 h/IK399-10Z66 9, 4. 1 New Containers
Preparation Preparation CM Packaging SM Packaging CSM Aircraft
for for
Delivery Delivery Assembly Assembly
and and
Transport Transport
of CM of SM
LoAding
and
Tiedown
(DM/IDS
Requirements container
exist for two and DM support for items
new containers of specialized structure container) as well of GSE hardware. from a plywood The module by
design as numerous
standard-type The suitable supported proof for
containers
DM/IDS container clean-room use on rubber shock desiccated
will be fabricated and will be reusable. mounts for and will and be humidity
laminate will be vaporThe
protected
a moisture control.
envelope,
contamination
9-5 SD 71-700
container aircraft, Limited The construction transportable the associated 9.5
will
be
compatible
with
the
C-141 use
and
B-377 trucking
PG/Super
Guppy
associated mobility DM
loading equipment, will be provided by
and local of casters. will be structure. aircraft
equipment.
support structure with internal wood by the loading B-377 Super equipment. CHECKOUT existing the The electrical IRDM following test
container supporting Guppy
of standard The and will be
plywood container compatible
crate will be with
ELECTRICAL Since the
EQUIPMENT Apollo and paragraphs GSE (with detail modifications no test new the to some
items) GSE is
will
support
checkout
schedule,
electrical
required.
requirements
supported by the electrical GSE item or grouping, and a definition modification of same. 9.5.1 Pyrotechnic A14-139 A34-39Z C14-051 LSSC A requirement LM Circuitry
items, a capability summary of each GSE of the effort associated with utilization
Checkout
Equipment Unit Unit
Pyrotechnic Pyrotechnic Pyrotechnic Separation
Initiator Substitute Indicator Set Installation Checkout Sequence Controller pyrotechnic
exists to check
out the DM
circuits to ensure
proper squib-firing voltage level and squib circuit resistances at Downey, MSOB, and LC-39. DM checkout at Downey and MSOB is performed prior to mating the DM with the DM support structure. Since the LSSC is mounted on the support ground MSOB. structure during flight, a flight-type LSSC circuitry is required at Downey for and use to allow checkout of the pyrotechnic
The LSSC-DM pyrotechnic electrical circuitry. of the the West pyrotechnic
LSSC
will
be
connected
to the LSSC
pyrotechnic will will
circuitry
at
the
normal the
electrical circuits. output The
interface. The ModelA14-139-401
be utilized to sequence provide a GO/transient from the resistance checkout an
after receiving C14-051 will be circuits. Chamber, the
the proper stimuli utilized to perform the altitude-run will provide A34-392
DM pyrotechnic measurements of the DM of at
pyrotechnic Altitude firing.
During
indication
9-6 SD 71-700
#i_
9.5.2
Caution The
and Warning Caution signals 2 percent
Circuitry and Warning
Checkout System to route Monitor The C&W console will be used will require
C34-695 C&W
to monitor
at Downey
and Ik4SOB.
equipment
approximately indicator s. 9.5. 3 Interface
modification
signals to proper
Verification
Equipment Electrical Electrical check out interface. LC-39, Verification Simulator the DM at the Salyut interface The checkouts will be the C54-007 at Downey equipment utilized and a GFE TV checkout with simulator. of the interface TV Unit
C54-035 C54-007 A requirement and to check accomplished and the MSOB C54-007 The circuitry, cir cuitry. 9.5.4 C34-758 The modified control, percent power ing C34-758 to provide and selective exists CSM
MDA/CSM MDA/CSM to electrically at the CSM/DM MSOB, at will
the at
Downey,
and
utilizing
and the C54-035 and C54-035 C54-007 the and
LC-39. include are
Peripheral a GFE headset capable and the
C54-035 circuitry,
of providing pressure
intercom
suit/CWG
SIM/Scientific is a two-bay
Equipment console. of the circuitry.
Interface Bay 1, the
Checkout monitor
Unit unit, interface include will be
monitoring s_gnal
scientific equipment Modification will 1 to route the Bay 2 will route an intercom indication
power, a 20distributing monitorsignals output
change to internal wiring to the DM at the DM/CSM signals from and the will equipment, Downey. Routing and
of Bay interface. DM, will provide
stimuli and also provide and video of A14-139
of feedback
to perepheral signals at 9. 5.5
Signal
Breakout
Equipment Breakout Breakout will be Box Box capable and and Cable Cable Set Set signals between test will capaat
C34-709 C34-725 The C34-709, used at Downey,
of routing
GSE equipment and points as required.
spacecraft and will be Parts of the C34-709 the modified the cables
capable will be
of providing breakout shared at MSOB and equivalent may be
be used in conjunction with bility at MSOB. If required, LC-39 for monitoring and
C34-725 to provide and breakout boxes
used
troubleshooting.
9-7
#_%
cabling boxes
The C34-709 will for interconnecting will be modified interface, the C34-758
be
modified equipment
approximately and spacecraft. capability at the
10 percent Existing DM/Salyut interfaces used, after
to
provide breakout not monimodification, The
to provide
interface,
DM/CSM tored by to route C34-725 required 9.5.6
and at those scientific Bay 1. The boxes
equipment will also be
simulated biomedical will be modified I0 at the West Altitude Equipment Interconnection C14-308 C14-340 C14-474
signals to the DM interface (if percent to provide the additional Chamber.
required). interfaces
Electrical Electrical Electrical to these cabling to
Cable Cable Cable equipments interconnect
Set, Set, Set, are
Sta. 2C, Downey MSS, LC-39 lVISOB required. the C54-007 The with C14-308 the CSM will at the will be
Minor modified
modifications to provide
CSM/DM interface. Components of the C14-308 will interconnect the A14-139 with the C34-758 and the A14-139 with the DM. The C14-474 be modified to interconnect the C54-007 with the CS1V[ and to interconnect the The DIV[ in the C14-340 West will be Altitude modified the SLA. Chamber to C54-035 with with the the CSM the CSM, in the and to East with Chamber. the DM interconnect C54-035
in the
the SLA, CSM with 9.5.7
to interconnect the DM in the
interconnect
Software Due to extensive existing Existing specifications, signal J-missions with routing changes documentation cable revision, block will be between will diagrams adequate J-missions, be inadequate and subsystem for the IRDM Skylab, and will
and be
IRDM replaced.
CSM,
patching
verification CSM. Patchord and LC-39, cable block drawing Existing system revised 9.6
installation
drawings the
will normal MSOB,
be
produced
for
Downey,
MSOB
using Autocomp and diagrams for Downey, to reflect the verification
computer and LC-39 additional will
program. will be
J-missions changed by reflect will subbe
revision subsystem verification to reflect
IRDM CSM specifications
interconnections. be revised to drawings
changes. Downey facility the new cable routings. CHECKOUT requirements at EQUIPMENT for Downey electronic and at KSC.
utilization
ELECTRONIC There are
checkout Existing
GSE
to
support will
the be
IRDM
vehicle
checkout
equipment
9-8 SD 71-700
_%
used also KSC,
only proposed when
where that
modification equipment
to will
existing be shared
equipment for use
is,
impracticable. Downey and
It
is
between
feasible.
9.6.
C34-XX2
- Data
Coupling
Unit
A verifying unit the C&D Data will data
new the
model,
the
C34-XX2 of the amplifiers and S-192 Ground
Data ERS and
Coupling C&D panel
Unit,
will be
capable CIV[.
of The
performance buffer S-191
installed networks
in the necessary
include from the
isolation
to drive ERS
equipments Station
from in Downey
the
output and the
of the
panel to the Telemetry Station at KSC.
Quick-Look
9.6. Z
C34-XX3--Test
Tape
Recorder
A performing
new
model, the The
the
C34-XX3 of the
Test limited
Tape
Recorder, tape
will be recorder item The
capable during
of test of data
function
life ERS will be
operations. recording
test tape the
recorder and
a procured
capable recorded Station
data
from
S-191
S-192
equipments. Telemetry
will be played back and the Quick-Look 9.6.3
and analyzed Data Station
by the at KSC. Checkout
Ground
in Downey
C34-XX4--Transceiver
Unit
A of verifying operations via air
new in link.
model, the the
the performance USSR.
C34-XX4 of The unit the
Transceiver VHF will transmit
Checkout transceiver and in receive
Unit, the DM
will radio
be
capable test
during
frequencies
9.6.4
A14-237
Launch
Complex
Antenna
Coupling
Set
The coupling minor
A14-237 the DM
Launch transceiver
Complex radio
Antenna frequency antenna will
Coupling signals couplers
Set is capable to other tuned GSE
of with a
modification frequency. from the DM
to incorporate The couplers to RF also
to the transceiver transfer via coaxial of RF loop. of RF cables. by
operating energy The use
provide
efficient
antennas will the
checkout
equipment
of the
A14-237 with
enable
hard-line
coupling
energy
direct
interface
transceiver
without
antennas
in the
9.6.5
C14-021uTelemetry
Ground
Station
The the to capability handle
C14-021 of Miller code
Telemetry decornmutating outputs.
Ground the
Station scientific
will data
be and
modified will
to include
incorporate a network
9-9
SD 71-700
#_
9.6.6
C14-442_RF The
Checkout
Equipment
Console capable of verifying the modifications to include perthe
formance capability assigned
C14-442 RF Checkout of the Dhd transceiver
Console is with minor
of receiving and transmitting to the DM transceiver. The new frequencies to enable
voice signals on the frequency modification will include networks measurement of power, frequency,
to isolate the and spectrum, 9.6.7
C14-596mRF
Antenna
Set modified to incorporate a new The antenna will receive via coaxial cable to other RF performance. C14-Z32, and C14-240 will be changed Distribution
antenna open-loop checkout 9.6.8
The C14-596 RF Antenna Set will be tuned to the DM operating frequency. RF signals, which will be routed equipment ACE capable of verifying Models
transceiver C14-268,
Uplink/Downlink
The ACE to accommodate Servicing 9.7
uplink and downlink equipment programming modifications made to the S14-132 Fluid
Equipment. EQUIPMENT
FLUID/PNEUMATIC Downey Equipment S14-014 C14-075 A14-034
9.7. 1
Fluid
Distribution
System
(B/290) Unit Unit Downey:
Propulsion ECS Pressure the
System Checkout Distribution tests
Requirements
exist
to perform
following
in B/Z90,
(a) leak and flow tests of the (b) pressure - and leak-check check the CSM/DM seal, (d)
DM 02 and O2/N 2 storage tank systems, the DM ECLSS H20 tank system, (c) leakleak-check the DM, and (e) apply a positive
pressure of GN z to the DM to prevent contamination ingress during shipment to USSR. These tests will be performed utilizing the GSE models listed above, which are capable of performing the subject tests with minor modifications to be 9.7.2 hooked LC-39 to the up to the S14-014 applicable to permit vehicle the C14-057, interfaces. S14-079, and A34-034
Equipment S14-132 S14-I19 $34-168 Fluid Distribution Lightweight Water Vacuum Pump System Transfer (MSS) Unit
Assembly
9-10 SD 71-700
ik_
Requirements
exist
to perform storage O2, (b) GSE will be
the tank evacuate
following system and
servicing with service the
at
LC-39: gases H20
(a)
service
the DMO Z and O2/N2 service the DM with system utilizing The S14-132 the
respective the DIV[ ECS
and tank
models modified
listed by
above. adding GAC lines. $34-168 new valve boxes, lines, fittings, (furnished support
and supporting as GFE) and hardware 9.7.3
hardware to utilize up the
to hookup the existing facility S14-119 and
O Z and Lines, will
O2/H z tankers fittings, and also be added.
to hook MSOB
Equipment S14-088 A14-034 C14-075 S14-I19 $34-168 C34-700 S14-079 Fluid ECS Distribution Pressure System--AISOB, Distribution Unit Checkout Transfer Unit Unit KSC
Propulsion Lightweight
System Water
Vacuum Pump Assembly CM Pressure Test Unit Portable Module Leak Test the following the DM, (c)
Unit in DM
Requirements the MSOB, 0 2 and and Dlv[ above, O2/N
are KSC:
to perform (a) leak-check tank H20 will
tests at ambient conditions (b} leakand flow-test the pressurize, and (d) utilizing subject C14-075, applicable leak-check, leak-check the GSE with
2 storage
systems,
evacuate, the mated Models listed minor modifi-
service the and CSM. which are
DM ECLSS These tests capable
tank system, be performed the
of performing
tests
cations to the S14-088 and S14-079/C34-700 9. 8 GSE TEST
to permit the A14-034, to be hooked up to the
S14-119/$34-168, vehicle interfaces.
PROCEDURES requirements function Equipment model of fit mechanical and function GSE will be functionally In addition, tested all prior hoisting, and procedures of the equipment. will be the minimum consistent
with 9.8.
GSE test the intended 1 Mechanical Each new
to use
to demonstrate
compatibility. equipment such GSE proof-load
supporting, or will be subjected 9.8.2
other load-supporting to the normal CSM Equipment design integrity to
as hoists and slings testing requirements.
Electrical/Electronic New models and of GSE electrical
support prior
the to use.
IRDM
will
be
tested test
to
ensure
mechanical
End-item
procedures
9-11 SD 71-700
will
be
developed
and
tests
will
be
conducted
to verify that the end specifications when
that item
parameters is wilt
are
within specified with requirements. or GSE 9.8.3 updated in system Modified
tolerances, and to certify Subsystem verification end-item performance configuration. Equipment GSE equipment to the extent are normal of the Equipment GSE models will not be capable CSM capability IRDM test modified necessary of performing procedures of the program. entire
compatible be generated with other
to verify
interconnected
be
Existing tested only hardware the duration Existing Existing the the continued
to
to support the IRDM program will ensure that the modified portions their will GSE be end intended item is functions. to maintained In ensure throughifnplemented
of the addition, that out 9.8.4
subjected
to
any
new
tests
other
than flight of the
those fit hardware already GSE
and function tests necessary to which they will interface. in existence will IRDM be applied to the program.
to ensure compatibility The normal CSM test ensure the continued
with the procedures capability
throughout Subsystem have been
faces 9.9
verification established
specifications with new or
will modified
be
updated models.
only
if new
inter-
DOCUMENTATION GSE The Documentation existing exceptions Special tooling and be subject GSE. to be CSM to the : and which aids may developed be shared for with use other and practical. by" manufacturing test and launch and test GSE documentation and control and of IRDM configuration program control GSE with system the
9. 9. 1
will
be
applied
release
following
departments, will not developed will 9.9.2
facilities, system
to the documentation The existing manufacturing utilized to the Documents the critical tool extent
controls
applied to engineeringtest documentation
continue Interface The ICD
Control will be
for
the
implementation function and
of the will
IRDM the
program. present
ICD's will Apollo format
be based with two
on form, fit, and major exceptions:
utilize
9-12 SD 71-700
,/_. 1'_ (vcA_
I. Z.
ICD's ICD's various
will use the metric will not contain items, out in full.
system
for all dimensions or letter codes etc. All words
and values. to denote will be
abbreviations LC,
e.g. , CSiV[, Dk4,
spelled ICD's
will fall into the following I. Z. 3. 4. Each Spacecraft Spacecraft DM U.S. support GSE to spacecraft
categories: (flight control) U.S. and USSR and USSR
to Facilities, GSE to USSR
to facilities, U.S. spacecraft will be divided and sign
of the categories mechanical,
into individual special all ICD's
ICD's
covering
electrical,
environmental, coordinate, and
considerations. and submit to PD-5
NR will prepare, IVISC for action. All complete IRDh4 evaluation Change new sub-panel control to deal ICD's
will of the will with
be
under
single-source program. on current USSR
control
to
maintain
overall be based
practices problems.
at
NR
and
MSC
with
particular
9-13 SD 7 1-700
t_
I0.0
NIOCKUPS
AND
TRAINING
10. I
DEFINITION The IRD_V[ mockup and simulators plan covers at NR the requirements NASA for mockups, KSC. into the mockeffectivity mockup
trainers,
Downey, baseline
IviSC, and NASA
Delta
changes
to the IRDM
will be incorporated reflecting
ups in response to contractual direction as well as flight spacecraft effectivity. 10. I. I Downey ]Vlockup 28, CM
specific mockup
Crew NR
compartment engineering tool
Mockup
18, SM
SIM NR engineering compartment engineering tool tool
Mockup
30
(new),
DM
Crew NR
I0.I.2
NASA h4SC-Z,
MSC ClVl Crew Crew SIM zero-g) compartment training - (neutral crew buoyancy training and and test
MSC-8,
SM
Mockup
30,
DM
Crew Crew DM Neutral Simulator Crew
compartment training buoyancy mockup trainer
MSC-TBD CMS1,
(new), CM
training
10.
1.3
NASA CMS-3,
KSC CM Simulator Crew training
10-1 :
SD 71-700
0J_
I0.2
SPECIFIC Mockup 28, tool will
MOCKUP
REQUIREMENTS Module NR Downey, and - Modification is utilized stowage acceptance, working to accommodate hardware between hardware volumes J-mission, requirements and and as Requirements a three-dimensional fit and CCSR activities. hardware designed Skylab are defined requireand rescue, as and follows: and funcsupport.
10.2. 1
28 - Command located for design for design provide be at
Mockup engineering tion The verification, mockup Mockup ments fabricated IRDM Stowage for the
development, review normal
arrangement, CDR reviewing unique will Skylab, be
28 will IRDM. to permit
modified
Stowage cycling Unique
configurations. Locker Lockers Locker Locker Locker s (5) new, (1) new, (1) (1) new, new, will and
modified similar similar for contain (4)
to to LiOH
Skylab A1, "H" A13. "J" A2. stowage.
A3, A4,
A6,
and
A9
type.
Stowage straps, D_C
volumes snaps, Panels
necessary
mounting
hardware,
cushions,
nomenclature.
Modify existing "E" Panels, 1,2,3,5,8, I01,225, Provide new Panels 277, 2.78,2.30, and 181. Provide speaker Two mockup-type Loose Equipment Mockup Mockup food UCTA packs clamps (3). bags (18). - (1). stowage bags (8) - varied sizes. (3), UTS (3), UTS receiver box - operational Skylab coldplates with exposed type. tubing
and P26.
and shrouds.
(1),
and
cuff packages Mockup fecal Mockup Mockup Scientific Hi-fi OPS beta
Equipment S-191 and will and S-192. equipment will will ICD's. be be GFE, fabricated and mounting of wood
hardware Lo-fi S-191 and installed
be provided. S-19Z equipment to preliminary
10-2. SD 71-700
14_.
10. Z. 2
Mockup 18, and
18 - Service located PDR and will
Module at NR
- SIM is
- Modification utilized as an design
Requirements engineering review and tool
Mockup for design acceptance, Mockup below. e
Downey, function support. to
development,
fit
and
verification,
CDR be
18 SIM
modified
reflect
the
IRDM
configuration
as
defined Structur
Two One
shelves shelf
removed. relocated. and relocated foot restraints. Hardware wood exposed or fiberglass wiring, to pretubing, black handholds.
Redesigned Relocated Scientific Equipment Lo-fi equipment liminary ICD's Associated boxes, 10.2.3 Mockup Hardware A full-scale located provide arrangement tasks and The activities covers, 30 and
Associated
- fabricate from and drawings. - to include and thermal Docking
hardware
protection. Module Mockup - Fabrication and
- Lo-fi Requirements mockup will
of the
international
docking fabricated. design and initial exercises. working
module,
to be
initially will systems, of crew
at NR Downey, a three-dimensional of interior interface, mockup in a one-g and will
be designed and tool for initial accessibility, and for ingress the normal
The mockup evaluation of evaluation
hardware, egress provide
and
reviewing
environment. basic structural rearranged, or of the mockup at shell will permit interior replaced with higher-fidelity will be low fidelity and will a minimum the module cost. Mockup in a horizontal and will equipment comprovide will be position.
to be ponents.
The design of the readily removed, Other portions development by a work
for initial supported
and reviews stand maintaining will be 2. 794 m diameter. The metal and and wood reviewing
(56 metal for
The mockup in. ) in internal with normal sufficient working
(110 in. ) long overall interior and exterior stiffeners The to provide The interior exterior will activities.
1. 422 m be of sheet strength line all will hardbe mold
structural include
simulated in representative ware visible to or accessible
areas only. to the crew. 10-3
SD
71-700
#_i_
The _veldment other end national modification machined
interior at to
will
include
a low-fidelity
structural
ring and hinged interface to require to
of wood hatch for the
or and the inter-
each end, one end to support support a hinged hatch and system. basic ring. control blue line The module ring will structure
a drogue include the be designed when
docking
minimum a higher-fidelity
to the weldment and with
updating
Displays or the sheet panel. The metal
panels or
will sketches
be
two-dimensional, pasted on to simulate
fabricated the face
of wood of
floodlight
will stowage
be
represented (3) will include canvas
by be
wood
envelopes. from open for snap, and stowage. zipper hardwood closed Soft hardware, or envelope.
Removable fiberglass The container containers etc, will with
lockers covers not or will
fabricated
sheet interiors
metal nylon
to demonstrate provisions with standard
(3) of soft be utilized.
Wooden accept
A low-fidelity wooden envelope-simulation the hatch. A display stand or trunnion mockup fittiflgs to simulate of wood
hatch with of fittings
standard-type will be provided
hinges will be in the tunnel
provided. to
and
metal for use
will in the position. be
be
provided. display room
The and
stand will
will main-
include tain the
dolly docking
wheels
in a horizontal of wood the will envelope.
SLA docking
attach
provided
on the
exterior
of the
mockup The
mockup. tunnel 10.Z.4
to
drogue from Mockup 28 will Wooden envelope-simulation accept the drogue. 30 - Hi-Fi Docking be
be time-shared of fittings will
with the be provided
docking in the
Mockup
Module modified
Mockup to a hi-fi
- Modifications configuration, using
The production 1.
lo-fi Mockup drawings as The lo-fi ment and Hinges the and
30 will follows:
rings and machined fittings Salyut
bulkheads hardware. for end
will
be
replaced
with
hi-fi
weld-
2.
operational-type of module will be
mockup provided.
hatches
at
CSh& and
10-4 SD 71-700
#_
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Speaker C&D panel
box
- operational - 8panels by 18-inch (Z). (7).
type
like
Skylab. and ECLSS.
electrical
Electrical ECLSS Exposed
panels
tubing and
electrical
runs
will be provided.
Floodlight
(3) - strut and spot type will be provided. aft-bulkhead provisions. lockers (3) - with straps, cushions,
Transferrable and mounting
I0.
Soft containers (3) - zipper-type and mounting provisions. Loose urine air equipment packs, and consisting fecal bags. will unit be of
and draw-string-type
with
snaps
11.
simulated
OPS,
food
packs,
An
conditioning
unit The
provided be
to of the
support same type
the as
normal provided
working for
and reviewing activities. Mockup 28 or MSC-I.
will
It is proposed to gain maximum utilization of Mockup 30 by shipping the mockup to MSC subsequent to NR Downey usage. Mockup 30 will support NASA crew training r@quirements along with MSC-8 and MSC-2. i0.2.5 Mockup A new use Trainer - Docking Module module - Requirements will be fabricated by NASA for
mockup
of the docking
in the water
immersion
facility at V/IF MSC,
It will be used
for neutral
buoyancy training of the crew, development of procedures, and verification of time lines. The structure will be an open shell typical of existing WIF trainers. underwater 10.2.6 Internal hardware neutral-buoyancy Trainer Trainer will be lo-fidelity and training. - Command located at MSC, Module is compatible with the
Mockup Mockup
MSC-2, MSC-2,
- Modifications as a crew training
utilized
mockup by NASA line development,
for crew familarization, and flight simulation. be
procedure Subsequent
development, to the final It after
timeJ-Mission is proposed NR Downey hardware
launch, MSC-2 will that unique hardware usage for available installation at MSC.
modified to the IRDM configuration. from Mockup 28 be shipped to MSC in MSC-2. NASA will utilize common
Apollo
10-5 SD 71-700
#Ji_
10.2.7
lV[ockup Mockup
Trainer Trainer
]VISC-8 h/ISC-8,
- Service located at
Module h/ISC,
- SIh/i is utilized
- Modifications as in the a crew training KC-1B5 training for for
mockup procedure procedure
by
NASA for and timeline verification. mockup will
crew familarization, evaluation, and
neutral-buoyancy zero-g training
The exercises mockup
be
returned
to
Downey
for
modification
to the modification,
IRDlV[ th_
configuration Hardware willbe compatible underwater eutral-buoyancy/ for n

and zero-g will be returned requirements to hdSC for in the NASA KC-135. After crew training. and Gross provided 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.2.8 simulation in the SIM Two One shelves shelf will will of the experiments as follows: will be be be removed. relocated. redesigned be relocated. and relocated. miscellaneous hardware will
be
Handholds Foot
restraints
will
Simulated Exposed Scientific Black Existing ClvIS-1
scientific wiring
equipment.
and tubing runs. covers.
equipment boxes. MSC-8 Command pan
camera
and
cassette
will
be
used.
Module
Simulators
- Modification a crew training simulator verification, and mission by
CSM-1, located at NASA for flight simulation, procedure verification. Modifications ing drawings. subsequent Unique to receipt will
MSC, is utilized as overall timeline
be
performed
by
NASA
utilizing
released supplied by
engineerNR
hardware of specific
requirements contractual
will be direction.
10-6 SD 71-700
CJ_
10.2.9
CMS-3 CSM-3,
Command located at
Module KSC, is overall
Simulator utilized timeline as
- Modifications a crew training and simulator mission by"
NASA procedure
for
flight
simulation,
verification,
verification. Modifications will hardware contractual be performed requirements direction, by NASA will utilizing be supplied released by NR engineering subsequent
drawings, to receipt
Unique of specific
10-7 SD 71-700
11.0
IRDM
PROGRAM
SCHEDULES
The starting The in Figure An is presented
schedules date of
included 1 January for
in 1972.
this
section
are
based
on
an
assumed
schedule 11-1. accelerated in Figure
a primary
mission
launch
in mid-1975
is
presented
schedule ll-Z.
for
a prime
mission
launch
in mid-1974
11-1 SD 71-700
4_
-.=
3 Z O
,, _ >.'3
.._O3
o'
8
0,.
---_,
b
ii(l ui
u
t.l=
..._m
_-
Z 1'.,-
S_
0.
_ -_;
oz _b
<_
r_,L , _r_ k"
_
_'
IEi _
O
'5
E3
'IJ
o
8
I-03 R ..-I 03
x
I-.t
-_-_ii
r_
!
!-J
!_
u_z_
_-__'
< z
_C
w _e
!!
m _ ul I-Z
oo___ c-8_
i
w
Z 0 i--
w
>" Z --
_ 0
rE 3 IE
_
J m
_z
I--
ll-Z
SD 71-700
_|
Space _n Division R_well North
T_
E
z
-"1
u d
t-o",
I _
O
.J
O U
"O _U O z
r,_
..
L)
O
._1
i1 tj r.t" /
-%
,,(
I
b_
;/} o_
o\
t.j a.
',,'3 U..
ELU
\
U...
X
l (/3 O,
o z
LU
_L
I',n _,u Z '" tt_

I.=
I'I-(_ _ (3 Z v Z 0 L3 E 0
E3 0 (-3 Z -v _
OE
E koo
rr l-_
_. 3 v
0_
_-
.J
_,
11-3
SD
?1-700
12.0
USA/USSR
INTERFACE
REQUIREMENTS
Complete
and accurate
documentation The
of all interfaces following
between
the USA are sub-
and USSR IRDM vehicles will be needed. mitted as the baseline requirement. 12. 1 CSM/DM I. TO SALYUT PHYSICAL
paragraphs
REQUIREMENTS
Mechanical a. b. c. d. e. Docking Docking Excursion Electrical Indexing
interface mechanism aids
requirements
(target,
lights, (predocking, definition
etc.) docked, and postdock)
envelopes umbilicals
2. 12.2
Mechanical TO
interface SALYUT
envelope ELECTRICAL definition
(physical
clearances)
CSM/DM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
REQUIREMENTS and requirements
Umbilical Power Docking
configuration transfer or requirements
undocking design
indication criteria
(initiated
by
either
vehicle)
Electromagnetic Intercom and data
transfer AND
requirements REQUIREMENTS
12.3
INSTRUMENTATION I. Vehicle a. b. to vehicle
COMMUNICATIONS
requirements
Tracking Voice
12-1 SD 71 -700
Z.
Ground a. b. c.
to vehicle
to ground
requirements
Tracking Voice Data locations and radiation
3. 4. 12.4
Antenna Frequency
requirements SALYUT FUNCTIONAL AND PROCEDURAL
CSM/DM TO REQUIREMENTS I. 2. 3. 4. 5. Structural Design Docking Venting
loads
and
bending
moments
loads
criteria rules (nature and direction and colors provide of vented material) items
ground criteria
Nomenclature (non-common-use
markings items
for common-use
for information) levels and
6.
Attitude thruster byproducts
location,
thrust direction, s
limitation s /r equir ement source
7.
Nuclear radiation activity) Atmosphere Docked
identification (radioisotope
and
definition/limitatlons criteria
(include constituents) effects)
9. 10.
thermal
(include attitude thruster requirements (i.e., LCG,
Common use equipment controls, etc.) Abort procedures
11.
(including
excursion
envelope
limits)
12-2 SD 71-700
#i_
Space American Rockwell North Division
12.
Crew a. b.
transfer Nominal Contingency
procedures transfer transfer with suits, (IVA) (IVA and EVA) definition experiments, envelope/ etc. )
13.
Equipment weight
transferred (i. e. , OPS,
crewman hygiene,
12.5
GSE GSE
INTERFACE interface exchange
REQUIREMENTS requirements definitions. are not defined and are dependent on
equipment 12.6
SUPPORT 1. 2. 3. Joint Joint
DOCUMENTATION mission operations definition flight trajectory constraints) fIight mission operations document include document) rules plan for each constraints vehicle and (i. e., limitation AOH Volume I type of the Operational plan for each vehicle (include launch and
Operational lighting
4. 5. 6.
Joint
Contingency Operational document Data Book
and
type
12-3 SD 71-700 "_
_'i _A%
13.0
CONCLUSIONS
The survey
results
of the IRDM USA,
study
show
that a meaningful docking
mission,
with
dual objectives
of conducting
international
and an earth accomplished. 115 and II5A
resources
of the Continental The modifications mission CSM The major
can be successfully to make CSM's
necessary hardware
compatible no major schedule The
with the baseline problem. requirements The
requirements
are reasonable is available
and present
in inventory.
are realistic concept
and can be met. module is straightforward anddetail
design
for the docking
design, fabrication, and assembly are well within the state of the art. All of the specified subsystem hardware items have been qualified for the Apollo Program. The schedule requirements are realistic and can be met.
The design concept for the international docking system is feasible and producible. A development test program will be required. The schedules will require careful management and the number of program interfaces must be kept to the minimum. Saturn IB launch vehicle date can from date pr ogr will am. hardware be the met study is readily baseline. adherence to a straightforward, available. with flexibility for the
The
A mid-1975 inclusion of some
launch variation launch ation
A mid-1974 minimummodific
require
13-1 SD 71-700
#i_
APPENDIX
A.
GUIDELINES
AND
CONSTRAINTS
The
study guidelines
and constraints
issued
by NASA/MSC to comply
are listed with MSC
below, together with NR technical direction. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Launch the shall 2. An time also overall readiness period be
interpretations
or variations
l.
for
the
proposed An
mission assessment
shall
be
planned
for launch
of mid-1974. provided. shall
of amid-1975
consideration
be
minimum
modifications
to the
CSM. The contractor s oftwa r e. The 51.6 sary payload. OPERATIONS The mission with mission shall have a total of 14 days duration with a docked Saturn degrees for yaw shall make maximum use of existing hardware and
IB payload inclination steering
to an is are not
81 by 38, 000
100-nautical-mile pounds. to The the 700
oribt pounds 38,000-pound
at neces-
chargeable
la
duration of the mission. 2. The orbit
the Salyut-type vehicle of 1 to 2 days. shall be dedicated to the earth survey
The remainder phase of the
docking mission with an initial docking
shall orbital module
be conducted altitude of shall be
with a 51.6-degree 162 nautical miles. launched on a Saturn
inclined
3.
The CSM and launch vehicle. During docked be maintained solar panels control
IB
operations, is X-axis normal in the vehicle,
the solar inertial in orbital plane and vehlcle/sun configuration for docking line.
attitude Salyut-type
which shall vehicle
to the docked
5.
Attitude the
shall
be
provided
by
Salyut-type
except
transients.
A-1 SD 71-700
_J_
6.
Translation considered. The In the criteria normal docked shall DM DM and shall shall the and
maneuvers
of the
docked
configuration
shall
not
be
7. 8.
Apollo
and
Skylab the
contingency Skylab impact the SLA. for Normal Capability transfer and from portable crew CSM
criteria
shall
apply.
configuration, apply be be to minimize
contamination-venting vehicle.
on Salyut-type
9. 10.
The The CSM
launched used as
within an airlock
transfer crew transfer contingency Salyut
between shall intrato the
the be CM shall
Salyut-type in shirtsleeves. extravehicular spacesuits
vehicle.
accomplished vehicular using pressurized be pr ovided. 11. Except where would 12. For phase orbital cal 13.
for the
oxygen
supplies
in emergency possible have mission without undesirable planning
situations, loss impingement purposes, shall be the be a circular
the of control,
active inhibit on the
spacecraft all passive for the
should, thrusters vehicle. earth survey Science 162 nautithat
the
target
of the mission altitude will
continental U.S. Earth orbit between 122 and
miles. SIM payload vehicle. operation while the CSM is docked
There will be no with the Salyut-type The the docking earth this phase survey mission,
14.
of the phase. the
mission
shall
be
accomplished
prior
to
15.
For closed, remain
CSM actual crew
and is
Salyut
hatches
shall
be
normally shall
except during open when the
crew transfer. in the docking
The CSMhatch module.
BASELINE
CONFIGURATION The initial follows : For two the baseline configuration of the CSM for this mission is as
l.
a.
baseline, would
the
IRDM
shall
fly
with
a three-man
crew,
of whom SPS
transfer shall
to Salyut. be the Skylab configuration of two
b.
The CSM tanks.
baseline
A-P SD 71-700
Co
The
baseline
SM water
shall bags
not will
include be used
the
Skylab during the
water
tank.
If
necessary, mission. The CSM
referenced
d.
baseline Oz
cryogenic tanks. power
tank
requirement
shall
be
three
H 2 and The three
Three
e,
CSM fuel
electrical cells. CSM
system
baseline
shall
include
f,
The Skylab baseline. As abaseline, backup baseline pounds
thermal
control
configuration
shall
be
g.
the deorbit SM
CSM
shall burn
be utilizing be
capable both
of performing the SM and CM up
a RCS. to
hybrid
h.
The 330
RCS
shall
augmented
to provide
of additional
deliverable
propellants.
GENERAL
CONFIGURATION The docking module (DM) configuration 2.0 shall be length. be installed in one shall be installed in established of 1.5 square by meters
l,
airlock minimum cross-sectional The end the

.
functional area and
size requirements meters clear
Apollo/LM docking and the international opposite DM attach DM shall end. utilize
system docking
(drogue) shall mechanism
The LM
a support SLA.
structure
which
attaches
to the
four
points
in the
The
shall contain, systems. docking order
at least, atmospheric lights, and docking
supply aids,
tanks in addition
(gas), to
pressurization the docking The international on the
controls,
mechanism
is diameter
likely by
to be
contained long.
within
a slice
of 60 inches valves hatches. able shall
10 inches operable
Pressure equalization sides of the included The within crew the shall airlock. be
be
manually
on both
to monitor
the
hatch
external
pressure
from
A-3 SD 71-700
#i_
8.
o
The The
docking HGA,
module the KRT, from
shall
have
two
hatches. SPS and helium battery tanks shall be
and the unused The power.
removed
the CSM.
enhancement
shall be utilized
for supplementary Note: The
term
"enhancement battery IRDM
battery"
is applicable
to the 41bAH CSMts able. battery The
installed in if-Series is to use the same but to change
and usable
only if fuel cell Z is inoperproposal provisions
and mounting
the electrical circuitry so that the battery may be used in parallel with all three fuel cells during peak load operations. In the IRDM conas the figuration, the battery will be designated "supplemental battery. " i0. Provisions performing shall be interfaces, SUBSYSTEMS General The CSM-DM Habitability The airlock section of the DM shall accommodate two suited CSM only. shall provide power and communications support for the for hatch venting integrity CM the docking checks and interface prior DM for the tunnel to interface CM-DM
areas and
and
for
separation DM-Salyut
provided by the respectively.
CONFIGURATION
crewmen.
Z.
Consideration the airlock.
shall be given
to providing
water
and food sticks in
Consideration shall storage provisions The DM ECS shall of two crewmen.
be given to including in the airlock. be sized for at least
waste
collection
and
three
round
trip
transfers
A-4 SD 71-700
_4_%
Structures Designs minimum factor where possible considerations. Electrical Power In the docked configuration, down to the degree possible.
o
of all as
new
and/or of 1.5.
modified Higher
structural factors testing,
designs of safety commensurate
shall shall be with
have
of safety a means
considered weight
of reducing
lo
the
CSM
systems
shall
be
powered
The 7.5A
DM will receive LM umbilicals. Note:
all
normal
operating
power
from
two
28 vdc
Per technical uration will and a coaxial
direction, the baseline include a third umbilical cable connection.
configconnector
C ornrnunic ations RF and

Zo
i,
voice
communication vehicle. to the shall
shall
be
provided
between
the
CSM/DM
Salyut-type
In addition transceiver at
o
existing CSM VHF communications be provided for communications lZ0 and 140 MHz.
capability, in the VHF
a band
a frequency
between patterns for coverage.
The antenna omnidirectional
these
communications
links
shall
provide
The CSM/DM shall ponder compatible
provide with the
capability to accept a tracking Soviet tracking interrogator.
trans-
Instrumentation The systems separation, EC LSS DM status, and shall and DM have hard line interface such with as the CSM for TV, voice, Salyut
control functions configuration.
DM/SLA
separation,
l,
The 16.0
normal psia. psia. shall
operating The DM
pressure shall have
range the
of the
DM
shall
be
4.8
to
capability
of being
depressurized
to zero 2, The DM
accommodate
three
dual
transfers.
A-5
SD
71-700
During
unmanned
periods, ranging
the airlock from
shall be capable
of operation
at total pressures
o
0 to 16 psid. physiological requirements
The DM atmosphere shall support during all manned operations. When shall Total a two-gas be nitrogen. DIV[ pressure and inside carbon atmosphere is used,
the
DM
atmosphere
diluent
shall
be
capable DM.
of being Oxygen
monitored partial
on all pressure shall
outside hatches be monitored

o
within the the DM. dioxide
DM allowable following: Time
partial
pressure
shall
not
exceed
the
crewman is breathing DM atmosphere 60 minutes than 60 minutes contaminants with the requirements and
C 0 2 PP 15 mm 7 mm odors of Hg of Hg shall be within controlled the
0 to Greater
So
DM
airborne
particulate compatible module. NR no as is
to a level command Note:
imposed
providing for
atmosphere particulate by directed
circulation or MSC. odor
with removal
provision technically
Gases dumped overboard assemblies and shall not EVA activities. The nominal rate 5 mm Hg/second The DM wall and of pressure or less. atmosphere ranges: crew, by of DM crew, internal 55
shall utilize nonpropulsive interfere with or create
discharge a hazard for
10.
change
in the
DM
shall
be
limited
to
11.
temperature
shall
be
within
the
following a. b. 12.
design
Occupiedby Unoccupied
to 95 F. 35 to ll0F. surface shall be minimized.
Condensation
A-6 SD 71-700
#i_
13.
Air
velocity
in the of 100 stay
DM feet
shall per
be
between in the with
a minimum habitable closed
of 15 areas. shall be
and
maximum 14. The crew follows : a. b.
minute DM
time
in the
hatches
as
Transfer
from
CM
to Salyut,
Z5 minutes. 2 hours
Transfer from Z 5 minute s. purposes,
Salyut to CIV[ (including prebreathe),
15.
For design furnished: a. b. c. d. The The prior Average Maximum Minimum
the following
crew
metabolic
data are
metabolic metabolic metabolic
rate,
600 Btu/hr
per man. 1200 Btu/hr per man.
rate for 15 minutes, rate, 300 Btu/hr
per man. 500 Btu/hr per man.
Metabolic
rate during
denitrogenization, for rapid
DIv[ shall provide
capability
depressurization. at 14.7 psia minimum vehicle. in the DIV[ or
DIV[ shall be pressure to manning capability
integrity checked
and after docking shall be provided
to Salyut-type
18.
The
for prebreathing
Salyut-type
vehicle.
19.
After prior pressing
the to
stay
in
the
Salyut, to
the 5.0
crew and
must
prebreathe prior to
for
2 hours
decompressing
psia
3 hours
decom-
to 3.4 psia. and Control flashing light beacons with the
Guidance,
Navigation,
The passive spacecraft shall have following characteristics: The Pulse Pulse Spectral flashing repetition duration light beacons frequency shall be shall
ao
provide Hertz.
full
sphere
coverage.
b.
of one approximately xenon
C,
one gas/quartz
millisecond. tube.
d.
characteristics,
A-7 SD 71-700
l_
e.
The at
flashing a distance
light equivalent
beacon to or
shall than or greater
be
visible than
with a third of 800
the
unaided with
eye an star,
of greater to a_ (conspicuity NR
equal
to 50 kilometers magnitude lumens/
intensity corresponding steradian Note:
equivalent factor, that and that
intensity A = 0.2). the CSlV[ is this item module
assumes
the
active
spacecraft applicable
.
is not design. the onboard
to docking line-of-sight as follows:
With
reference lights - green - red - amber
to the shall
pilotls be
axis,
orientation Right Left Rear Front The be orientation such that
- white lights no fewer desirable shall than to have be two nonflashing lights lights at can the be and seen the location for any of the shall orienta-
tion. It is spacecraft.
.
extremities
The
orientation
lights 0.2 NR assumes
shall
have
an
equivalent
white
light
intensity
of approximately Note:
lumen/steradian. that Paragraphs Z, 3, and 4 not
apply to the passive spacecraft and are applicable to the CSM/D1V[, which is assumed
.
to be
the
active
spacecraft. such that, at a range of at least 0.3 lumen/ shall be not less than
The active spacecraft shall of 150 meters, it provides square 10 meter. in The diameter. be a docking use cone degrees should active
have a floodlight an illumination of illumination
There such the
target characteristics
on
the
passive that, sighting The
spacecraft when sighted will of target requirements device
of on by allow of
three-dimensional vehicle,
of a collimated
all attitude dimensions permissible
and positional alignments. should be made in accordance misalignment errors at
choice with the contact.
docking
A-8 SD 71-700
7. Pr opul sion Per additional provide designated an
Rendezvous
shall
be
accomplished
with
VHF
ranging.
technical SM RCS additional a propellant
direction, quad (without 330 pounds storage
the
baseline
configuration
will into the additional
include
an to be
engines) manifolded of propellant. This quad (PSG).
other quads unit will
A-9 SD 71-700
_1=_
Unit Weight Item GFE (lb) EQUIPMENT 1.7 1.0 0.8 0.8 (dac) angle electric electric Hasselblad Hasselblad 0.2 0.2 0.7 70ram 70ram preference data inflight meter meter 1 degree interval, lens lens recorder voice data kit assembly, flight card (with 16rnm file cassette camera and battery) automatic 2-speed pilots flight 3.9 1.4 0.5 0.9 18.0 1.4 Negligible Negligible 1.7 0.4 0.6 2.0 1.5 0.2 Negligible Negligible 1.0 0.7 0.5 3.0 stowage (kit) rucksack, rucksack, tissue CM CM CM utility towel utility towel utility towel wear (red) (blue) (white) No. No. 1 2 0.9 1.8 30.8 20.2 1.4 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.8 0.3 32.3 0.5 extinguisher 0.7 2.7 3.1 3.0 1.8 1.8 0.4 0.4 1 14 1 1 I 1 1 1 14 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15 1 B3 l-B3, B3 B3 B3 B3 8-R13, 5-DM Quantity Stowage Location
Camera, Magazine, Lens, Lens, Cable, Mirror, Monocular Camera, Magazine, Kit, Tape File, Exerciser, Cover, Cover, Spotmeter, Timer, 10ram Z 50rnrn Voice Fuse Clip, Data Cable, Pressure EVA Bag, Kit, Kit,
16ram 16mm 18mm 75ram power right
data data
acquisition acquisition
U4
B3 l-B3, A1 R6 RI, A3 RZ R2 B3 A1 B3 U4 A1 4-U4, R3 R2 R2 A3 A3 I-CM A5 A1 R4 R4 4-Bl, I-AS, I-AS, I-AS, U2 3-A6, U2 I-AS, l-Bl, MDC UEB UEB DM U2 U2 U2 U2 6-DM, 4-DM I-DM 3-A5 5-DM 2-DM 2-DM 2-DM - I DMin SEVA II-AI R2, R3 10-RI3, 3-DM
Battery,
recorder
6
1 1 1 2 PR 3 1 1 1
remote control control valve gloves jettison tape survival survival
Cassette,
Dispenser, Assembly, Assembly, Assembly, Bag, Bag, OPS Kit, Water Mask Mask Mask Jacket Trouser Boot, Boot, helmet Garmet,
9
3 3 3 3 12 3 5 2 1
stowage
constant
accessory EMU maintenance
dispenser/fire and and and hose, hose, hose, assembly, right, left, ICG ICG oxygen oxygen oxygen ICG
as s ernbly
assembly,
ICG
B-2 SD 71 -700
_1_
Unit Weight Item (lb) 0.3 0.1 0.3 UCTA urine transfer UTS (spare) Negligible 0.8 0. i 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.8 1.1 plate hlgh-cap left-hand transfer electrical PGA electrical and right-hand 1.0 0.3 1.5 1.2 0.2 0.4 Negligible cover, Negligible 1.0 disposal 0.8 40.0 40.0 medical radiation EVA stowage SEVA SEVA accessories survey tether (25 ft) 1.2 5.6 0.4 0.4 Neglibible high high camera TV density density sextant 0.2 0.4 1,3 12.2 2.9 0.3 cover 1.5 0.8 camera F/1.2 film adapter garmet plug upper upper right left hand hand with interconnect 0.1 1.8 1.0 0.2 0.4 0.5 4.6 0.1 0. Z 0.2 with TV 3.1 1.6 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 i 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 I 1 Z 2 1 1 Quantity 3 4 5 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 3 1 4 1 3 U2 U4 R6 RII RII RII RII RII RII TBD B1 A3 A3 RII B1 Side A6 R2 A1 A3 A3 DM L3 R8 LHE A1 1-CM, 1-CM, B1 A6 U2 R6 R6 A1 A2 A1 A5 AZ A2 A2 B2 B2 B2 A1 L2 U1 A3 A1 A1 1-DM 1-DM B A1 Stowage Location
Subsystem Tape Penlights Clamp, System, Receiver Roll-on Roll-on Roll-on Shield, Pad, PGA Tether, Filter, Heel Adapter, Adapter, Eyepatch Protective connector Receptacle cassette,
fecal
containment voice recorder
assembly, cuff (red) cuff cuff helmet headrest adapter wrist urine restraint, UCTA CWG (blue) (white) protective
assembly,
urine
Gas separator cartridge/HzO adapter assembly Food Food Kit, Meter, Contingency Bag, Viser assembly, Dosimeter Headset, Ear Sun Sun tube, filter, filter, lightweight universal QUA QUA 16ram color TV TV zoom, 16-ft sight TV camera 55ram, 35ram 33ram dac cooling connector CPS, CPS, timing monitor
Adapter, Camera, Monitor, Cable, Lens, Cable, Ring 35ram Lens, Cassette, Bracket, Cable, Liquid Water Harness, Harness,
B-3 SD 71-700
SpaceAmerican Rockwell Division North
Unit Weight Item (15) right left right hand 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.5 unit flow (less OPS) control valves CREW Sunglas Pouch, Chronograph Watchband Pens, Pen, Pencil Sliderule Bag, Vest, Scissors UCTA Penlights Assembly, Garment, ITLSAITLSA-IV Gloves, Helmet Harness, EV bioinstrumentation constant wear (CDR/LMP) (CMP) IV-pair assembly, electrical pressure suit trumentation carrier belt motion dual life sickness data marker record{ng s es sunglasses 3.0 0.5 APPAREL 0.1 Negligible 0. I Negligible 0. I Negligible 0.1 Negligible 0.1 2.4 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.Z 0.8 46.9 41.8 Z.0 Z.7 0.4 0.2 1.6 0.2 CDR/LMP CDR/LMP CMP CMP suit as semhly pouch assembly 0.2 0.Z 0.2 0.Z 0.5 electrical, trume and ntation overwrap personal passive molded (communications (communications carrier) 0.4 1.1 Negligible 0.4 Negligible Negligible 3 9 3 PR On On On On On On On On crew crew crew crew crew crew crew crew Quantity A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 DM A1 Stowage Location
Harne Harnes
s s, CPS, s, CPS, PLSS PLSS valve
upper upper lower lower
left hand
Harness, Harness, Purge PGA/OPS Prebreath
PGA pocket On crew On On On On On On On On On On On On On On On On On On On crew crew crew crew crew crew C MP crew crew CMP crew crew crew crew crew CMP CMP crew crew in CDR and LMP (CMP) on LMP (CDR and LMP)
Harness, bioins Communication Pocket, Pocket, Pocket, Pocket, Pocket, UCTA Harness, Bioins Earplug Dosimeter, Dosimeter, Earplece, carrier) Eartube scissors checklist data, checklist, data,
1 on CDR/I 1 each PGA On crew pockets each
CWG 1 pair On
on
crew
Negligible
crew
B-4 SD 71-700
4_
Unit Weight Item CFE Container, transfer) Container, Container, Shade, Shade, Shade, Shade, Shade, Fecal Control Control Restraint (right) Restraint (left) Restraint (center) Hose assembly, urine 2.7 5. O0 1 Z8 Side A1 bag 4-A4, A6, R15, A6, R15, CO 2 absorber 2-ECU, 14-DM 4-A4, A1 A3 A3 A3 1-RHEB, Side A1 A3 On On On L2 DM LHEB U3 U3 On On On A3 B3 B8 B8 R6 R6 R6 PNL PNL PNL PNL PNL PNL A4 1-DM assembly, assembly, crewman crewman sleeping sleeping 3.7 3.7 UEB UEB PGA temporary rendezvous, rendezvous, side, side, hatch collection head, head, assembly CCU CCU crewman sleeping left right left right stowage PGA (for CM and DM (lb) EQUIPMENT 3.4 2 2-A1 Quantity Stowage Location
Z.6
1.70 1.1 I.I 1.6 1.5 1,2 0.2 1.0 1.0 3.7
1 3 1 I I 1 1 30 4 2 I
1 -A3 UI UEB UEB UEB UEB UEB 18-A4, 12 DM I-L2
3 on panel, DM UEB
assembly,
Shim, Bracket, PLV PLV PLV Fire EVA EVA
CO 2 absorber data duct, duct, duct, left center right hand acquisition hand camera
0.20 0.9 0.10 0.10 0.10 7.6 14.0 gauge PGA O2 0.7 0.4 Z.5 3.6 Z.5 3.6 Est 3.0 1.5 0. I 0. I 7.8 11.0 7.8 1.5 7.0 0.15 0.15 0.30 syringe 0.30 O.Z
Z6 1 1 1 1 Z 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 Z 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 16 16 1 1 1
14-DM
extinguisher umbilical panel pressure
Coupling, assembly, interconnects Cable, Cable, Cable, Cable Cable, COAS Filter, Bulb, COAS COAS 02, 02, Oz, B3 chlorination ampule, chlorine chlorination chlorination left right center CCU, CCU, CCU, CCU, CCU, left right center spare DM
Un_bilical, Umbilical, Umbilical, Snag line Cushion, Ampule, Buffer Knob, Casing, Needle,
chlorination syringe
B-5 SD 71-700
,_l&Xj
North ulvlslon opaceAmencan Rockwell
Unit Weight Item
(lb)
"E"
Quantity L2 AI R5 R5 LHEB A3 1 1 1 3 20 1 1 6 I Z 1 1 RII A3 A3 LEB LEB LEB LEB LEB LEB LEB LEB LEB LEB LZ AZ Side Side Side L2 Side A3 2A1 l-A1, A5 I1-A9 R5 U4 A5 A3 A 1 A1 A1 A1 A3 A3 L3 LHEB 9-R5 B1 A1
Stowage Location
Handle O Z hose Strap, Strap, Coupling female Water Power Pressure Cable, Clamp, Utility Rope, Adapter, Strap, Strap, Strap, Acoustic Closeout Data Data Data Data Clamp, Clip, Plate, Plate, Pouch Cable, Bracket, EVA EVA EVA Cable, Unipod, Tether, Bag Bag, Tapes
adapter, screen couch couch quickpanel, cable, cap, grounding O z hose straps entry
tool cap restraint restraint
0.3
0.1 O.Z 0.3 0.3 0.1 0. Z
assembly, dis WMS, WMS WMS,
water c onnect male
panel,
quick-disconnect 0. I 0.1 Negligible 0.03 (package) camera restraining 0.2 1.29 0.03 receptacle booster B5 snap snap hook hook and assembly assembly assembly assembly B6 (short) (long) (short) {long) 0.2 0. I 1.1 0.7 0.1 0.1 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.01 adapter adapter assemblyleft assembly temporary intervalometer mounting left right center probe right stowage 0.1 0.Z 0.4 0.3 1.4 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.2 2.0 0.5 assembly 1.Z Z.0 (return) (191) straps container tool tool F tool R E B and (192) 95.0 13.0 0.2 0.Z 0.9 5.4
quick-disconnect ABS)
(COz (inflight)
tie-down
Hasselblad utility relief harness tone curtain, retention retention retention retention snap spring calfax calfax assembly, camera TV guard, guard, guard, docking
6 6
Z 2 8 8 Z I Z 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 2 1 16 2 1 1 1 I 1 1 I
EVA photography IV crewman water/urine fecal stowage magazine (recorder) contingency
and
2-DM
1-DM and 5-DM
Panoramic
Docking probe Intervalometer Equipment Tool set Wrench, Handle Wrench, Torque set
transfer assembly emergency, adapter, end-tool driver,
B-6
SD 71-700
#Jii_
Unit Weight Item (lb) Quantity Stowage Location
Driver, Tether Pouch Jack Tool, Wrench, Socket, Adapter, Torque Torque LCG screw L
U joint, tool V
rachet 3/8-inch screwdriver tip, tip water No. No. hose
(tool
W) (too12)
8 (tool 10 (tool
3) 4) DM box A5
Carry-through
speaker
B-7 SD 71-700
_4_
Space_ Division North Rockwell
ALTERNATE further
STOWAGE study
LIST produced module module. configuration. an alternate plan to stow equipment for remaining stowage
1 1 days in the command 3 days into the docking list for the alternate
and overflow The following
equipment for the is the preliminary
B-8 SD 71-700
Space Division North American Rockw
Unit Weight Item GFE EQUIPMENT 1.7 1.0 0.8 l 14 1 1 I 1 1 1 14 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 l 15 i 1 B3 I-B3,8-RI3, B3 B3 B3 B3 U4 B3 I-B3, A1 R6 Rl, A3 R2 R2 B3 A1 B3 U4 Al 4-U4, R3 R2 R2 A3 A3 I-CM, A5 Al R4 R4 4-A9, 1-AS, l-AS, l-A5, U2 3-A6, U2 l-A5, I-U3, MDC UEB UEB DM U2 U2 4-DM I-DM 5-DM 2-DM 2-DM 2-DM 6-DM 3-A5 I-DM inSEVA ll-Al R2, R3 10-RI3, 3-DM 5-DM (lb) Quantity Stowage Location
Camera
16mm
data
acquisition data acquisition
Magazine, 16ram Lens, 18ram Lens, Cable, Mirror, Monocular Camera, Magazine, Kit, Tape File, Exerciser, Cover, Cover, Spotmeter, Timer, 10rnm 250ram Voice lens lens recorder meter meter 1-degree interval flight data inflight pilots 75ram power right 70ram 70ram preference (dac) angle
0.8
0. Z 0.2 0.7 electric electric Hasselblad Hasselblad 3.9 1.4 0.5 0.9 18.0 1.4 Negligible automatic Negligible 1.7 0.4 0.6 2.0 (with recorder 1Cram file control valve cassette camera and battery) 1.5 0.2 w/gag Negligible 'NegIigible 1.0 0.'7 0.5 3.0 stowage tape (kit) rucksack, rucksack, tissue CM CM CM constant utility utility utility wear towel towel towel (red) (blue) (white) No. No. 1 2 0.9 1.8 30.8 20.2 1.4 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.8 0.3 32.3 0.5 extinguisher oxygen oxygen oxygen ICG ICD assem.bly 0.7 2.7 3.1 3.0 1.8 1.8
2-speed
Battery, voice Fuse assembly, Clip, Data Cable, Pressure EVA Bag, Cassette, Kit, Kit, survival survival gloves jettison flight data card kit remote control
6
1 1 1 2 PR 3 1 1 1
*Dispenser, Assembly, Assembly, Assembly, Bag, Garment, Bag, OPS *Kit, Water Mask Mask Mask Jacket Trouser helmet accessory EMU and and and
9
3 3 3 3 12, 3 5 2 1 2 1 Z 4 4
stowage
maintenance hose, hose, hose, assembly,
dispenser/fire
assembly,
*Change
from
baseline
B-9 SD 71 -700
_i_
Unit Weight
Item
fib)
0.4 0.4
Quantity 4 4 3 4 5 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 3 1 4 1 3 1 U2 U2 U2 U4 R6 RII Rll Rll Rll Rll Rll TBD A9 A3 A3 Rll A9 Side A6 R2 A1 A3 A3 B1 L3, R8 LHEB A1 1 -CM, 1 -CM, DM U3 A6 U2 R6 R6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 A1 A2 A1 A5 A2 A2 A2 B2 B2 B2 AI L2
Stowage Location
Boot, Boot, Subsystem Tape Penlights Clamp, System, Receiver Roll-on Roll=on Roll-on Shield, _Pad, PGA Tether, Filter,
right, left, cassette, UCTA urine cuff cuff cuff helmet headrest adapter wrist urine
ICG ICG fecal containment voice recorder
0.3 0.1 0.3 Negative
transfer UTS (spare) (red) (blue) (white) protective plate high-cap left hand transfer electrical PGA electrical urine disposal connector and right hand
0.8 0.1 0.1 0.1 0. 1 8 0 I. 1 1. 0 0. 3 1. 5 1. 2 0. 2 0.4 Negative
assembly,
_-Heel restraint, Adapter, UCTA Adapter, Eyepatch Protective Receptacle, Gas *Food Food Kit, Meter, Contingency Bag, Viser, *Food *Dosimeter Headset, Eartube, Sun Sun filter, filter, lightweight universal QUA QUA 16ram color TV TV zoom, 16 ft sght TV camera 55ram, 35ram 35ram DAC timing monitor with TV SEVA medical radiation EVA separator adapter cover, CWG
A1
assembly, cartridge/H20 as sembly
Negative 1.0 0. 8 30. 40.0 0
B1
accessories survey tether SEVA (25 ft)
3.1 1.6 1.2 5.6 27.0 0.4 0.4 Negative 0.2 0.4 1. 12. 2. 0,
stowage
1 -DM 1 - DM
assembly,
high high camera TV
density density sextant
Adapter, Camera, Monitor, Cable, Lens, Cable, Ring 35mm Lens, Cassette, Bracket, Cable,
cover
1.
0o
camera F/1.2 film adapter
O. 1. 1. O. O. O.
_::Change
from
baseline
B-10 SD 71 -700
Space Division .-. North American Rockwell
Unit Weight Item (lb) interconnect hand hand hand hand 4o 0. right left right left left right OPS) valves CREW APPAREL 0.
0
Quantity 2 2 1 1 1 1 Z 2 2 2 2 U1 A3 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 DM A1
Stowage Location
Liquid Water Harness, Harness, Harness, Harness, Harness, Harness, Purge Prebreath PGA/OPS
cooling connector CPS, CPS, CPS, CPS, PLSS PLSS valve unit flow
garment plug upper upper upper upper lower lower {less control
with
0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 3. 0.
Sunglas Pouch, Chronograph Watchband Pens, Pen, Pencil Slide Bag, Vest, Scissors UCTA rule
se s sunglasses
0. i Negative 0.1 recording Negative 0.1 Negative 0.1 sickness life Negative 0.1 2.4 0.5 0.5 0.3 3 3 3 Z 1 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 Z
On On On On On On On On
c few crew c few c rew crew crew crew c few
data marker
motion dual
PGA pocket On crew On On On On On On On On On On On On On On On On On On i on On 1 each LMP On CWG Crew pockets crew crew crew c rew c few crew CMP crew crew CMP crew crew crew crew crew CMP CMP crew CDR/1 crew in PGA CDR and {CMP) on LMP (CDR and
LMP) Penlights Assembly Garment, IT LSA-EV IT LSA-IV Gloves, Helmet Harness, Harness, Communication Pocket, Pocket, Pocket, Pocket, Pocket, UCTA Harness, Bioinst Earplug Dosimeter, Dosimeter, electrical rumentation and overwrap personal passive suit assembly pouch assembly bioinstrumentation constant-wear {CDR/LMP) (CMP) IV-pair assembly, electrical blolnst scissors checklist, data, checklist, data, CMP CDR/LMP CDR/LMP CMP pressure suit rumentation carrier belt 0.2 0.8 46.9 41.8 2.0 2.7 0.4 0.2 1.6 0.2 0. Z 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.4 1.1 Negative 0.4 Negative
B-If SD 71-700
Unit Weight Item Earpiece, Eartube, molded (communication (communication carrier) CFE Container, Container, Container, Shade, Shade, Shade, Shade, Shade, Fecal Control Control Restraint Restraint Restraint (cente Hose r) assembly, urine PGA PGA temporary rendezvous, rendezvous, side, side, hatch collection head, head, left right assembly CCU CCU crewman crewman crewman sleeping sleeping sleeping 3.7 2.7 5.00 0.20 camera 1 1 28 26 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UEB Side R15, Shim, Bracket, PLV PLV PLV Fire EVA EVA duct, duct, duct, CO 2 absorber data left center right hand r gauge PGA 0 2 interconnects acquisition hand A1 bag 4-A4, 14 DM R15, A6, 2 ECU, (right) (left) left right stowage (for CM and DM transfer} carrier) (lb) Negative Negative EQUIPMENT 3.4 Z. 6 1.70 1.1 1.1 1.6 1.5 1.2 0.2 1.0 1.0 3.7 3.7 2 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 30 4 2 1 1 Z-A1 1 -A3 U1 UEB UEB UEB UEB UEB 18-A4, 12 DlCI 1 DM Quantity 3 I_R 6 1 pair On crew Stowage Location each on crew
3 on panel, DM UEB UEB
assembly, assembly, assembly,
CO 2 absorber
4-A4, A6, 14-DM A1 A3 A3 A3 1 RHEB, Side A4 A1 A3 On On On L2 DM LHEB U3 U3 On On On A3 B3 B8 B8 R6 R6 panel panel panel panel panel panel
0.9
0.10 0.10 0.10 7.6 14.0 0.7 0.4 2.5 3.6 2_..5 3.6 Est 3.0 1.5 0. I 0. I 7.8 I1.0 7.8 1.5 7.0 0.15 0.15 0.30 O. 30
extinguishe umbilical panel pressure
1 DM
Coupling, Cable, Cable, Cable, Cable Cable, COAS Filter, Bulb,
assembly, CCU, left CCU, CCU, CCU, CCU, COAS COAS 02, 02, O2, B3 chlorination ampule, chlorine chlorination left right center right center spare DM
Umbilical, Umbilical, Umbilical, Snag Cushion, Ampule, Buffer Knob, Casing, line
chlorination syringe syringe
16 16
1 1
B-I2 SD 71-700
_b
Space Division Rockwell NorthAmencan
Unit Weight Item
I
Stowage Location R6 L2 AI R5 R5 LHEB A3 A3 A3 L3 LHEB 9-R5 A9 AI RII A3 A3 LEB LEB LEB LEB LEB LEB LEB LEB LEB LEB LZ A2 Side Side Side LZ Side A3 Z-A1 1-A1, A5 and 2 DM A1 A1 A1 A1
(Ib)
0.2
Quantity 1 I 2 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 3 ZO I I 6 I Z I 1
Needle, Handle 0 2 hose Strap, Strap,
chlorination adapter, screen couch couch tool cap restraint restraint water male panel, female quick-I E
0.3 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3
Coupling disconnect Water Power Pressure Cable, Clamp, Utility *Rope, Adapter, Strap, Strap, Strap, Acoustic C1oseout Data Data Data Data Clamp, Clip, Plate, Plate, Pouch Cable, Bracket, EVA EVA EVA Cable, Unipod, Tether, Bag Bag, guard, guard, guard,
assembly, WMS, WMS WMS, cap,
panel, cable, grounding 02 straps entry utility relief harness tone
quick-disconnect
0.1 0.2 0. I 0.1 Negative 0.3
quick-disconnect ABS)
(CO2 (inflight)
hose tie-down (package) camera restraining
0.2 1.29 0.03 0.2 0. I 1. I
Hasselblad receptacle booster B5
curtain, snap snap hook hook
and
B6 (short) (long) (short) (long)
0.7
retention retention retention retention snap spring calfax calfax assembly, camera, TV
assembly assembly assembly assembly
o.I
0. I 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.3 1.4 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.2 2.0 0.5 1.2 2.0 95.0
6
6 Z Z 8 8 2 1 2 1 1 l 1 I 1 1 1 4 2 1 16 Z 1 1 1 1 1
adapter adapter
assembly, assembly,
left right stowage
temporary intervalometer mounting left right center probe
docking
EVA photography IV crewman contingency stowage (192) assembly
water/urine fecal
1 DM
Panoramic magazine (return) *Tapes (recorder) (191) and Docking probe straps Inte rval ome te r Equipment Tool Wrench, Handle
13.0 0.2 0.2 0.9 5.4
Top of aft lockers and 5 DM R5 U4 A5 A3
t ransfe r c ontaine r emergency, adapter, tool B
set assembly tool E
*Change
from
baseline
m
B-13 SD 71 -700
@
Unit Weight Item (lb) Quantity Wrench, Torque Driver, T ether Pouch Jack Tool, Wrench, Socket, Adapter, Torque Torque tip, tip, screw L rachet 3/8-inch screwdriver No. No. 8 (tool I0 (tool (tool No. No. No. 3) 4) 2) (tool W) end, tool F tool R
Stowage Location
set driver,
U joint, tool V
B-14 SD 71-700
J_' _,_'
APPENDIX ABBREVIATIONS
A AC AH ALSEP AOH ATEE bps BCD C CCSR CCU CDR CDR CDU CEIT CZF 2
cm
Ampere Alternating Ampere-hour Apollo Apollo Apollo
current Lunar Science Experiment Operations Handbook telecommunications Package evaluation
engineering
Bits per second Binary coded decimal Degree Celsius review umbilical
Crew compartment stowage Crewmans communication C ommande r Critical Caution Crew Design detection equipment Review unit installation fit and
test function
Crew compartment, Centimeter Command Command Command Checkout Crewman Command module module module optical service
CM CMC CMP C/O C OAS CSM CTE CTN CTR C&W CWG DAP DC DDTF DM DRR
computer pilot alignment module sight
Central timing equipment Certification test network Certification Caution and Constant-wear Digital Direct Dynamic Docking Data auto pilot current Docking module Test reproducer Facility test requirement warning garment
recorder-
SD
7 I- 700
4_1_
ECLSS ECS ECU EDS El EL EMI EMU EPS ERS EVA F FC FM fps FSI GAC G&C GDN GFE GFP G&N GSE HGA ICD IDS IMU IR IR IRDM IRIG IRIG- B ISI IU IVA K kb s kg
Environmental Environmental Environmental
control control control
and
life
support
system
system unit subsystem
Emergency detection Entry interface ElectroluminJscent Electromagnetic Extravehicular Electrical Earth Extravehicular Degree Fahrenheit Fuel cell Frequency Feet per Final Grumman Guidance Goddard Gore rnmentGovernmentGuidance Ground HighInterface modulation second installation power resources
interference mobility unit subsystem survey activity
systems
Aerospace and control Network furnished furnished
Corporation
equipment property
and navigation support equipment antenna Control Document system unit
gain
International docking Inertial measurement Incident Infrared International Inte r- Rang A 100-pps, rate (heating) Rendezvous
and time
Docking Group of year,
Mission 17-bitbinary time
e In strumentation 30-bit BCD
of day, time code format Initial systems installation Instrument unit Intra-vehicular Degree Kelvin Kilo bits per Kilogram activity
second
C-Z SD 71700
0_1_
kHz km KSC L Ib LC39 LCG LEB LES LM LO LOS LTV LV LV
Kilo
He rtz Spaceflight Center
Kilometer Kennedy Liter(s) Pound Launch LiquidLower Launch Lunar Launch Line Complex 39 cooled garment equipment bay escape module ope rations of sight subsystem
LingTemcoVaught Launch vehicle Local vertical (micron) of CSM revolutions se cor rection docking Display Hertz llne operation per second Spaceflight Spacecraft service on 1 maneuver Z maneuver combination mile(s) (rendezvous) (rendezvous) maneuver (rendezvous) module Center Building and adapter Control Panel required for rendezvous
_m m
Micrometer Meter Number Midcour Multiple Main Mega Mold Multiple Meters Manned Manned Mobile Newt I Phasing Phasing Corrective n mi Nautical
M MCC MDA MDC MHz ML MOM raps MSC MSOB MSS N NC NC2 NCC nm, NPC NR NRZNSR OPS
Operations structure
Plane charge maneuver (rendezvous) North American Rockwell Corporation Non-return to zero level Coelliptic maneuver Oxygen purge system (rendezvous)
P PA
Pres sure Power amplifier
C-3 SD 7 i- 700
_4_
PCM PCO PDR PGA PIT PLSS PM PMP PPS psi psia PSQ PTT PUGS QD RC&D RCS R&D RRT
Pulse Post
code modulation checkout Design test system Review assembly
Preliminary
Pressure garment Pr e-installation Portable Phase
life support modulation
Pre-modulation pres sure Pulse(s) per second Pounds per square inch Pounds Propellant Press to Propellant Quick Roll per square inch, quad and gauging system absolute storage talk utilization disconnect control and control and radar damp subsystem docking transponder
Reaction Rendezvous Rendezvous Second Structure Standup Signal Signal
SA SEVA SCE SCO SCS SI SIM SLA SM SPS SPT SWS TCS T&D TLM TP TPF TPl TRDC TV
as sembly extravehicular conditioning cont,'oiled and instrument LM module propulsion pilot work shop system and docking adapter subsystem visor equipment oscillator control subsystem module assembly
Stabilization Solar inertial Scientific SpacecraftService Service Scientific Saturn Thermal Transposition Telemetry Test point Terminal
control
phase
finalization
maneuver
(rendezvous) (rendezvous)
Terminal phase Tape recorder Television
initiation maneuver data conditioner
C-4 SD 71700
"'_1" _llb3
Space Division North Amer,can Rockwell
UDL USBE UTS UV VAB VGP VHF VSW1K W WIF
Up- data Unified
link S-band
equipment system
Urine transfer Ultraviolet Vehicle Vehicle Very Voltage Watt Water Immersion Assembly ground
Building point wave ratio
high frequency standing
Facility
SD
? I- 700
,_b
SpaceAmerican Rockwel! North Division
APPENDIX SUMMARY OF PRODUCTION AND
D CHECKOUT EQUIPMENT
A review the need for 130 showed of the equipment 75 percent
of production items that total
and
checkout
requirements of existing
for
the Apollo
IRDM
showed
of equipment. 106 existing requirements. of new
A review
program to meet in
items could be readily modified The extent of the modifications items required are summarized
necessary and Table D- 1.
the
number
Table
D-1.
Required
Modifications
New
Equipment
Existing Average Modifi Percent cation red of
Equipment Ground Material Special DITMCO Dimensional Totals support handling test
Type equipment
Quantity IZ 3 0 0 21 36
Quantity 33 4Z 14 7 10 106
R equi
9.5 39.3 3.9 40.0 8.0 ZZ. 1
equipment tooling
GROUND The MATERIAL The SPECIAL The
SUPPORT ground
EQUIPMENT support equipment is listed in Table D-Z.
HANDLING material TEST special handling EQUIPMENT test equipment is listed in Table D-4. equipment is listed in Table D-3.
D-I SD 71-700
_ "_.b
DITMCO
The DITMCO DIMENSIONAL
test equipment TOOLING
is listed in Table
D-5.
The
dimensional
tooling is listed in Table
D-6.
D-2 SD 71-700
_.#j_3
Space Division Rockwell North American
Table
D-2.
IRDM
Ground
II 'I i i
Support
Equipment
GROUND SUPPORT QUIPMENT E B1290 MSOB PAD MODELNUMBER NOMENCLATURE A34-XXX DOCKINGAIDS AND ALIG_:/',IENT ,OM/SALYUI3 S S /04-XXX DOCKINGAIDS AND ALIGNMENT (CM/DM) S S C)4-XX2 DATACOUPLINGUNIT S S S C34-XX3 TEST TAPERECORDER S S S STAND SUPPORT HORIZONTAL H34-XXX X H34-XXX SIMULATOR WITH SLING S S H_-XXX SLING SET- TURNOVER S S H_ -XXX INSTALLATION FIXTURE S S S H34-XXX ACCESS PLATFORA,% SLA . S S WORKPLATFORM DM -CM END S S S H34-XXX S H_-XXX WORKPLATFORM DM - SALYUT END S S H34-XXX WORKPLATFORM DM -HORIZONTAL S S S A14-014 CLEANING POSITIONER X A14-046 CRANE CONTROL X A14-134 CRANE CONTROL X A14-139401 CASE ASSE,_4BLY PYROTECHNICS INITIATOR X A14-154 DC DIGITAL INDICATOR X A14-231 ANTENNA COUPLING SET S S /64-454 SUPPORT HINGE DOOR X C14-021 TELEMETR GROUND STATI Y ON X C14-)40 X CABLE SET,MOBILE SERVICESTRUCTURE X C14-3691370 ELECTR ICAL TERMINAL DISTRIBUTOR S S C14-442 RADIO FREQUENCY CHECKOUT UNIT C14-474 X CABLE SET,MSOB S C14-596 S S RADIO FREQUENCY ANTENNA SET C34-695 CAUTION AND WARNING SYSTEM MONITOR X X S S S C34-709 CABLE SET- ADAPTER BREAKOUT BOX S S S C34-7;5 Q-BALL HARNESS BREAKOUT BOX CM-758 SIMISDSIEXPERIMENT INTERFACE CHECKOUT UNIT S S S S C54-007 MDAICM ELECTR CAL SI I MULATOR X C54-035 MDAICM ELECTRICAL VERIFICATIONUNIT X H14-017 SICWEIGHT AND BALANCE FIXTURE S S S H14-073 SLING S S S H14-I15 INSTALLATION FIXTURE X H14-134 INTEGRATED SYSTEM TESTSUPPORT BASE X H14-178 WEIGHT AND BALANCE LOAD RELIEVINGDEVICE S S S H14-203 TRAILER H34-XXX WEIGHT AND BALANCE SET X X H34-233 SLING SM REMOVABLE SKIN S i H34-268 SLING SET -SM SECTOR IV PANEL i 514-014 X FLUI D ISTRIBUTION SYSTEM D ! i S14-079 PORTABLEMODULE LEAKTESTASSEMBLY X S14-088 FLUIDDISTRIBUTIONSYST_ X ! X S14-132 FLUIDDISTRIBUTIONSYSTEM
% OF MOD NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW I0_ O_ O_ 0% O_ 15% 3(_/o
2_ 4_ 5_ I0_ I0_ 20_ 25% O_ 10%
O_ 2_ 80% I0_ I0_ 2_ 0% 2_
D-3 SD 7 1 -700
_lk_
Space Divis!on North American Rockwell
Table
D-3.
, |,L
IRDM
Material
Handling
Equipment
-I {
EQUIPMENT 9EH-XXX 9EH -XXX 9EH'XXX 9EH'(X)58 9EH-0068& 9EH-1044 9EH-.0011A 9EH-0071 -B 9EH-0072-2 9EH-0074 9EH-'0083 9EH-0101 9EH-1491 & 9EH-'01029EH-0104 & 9EH-0t05 9EH-0111 9EH-0111& 9EH-1713 9EH-0123 9EH-0141 9EH -016.5 9EH-0176 9EH-0205 9EH-0358 9EH-.0471 9EH-056/ 9EH-'05?6-A 9EH-0720 9EH-0753 9EH-0755 9EH-I049 9EH-II05. 9EH-II67 9EH-1275 9EH-1367 9EH-1383 9EH-1425 9EH-1470 9EH-1520 9EH-1716 9EH-_22 9EH-21)& 9EH-2108 9EH-3124
I MATERIALHA_I'I3LING EQUIPMENT NO_IENCLATURE , j%OFMOD COVER FUI_-AS S_.MBLY NEW PROTECTIVECOVER NEW ENVIRONMENTALCOVER NEN SLING - VERTICALSTRUCTURE WORKPLATFORMASSEMBLY 3.5% DOLLYBUILDUP 25% WOR KPLATFORM 40_ WORKPLATFORMARONSON WELD POSITIONER Y_/,, WORKSTAND 40_ RACK DOLLY- TANK 5_ DOLLY 45% SKIN HANDLINGFIXTURE 40% SLING -TURNOVER& VERTICALASSE_'_BLY 45% SLING - COMPONENTSSSEMBLYTURNOVER A 40",'/o 35% SLING - TANK SKIN RACK 30% SKIN AUTOCLAVE DOLLY 50'% 4.5% DOLLY -TRANSPORT _STORETOOLING 35% rDOLLY-ASSEMBLY TRANSPORT 35% 40% I TOOL DOLLY 35% WORKPLATFORM -ARONSON WELD POSITIONER 25% WORKSTAND 25% TUBE STORAGE RACK HOBE RACK 35% BOND TOOL DOLLY 4.5% SLING -VERTICALASSEMBLY 35% DOLLY -ASSEMBLY 4_ !WORKPLATFORM - SHIPPING PREPARATION 25% INSTALLATION SLING PLUS ADAPTER 25% SLING -COMPONENTS ASSEMBLY HORIZONTAL SLING -HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY IWIRE HARNESS DOLLY 10'/o 1.5_ TUBING DOLLY 25% SKIN SLING DOLLY- STOREAND PICKUP CONICAL SKIN COVER COVERS WORKPLATFORMCHECKOUT -
D-4 SD 71-700
(_J
North Amencan Rockwell bpace L;;WSlOn
Table
D-4.
IRDM
Special
Test
Equipment
{pECI L'-.T'T pME-NT A _C,l_ FOUi

MODEL NUMBER NOMENCLATURE .....
A34-364 9FC -5202 9FC-5225 9FC-5535 9FS-0013 gFS-4307 9FS-52!0 9FS-5313 qFS-5911 11FC -OO50 11FC -6001 11FC -.000401 11 FC-000406 llFC -001600
DRYING AND PURGING CART CREW SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL CHECKOUT CONSOLE RECORDER POWER DISTRIBUTIONCHECKOUT UNIT VACUUM CART MAIN PRESSURE SUPPLY LEAK TESTCONSOLE FREON FLUSHINGCONSOLE LEAK DETECTION EXTERNAL LEAKMEASUREMENT INTERNAL HYDROCARBON, HYGROMETER PRESSURIZATIONAND SAMPLING UNIT PRESSURE CONSOLE ELECTR ICALCONSOLE ASSEMBLY RECORDER
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
5% 5% 0_o 10_ 0_ 55 0_ 55 0_o 0_o _o 10_ 1% _o
Table
D-5.
IRDM
DITMCO
DITMCO CHECKOUT
Equipment
AREA C12-855000 C12-855100 C12-855200
II
II
NOMENCLATURE
% OF MOD
e
PANEL_1 PANEL#4 PANEL #5 MODULE REHARNESS Wl
C12-B55300 C12-855400
W1 W2 INTERNATIONALOCKING HARNESS D
C12-855500 C12-855600
W3 W4
-60_ ORMOREOFEXISTING CABLESCAN BE USED

i i im I
D-5 SD 71-7OO
f" #_
Space Division North American Rockwetl
Table
D-6.
IRDM
Dimensional
Tooling
AREA DOCKINGMOOULE STRUCTURE Forward Aft
Tunnel Assy
DI,"_IENSI ONALTOOLING - T'00_L I_AE _-A I ARONSON 'CVELD P-OSITIONER WELD POWER PACKAGE WELDSKATE WELD POWER PACKAGE WELDSKATE WELD JIGS (4) BONDINGJIGS (3) APPLYJIGS (4) MASTER DRILLJIGS(L_ MACHINING FIXTURE CHECK FI XTURE MASTER APPLY JIG ASSEMBLY JIG SUB-ASSEMBLY JIG APPLY JIG(2) TORCH WELDJIGS (6) NUMERICAL CONTROL DRILLJIG APPLYJIG (3) JIG BOARDS (4) ASSEMBLY JIG SIMULATORS (3) APPLYJIG (2) TORCH WELDJIGS (3) STRESS RELIEFFI XTURE NUMERICAL CONTROL DRILLJIG ASSEMBLYJIG
T(30LNUMBER -I-NEWj MODII_V __,_"01: MLII] [-710516[ -2 & X 5% N743679 and X 10% T-7101283-17 X 10% N743933 and X I0_ Tqi01283-13 X i0_ T-7XXXXXX X TqXXXXXX X T-IXXXXXX X T-'/XXXXXX X TqXXXXXX X T-7118801 X 15% T-7116116 X _o T-7118430 X O_ TqXXXXXX X T-7XXXXXX T-7XXXXXX T-IXXXXXX TqXXXXXX T-7XXXXXX TqXXXXXX TqXXXXXX T-7XXXXXX T-TXXXXXX T-TXXXXXX T-IXXXXXX T-7XXXXXX T-7XXXXXX T-7XXXXXX. TqXXXXXX T-7118298 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X LK)_
TANK MODULE
TUBING TUNNEL SECTION
WIRING EQUIPMENT BAY MODULE
SLASUPPORTSTRUCTURE
NEW gO CM INNERHATCH
APOLLO INNERHATCH
D-6 SD 71-700

1975067869

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1975067869

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SD 71-700

INTERNATIONAL RENDEZVOUS AND DOCKING MISSION

(NASA-CRI_17_0) AND DOCKING _ISSION Corp.) 3_ I p

I NTE_NATIONAL RENDEZVOUS (North American Rockwell

President and Programs CSIv[ Programs

North Space Amerscan F_ockwell Division

Space American Rockwell Division North

This study to of NASA CSIV['s

report conducted Contract 115

the The a Mission with ll-day Continental

a feasibility 500-300 usage

evaluates International includes Salyut-type Resources

followed Mission module payload proposed

It evaluates design earth feasiresources concluded and

concept a baseline is discussed.

SpaceAmerican Rockwell North Division

Trajectory Propellant Electrical Cryogenic CSM Weights Guidance

SpaceAmerican Rockwell North Division

Page 3-75 3-85

9 DM Support 10 DM Stress 11 12 Scientific Pr oducibility

INTERNATIONAL 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5

SCIENTIFIC INTEGRATION 5.1 5.2 APOLLO TEST 7.1 7.Z 7.3

GROUND 8.1 8.2

Fluid/Pneumatic Equipment GSE Test Procedures Documentation .

Space Division North American Rockwell

Definition Specific Mockup

USA/USSR 12. 1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6

Requirements Procedural Support

APPENDIXES A. GUIDELINES B. PRELIMINARY C. D.

AND CONSTRAINTS STOWAGE LISTS AND

A-1 B-1 C-1 D-1

ABBREVIATIONS SUMMARY OF PRODUCTION CHECKOUT EQUIPMENT

SpaceAmerican Rockwell North Division

Major Hardware Sequence Launch Versus Track

CSM/Soyuz Liftoff Time ERS Ground Effect

Effect of M Number on M = 16 Launch Window

..... . in Bay 3 . RCS Quads

Location of PSQ in Bay Z Alternate Location of PSQ IRDM Modifications to SM

SpaceAmerican Rockwell North Division

CM Stowage Locker A-9, Alternate Launch CM/DM Umbilical Structural Modification

3-11 3-13 3-13 3-14 3-14 3-16 3-16 . 3-17 3-17

SpaceAmerican Rockwell North Division

Atmospheric DM Atmospheric ECLSS

DM Environmental Baseline Schematic DM Atmospheric DM Environmental (Alternate) Alternate Cooling DM Pressurization

Quantity Versus Time Composition (12.7 psia) (10 psia)

Sublimator Per Hour) Flow Split

and After Loop) and

Distribution System of DM and and Interior Controls, Controls,

International DM Electrical IRDM-USSR IRDM Tracking CSM/DM/Salyut

SpaceAmerican Rockwell North Division

and Separation Tiedowns

SpaceAmerican Rockwell North Division

Page 1-14 1-18 1-21 1-25 l-Z8

SPS Propellant Budget SM RCS Propellant Budget CSM/DM Baseline

Operational Modes Mission Power Requirements Duty Between .

Command Service SLA IRDM IRDM Thermal Thermal Optical Docking

Versus (Watts) Versus (Watts)

of CO 2 Absorber Elements Umbilical Requirements

SpaceAmerican Rockwell North Division

Consumable LCG Coolant Atmosphere DM

Preliminary Baseline Baseline

Limit Scientific Scientific

Utilization Checkout System